James G. Quintiere - Principles of Fire Behavior, Second Edition-CRC Press (2016)
James G. Quintiere - Principles of Fire Behavior, Second Edition-CRC Press (2016)
James G. Quintiere - Principles of Fire Behavior, Second Edition-CRC Press (2016)
FIRE
BEHAVIOR
SECOND EDITION
Principles of
FIRE
BEHAVIOR
SECOND EDITION
James G. Quintiere
This book contains information obtained from authentic and highly regarded sources. Reasonable efforts
have been made to publish reliable data and information, but the author and publisher cannot assume
responsibility for the validity of all materials or the consequences of their use. The authors and publishers
have attempted to trace the copyright holders of all material reproduced in this publication and apologize to
copyright holders if permission to publish in this form has not been obtained. If any copyright material has
not been acknowledged please write and let us know so we may rectify in any future reprint.
Except as permitted under U.S. Copyright Law, no part of this book may be reprinted, reproduced, transmit-
ted, or utilized in any form by any electronic, mechanical, or other means, now known or hereafter invented,
including photocopying, microfilming, and recording, or in any information storage or retrieval system,
without written permission from the publishers.
For permission to photocopy or use material electronically from this work, please access www.copyright.
com (http://www.copyright.com/) or contact the Copyright Clearance Center, Inc. (CCC), 222 Rosewood
Drive, Danvers, MA 01923, 978-750-8400. CCC is a not-for-profit organization that provides licenses and
registration for a variety of users. For organizations that have been granted a photocopy license by the CCC,
a separate system of payment has been arranged.
Trademark Notice: Product or corporate names may be trademarks or registered trademarks, and are used
only for identification and explanation without intent to infringe.
Preface .....................................................................................................................xv
Acknowledgments ............................................................................................. xvii
Acronyms ............................................................................................................. xix
Nomenclature ...................................................................................................... xxi
vii
viii Contents
The genesis of this book is early short courses given to fire investigators of
the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives (ATF) starting in
1992 at the University of Maryland, College Park. The material grew into
a book by Delmar Publishers in 1997 within their series on fire and rescue
books. The book received wide usage among institutions for the education
of firefighters in the United States. Internationally, that use continued with a
Korean translation in 2004 and a Japanese translation in 2009. The book was
maintained as the basis in fire investigation training courses offered by the
ATF for both federal and state investigators.
In early 2012, a new edition was submitted to Cengage (formerly Delmar),
and it received positive reviews. Unfortunately, in July of that year, financial
matters caused Cengage to terminate their fire series and this book. Now out
of print, the book languished until 2015 when a fresh revision was prepared
for Taylor & Francis Group/CRC Press.
The new edition aims to improve the introduction of science and math to
the student. An Appendix has been added to introduce or review principles
of algebra and to explain the need for mathematics in science. The book has
been significantly expanded with new information and improved explana-
tions. More examples are presented in each chapter with many related to
real-world incidents. New figures and graphical results have been added,
and the use of color in some should be a significant enhancement.
The student will gain knowledge of fire behavior through scientific prin-
ciples and will achieve the means to make quantitative estimates for aspects
of fire. The book is intended for those with a secondary education and is not a
fundamental book for scientists and engineers. Introductions to the subjects
of combustion, chemistry, heat transfer, and fluid mechanics will allow the
student to learn what constitutes fire and its effects. The style of presenta-
tion is to offer simple explanations for component fire processes and to dem-
onstrate the use of formulas to make estimations. The formulas are based
on sound developments from fire research and can be tested potentially in
classroom or field demonstrations. Carefully planned experiments can make
much of the material in this book resonate with the students.
The book covers all aspects of fire behavior. Fire is combustion, and the stu-
dent is introduced to premixed flames, the basis of ignition and explosions,
diffusion flames that personify accidental fire, and smoldering, which slows
down potentially deadly process. The rudiments of heat transfer are intro-
duced with simple presentations for conduction, convection, and radiation.
The concept of heat flux is introduced as that effect of fire that causes harm,
damage, and ignition. Buoyant fluid flow caused by fire is explained in terms
of the chimney and then related to flows in rooms and buildings. Fire growth
xv
xvi Preface
involves the trifecta of ignition, flame spread, and continued burning. Each of
these elements is explained in terms of simple ideas and with information on
practical data and results. The student will learn how combustion products
are generated in fire, why they can do harm, and how lack of air will affect
the results. Flame dynamics are explained in the open and in compartments.
The stages of fire development in a room are explained in terms of flashover
and ventilation-limited fires. In all cases, aspects of these subjects are given
in simple but sound mathematical formulas that allow estimations. The stu-
dent will learn the elements of fire and how to express them in quantitative
values in the same way measurements are used to describe how to build a
house. The final chapter discusses case studies related to performance-based
fire safety design and to real fire investigation cases. The material in the book
aims to illustrate the aspects of these cases. Application and agreement with
hypothesis may not establish truth, but the examples are given to illustrate
an approach.
This book is intended for several audiences. It has been used in curriculum
for students in firefighting to learn the behavior of fire. Although some have
found the mathematics a distraction to learning, hopefully this new edition
will ease or eliminate that effect. It is essential that firefighters adopt science
to guide their practices. Short courses to fire investigators have given them
an additional set of tools to defend their conclusions. In addition, the use of
science and its education can support their credentials in expert testimony.
While the book is intended for nonengineers, I have been told that the first
edition has proved a ready reference for practicing fire protection engineers
and to new engineers to the field. Hopefully, the second edition will be of
added benefit. Finally, the average person can learn about fire using this book.
Indeed, Professor Marino diMarzo has taught “Why Do Things Burn?” an
honors seminar class for nonengineers at the University of Maryland College
Park since 2010, using this book. That course is a mix of lectures and hands-
on student experiments to reinforce learning. It cannot be emphasized more
strongly that supportive experiments for the material in this book, safely
conducted, can enhance and enliven the learning process.
Acknowledgments
Before the second edition was aborted at Cengage, reviewers had sent me
their comments. The unfinished form of the manuscript put an extra burden
on their task with corrupted text due to a poor conversion from the original.
Their positive comments and constructive suggestions gave me encourage-
ment to complete the final second edition. I am very grateful for their input
and have tried to meet their suggestions. The reviewers include the following:
Glenn P. Corbett
Associate Professor of Fire Science
John Jay College of Criminal Justice/CUNY
Todd Haines
Planning Chief/Fire Protection Engineer
Dallas/Fort Worth International Airport, New York, New York
Gary D. Kistner
Program Coordinator/Director of Graduate Studies
Fire Service Management
Southern Illinois University Carbondale
Carbondale, Illinois
Robert J. Schaal, IAAI-CFI
Consultant/Forensic Investigator
Gulf Coast Fire Investigation, Research, and Education
Mandeville, Louisiana
Tom Sitz
Lieutenant Painesville Twp Fire Department
Lakeland Community College
Auburn Career Center
Concord, Ohio
Joel Journeay, M.A.
Fire Protection & Administration
California State University
xvii
Acronyms
xix
Nomenclature
xxi
xxii Nomenclature
ε Emissivity
ΔHc Heat of combustion
Δ Means difference
κ Absorption coefficient of the smoke or flame
κs Light extinction coefficient, Equation 8.10
λ Wavelength
ρ Density
ρb Bulk density
σ Stefan–Boltzmann constant, 5.67 × 10 –11 kW/m2-K4
ϕ Parameter in Equation 5.6
Φ Equivalence ratio
1
Evolution of Fire Science
Learning Objectives
Upon completion of this chapter, you should be able to
1.1 Introduction
Before there was life there was fire. It has left its imprint on history in many
ways. We need to understand the role fire has played in history, including
prehistoric events as well. After all, fire has been around from the beginning.
Creation may have begun with nuclear reactions, but fire was an essential
consequence to the development of life. Even the ancients revered fire, as they
imagined Prometheus stole it from Zeus and gave it to us mortals. Perhaps
Zeus knew we would use it and abuse it, and so he punished Prometheus
severely.
Today, fire in the form of controlled combustion is an essential ingredi-
ent of our technology. We could not easily survive without the burning
of coal, gas, and oil. For these reasons, the study of combustion for useful
power is driven by market forces that drive developed world economies. In
contrast, the study of uncontrolled fire is motivated by clear risks to soci-
ety and by societies having the means and desire to invest in such study.
Consequently, we know a lot less about fire than controlled combustion. Fire
events are chronicled and recorded in proportion to the damage rendered
1
2 Principles of Fire Behavior
to people and property. But the study of fire to understand and to improve
humankind is limited. It is a complex area involving many disciplines, and it
is a relatively primitive field compared to other technological areas. Yet, over
the past 50 years, steady progress has been made in its subjects. This book is
a by-product of those studies.
It is important to understand the history of fire science research to
appreciate its contribution to the science. Equally important, it is essential
to appreciate the forces that drive such studies. The impact on people and
property due to fire from recent history and from past history is a driver for
learning. This chapter will try to present some of this information. Of signif-
icance today is an increasing recognition in formal academic study that fire,
as a subject discipline, is important. Today, fire is being studied at numer-
ous universities around the world. The United States has two postgraduate
university programs, while there are several in the United Kingdom, two
in Sweden, several in Japan, and more than a dozen in China. In fact, the
Chinese People’s Armed Police Academy (university) outside of Beijing has
about 7000 students with most studying fire regulations, firefighting, or fire
investigation. Some of their faculty translated my advanced book on fire
into Chinese:
Indeed, the first edition of the current book has been translated into Korean
and Japanese. Its interest has been primarily from the nonengineering
communities related to firefighter and fire investigator education. Its purpose
was to attempt to translate the research developments into digestible knowl-
edge for these fields. It is couched in terms of descriptions of dissected
aspects of fire growth. In addition, it includes formulas that allow predictive
estimates for these phenomena. In short, it is designed to bring tools from
research to the practitioner.
As a firefighter you need to react to fire with reason and knowledge, not just
training and instinct. As a fire investigator you need to support your opinion
with knowledge and analyses to within a scientific degree of certainty.
In this chapter, the reader is introduced to the subject of fire with its many
features. What is it? Where does it come from? How does it impact us? How
did its research evolve? How can we use that knowledge? In subsequent
chapters, specific aspects of fire are addressed. What is the temperature of
a flame? Why does flashover occur in a room fire? How does ventilation
affect the fire? We will answer these questions and more by knowledge from
research and formulas that allow quantitative estimates. When this informa-
tion is pieced together, you might explain what you saw in a fire or why it
occurred, or you might defend what you think happened.
Now let us start at the beginning.
Evolution of Fire Science 3
1.3.1 Lightning
Workers keeping watch over our forests record lightning strikes. These
strikes can cause smoldering to the underbrush on the forest floor. A day
or two after the storm, flames can erupt. The forest crews track these strikes
and attempt to follow up with needed extinguishment. Lightning is even
known to cause house fires. The temperatures in a lightning bolt range to
several thousand of degrees, and it has enormous energy.
Evolution of Fire Science 5
1.3.2 Earthquake
Of more concern to modern society is the effect of an earthquake. While there
is no direct fire from an earthquake, the disturbance of combustion devices
and fuel sources provides the means to initiate fire. An earthquake can play
havoc with fire and fuel sources used for heating and cooking. Indeed, in
some earthquake events, the resulting fire has caused more damage than
the ground shock. This was true for the conflagrations resulting from the
San Francisco earthquake of 1906 and the Great Kanto earthquake of 1923
in Tokyo and Yokohama. During the fire following the Kanto earthquake,
38,000 people were killed by a fire whirl—a flaming tornado—that spun
off the main fire column. This unusual phenomenon was likely caused by
winds from a nearby typhoon. People that had taken refuge in a park adja-
cent to the Sumida River in the Hifukusho-ato district of Tokyo were directly
impacted by this large fire whirl. This horror is depicted in the Japanese print
in Figure 1.1a and in the gruesome photograph of corpses resulting from the
fire whirl in Figure 1.1b. A total of 143,000 people overall are reported to have
perished in the Kanto earthquake and fire.
Many refer to the San Francisco earthquake of 1906 as the Great Fire of
San Francisco.1 The fire, caused by broken gas lines and disturbed gas and oil
devices, burned for 74 hours after the quake. It burned over 4.7 square miles
destroying 28,000 buildings. Seven hundred were reported to have died, but
this could be as high as four times this number. The death toll estimate is
(a)
FIGURE 1.1
(a) Japanese painting of the Kanto earthquake fire whirl (1923) from Y. Hasemi. (Continued )
6 Principles of Fire Behavior
(b)
not firm, and some place it as high as 6000. Firefighting had limited water
available. It was brought under control by the use of dynamiting.1 In contrast,
the Loma Prieta earthquake of 1989 in San Francisco killed 63 and caused
a fire in the Marina district that destroyed four buildings. Firefighters had
trouble getting water to the fire due to broken water mains.
More recently, earthquakes in Japan produced differing fire damage.
Around Kobe (January 17, 1995) the Great Hanshin Earthquake, in which
6400 died, several fire conflagrations occurred. The fires destroyed over 6000
buildings. In contrast, in March 2011, the Tohoku earthquake and tsunami
did not result in significant fires. However, the effects of the event on the
Evolution of Fire Science 7
1.3.3 Meteors
There is one more natural cause of fire that humankind has not experienced,
but unfortunately, the dinosaurs did. It has been generally established that
in about 65 million BC a large meteorite smashed into the Earth. The meteor-
ite’s passage through the atmosphere and its impact (equaling many nuclear
bombs) caused frictional heating and pressure that propelled debris and fire
products into the atmosphere. This resulted in a soot cloud that circled the
Earth and affected the atmosphere for at least a year, causing a perpetual
winter and the demise of the dinosaurs by virtually eliminating their food
supply. This cataclysmic event probably occurred more than once over eons,
sealing the fate of the dinosaurs and other creatures and plants. The con-
sequences of this particular fire event are known because remnants of the
meteorite (iridium) have been found in various parts of the world in the
strata of rock from the same geologic time: between the Cretaceous and
Tertiary periods.
The impact scenario causes smoke and dust to enter the atmosphere,
block sunlight, and lower the temperature. The so-called nuclear winter
has the potential to destroy much life on Earth, just as a perpetual winter
destroyed the dinosaurs. This winter effect of a large fire was publicized
in the 1980s when nuclear warfare studies determined that the fire from a
limited nuclear war could produce debris and smoke that would result in
a nuclear winter. Our world would be in jeopardy from a sustained reduc-
tion of light and temperature. Many studies were done to substantiate this
“fallout” from even a survivable nuclear war. The noted science writer, Carl
Sagan, was one of the strongest advocates for studying the consequences
of nuclear winter. Even before the cold war ended, all nuclear parties were
chilled by this possibility.
8 Principles of Fire Behavior
The recent meteor strike in Russian (2013) was unexpected and caused
much damage from the pressure of its associated shock wave. No fires were
reported as a consequence, but the event has heightened humankind’s alert-
ness to such vulnerabilities.
1.3.4 Volcanoes
Similar to the meteorite consequences, large volcanic activity has been
known to cause catastrophic extinction of the Earth’s species. It might be
of interest to those in the United States to realize that the large crater in
Yellowstone National Park is the remnant of a large volcano. It last cata-
strophically erupted about 640,000 years ago, launching 1,000 km3 of rock
and dust into the atmosphere. Its violent explosion would have produced
tremendous damage for many miles around. In modern times, Krakatoa
(May 1883) erupted with such an effect that barographs recorded it around
the world. The ash was driven 50 miles into the sky, and it settled around
the globe. A subsequent drop in average global temperature of 1.2°C was
found. We, as those in Pompeii (AD 79) buried under 20 ft of ash and
rock, are still vulnerable. This was highlighted when a volcano in Iceland
erupted in 2010. Its ash cloud closed air travel over much of Europe for
about a week.
displayed evidence of extensive fire debris at the roof level. The tombs were
buried in the ground with a timber roof about 3 m below the surface. As these
were secret, and completely buried, it is not known how the fires occurred.
The determination of the cause—desecration, accidental in robbery, or
natural—can illuminate history.3 Fire forensics can be a tool for archaeolo-
gists that can reveal more than the artifacts themselves.
TABLE 1.1
Top 25 Disasters in the United States by Death Toll (Excluding Epidemics
and Heat Waves)
Event Date Fatalities
1. Hurricane, Galveston, TX 1900 6,000–12,000
2. Earthquake and fire, San Francisco 1906 450–6,000
3. Hurricane, Great Okeechobee, FL 1928 1,800–3,000
4. 9/11 Terrorist attacks 2001 3,000
5. Military attack, Pearl Harbor, HI 1941 2,500
6. Flood, Johnstown, PA 1889 2,200–3,000
7. Hurricane, LA 1893 2,000
8. Hurricane Katrina, LA, MS, FL, AL 2005 1,830
9. Ship explosion, Sultana, Mississippi River, TN 1865 1,500–1,700
10. Peshtigo fire, WS, MI 1871 1,200–2,500
11. Ship fire and sinking, East River, NYC 1904 1,000
12. Hurricane, Sea Islands, SC, GA 1893 1,000–2,000
13. Ship sinking, S. S. Eastland, Chicago 1915 800
14. Tri-State Tornadoes, MO, IL, IN 1925 700
15. Fire, Iroquois Theater, Chicago 1903 600
16. Hurricane, Florida Keys 1919 600
17. Flood, St. Francis Dam, CA 1928 600
18. Hurricane, New England 1938 600
19. Explosion (ship), Texas City, TX 1947 550
20. Wildfire, MN 1918 500–800
21. Wildfire, MI 1871 500
22. Fire, Cocoanut Grove, Boston 1942 492
23. Tornadoes, Tupelo (MS)–Gainesville (GA) 1936 430
24. Floods, OH 1913 430
25. Hurricane, Labor Day, FL 1935 400
Note: From various sources with estimated death tolls.
Association (NFPA) over 1.3 million fires were reported in the United States
in 2010, with about 480,000 in structures, 200,000 in vehicles, and 630,000
outside.7 With a U.S. population of 308 million, this suggests a structural
fire each year for at least 1 in 200 households. This is the frequency of fire
occurring possibly in your home. Roughly 3700 civilian deaths occurred
in 2010 in the United States. For a total population of 308 million with a life
expectancy of 70 years, we calculate
or roughly 1 in 1400 people will die by fire in the United States over your
lifetime. This fire fatality frequency is roughly 10 times more than for auto-
motive deaths. As an alternative check on these rough estimates, the National
Safety Council estimated for 2007 that the chance of dying by fire in your
lifetime is 1 in 1177, while dying in a motor vehicle is 1 in 88.
So with these current frequency estimates, you may have a neighborhood
fire (over roughly 200 households) about once a year, and you may know at
least one person who will die by fire during your lifetime. These fire statis-
tics relative to other threats to people and property do not cry out for a great
concern about fire.
The causes of fire in dwellings for the United States are displayed in
Figure 1.2. The major causes are cooking and heating equipment. These are
technological causes, except for the human role in cooking fires, and they
extend to areas of electrical appliances, lighting, and clothes washing and
drying appliances. Intentional is still significant, and could even be higher,
as this is not an easy call.
The U.S. overall death rate due to all accidents since about 1900–2010 has
steadily dropped from about 80 per 100,000 of population to 40.8 Figure 1.3
shows the relative significance of fire with other accidental causes of death in
2009. It clearly shows that fire plays a small role compared to other accidental
causes.
Candle
Clothes dryer/washer
Smoking materials
Intentional
Heating equipment
Cooking equipment
0 10 20 30 40 50
Portion of fires (%)
FIGURE 1.2
Causes of fire in homes in the United States 2005–2009. (From Accident Facts, National Safety
Council, Itasca, IL, 1995.)
Evolution of Fire Science 13
Others
Mechanical suffocation
Categories of accidental death
Fire
Drowning
Choking
Falls
Motor vehicle
Poisoning
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14
Death rate per 100,000
FIGURE 1.3
Death rate due to unintentional injuries 2009. (From Accident Facts, National Safety Council,
Itasca, IL, 1995.)
TABLE 1.2
Annual Fire Deaths per 105 Persons
Country 1992–1994 2004–2008 Country 1992–1994 2004–2008
Russia 10.6a — France 1.26 0.98
Hungary 3.31 1.81 Czech Republic 1.21 1.41
India 2.20a — Germany 1.17 0.68
Finland 2.18 2.08 Australia 0.93 0.48
Union So. Africa 2.00a — New Zealand 0.92 0.75
United States 1.95 1.21 Spain 0.86 0.58
Denmark 1.64 1.28 Poland 0.80a 1.56
Norway 1.60 1.33 Austria 0.74 0.46
Canada 1.58 1.15 Netherlands 0.63 0.52
Japan 1.52 1.62 Switzerland 0.53 0.30
United Kingdom 1.49 0.80 Italy 0.30a 0.46
Belgium 1.47 1.21 China 0.20a 0.19b
Sweden 1.35 1.20 Singapore — 0.11
Source: World Fire Statistics Centre Bulletin 12 & 27, The Geneva Association, Geneva,
Switzerland, 1996/2011 for 1989–1992.
a From Brushlinsky et al.9 for 1994.
24
22
20
18
16
14
Test rating
12
10
0
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24
Varieties of wallboard
Germany France
Belgium Netherlands
Denmark England
FIGURE 1.4
Disparities among fire tests—rankings of 24 materials by six national flammability test
methods. (From Emmons, H.W., Fire Res. Abstr. Rev., 10(2), 133, 1968.)
Evolution of Fire Science 17
The results are not consistent, giving ambiguity to the term flammability.
Perhaps it is appropriate that in a book intended to present accurate prose,
the word flammable is listed among those misused:
This change in the word was likely done in the interest of safety, but it can
still cause confusion, especially if you are French. A clear scientific basis is
needed to classify the fire hazard of materials.
We still do not currently have a universal test procedure to establish flam-
mability or, alternatively, inflammability. These current tests are reflections
of our misuse of the word. The world cannot seem to establish a universal
test. In the 1990s, Europe sought to harmonize its flammability tests. First,
they considered the tests of the “Three Sisters”: national tests of Germany,
France, and the United Kingdom. The results gave a chart again like the
Emmons graph. They were using as a benchmark the Room Corner Test.
That test measures the energy release of fire spreading on a wall and ceil-
ing material in a room subject to a corner ignition. That is a realistic test
for lining materials, but it is expensive. So, the desire is instead to have a
small laboratory inexpensive test as the standard. They focused on the Cone
Calorimeter as a candidate test for the standard. That test can measure the
time to ignition and the rate of energy released by a material. This seems like
a good scientific match. But fire standards are political, between the pride of
countries, and the impact on commercial products. Some plastic materials
did not look good in the Cone test, and ultimately, a new test was invented
to “bring harmony” to Europe. This should not be the way progress is made
for fire safety. If only industry and countries would realize that a universal
test based on scientific measurements can be a blessing. A blessing is not just
to safety but also to the cost of doing business and streamlining commerce.
Even if it is not at first a perfect test, a scientific test can be built upon with
future knowledge and made better. Today, an ad hoc test with defects is com-
monly replaced by another arbitrary test.
less likely to contribute to fire. When these costs become too great, more
attention will be made to minimizing them. For now they are viewed as
regulatory costs that are a necessary burden to business. The cost of fire
safety is a societal issue.
It was estimated in 1991 that the annual cost of fire in the United States
was $85 billion.16 The overall cost includes property loss, business interrup-
tion, product liability, insurance administrative costs, fire service (paid),
and fire protection in construction and equipment. Today, this cost is much
higher. Table 1.3 shows the percentage of major country fire costs scaled to
their gross domestic products (GDP) for 2002–2008.9 The costs for the United
States (2008) in actual dollars are as follows: property loss $17 billion, fire
protection in construction $62 billion, fire service $41 billion, and insurance
administrative costs $18 billion for a total of $138 billion.9 The cost continues
to increase, likely due to inflation.
But as can be seen, it is typical for many developed countries to invest
nearly 1% of their GDP in fire-related costs. The United States appears
to spend the most relative to GDP. Unfortunately, not even 1% or 2% of
these fire costs are invested back into improving our knowledge of the
TABLE 1.3
National Annual Fire Costs by Percentage of GDP for 2002–2008
Property Building Fire Fire Insurance
Country Loss Protection Administration Firefighting Total
Canada ND 0.32 ND ND ND
Spain 0.08 ND ND ND ND
Japan 0.12 0.14 0.09 0.30 0.65
Finland 0.17 ND 0.03 0.20 ND
United States 0.11 0.41 0.12 0.27 0.91
Slovenia 0.07 0.16 0.06 0.05 0.34
New Zealand 0.11 0.23 0.08 0.16 0.58
Germany 0.13 ND 0.04 ND ND
Netherlands 0.16 0.31 ND 0.19 ND
Australia 0.08 0.35 ND 0.16 ND
United Kingdom 0.13 0.22 0.10 0.21 0.66
Italy 0.17 0.35 0.05 ND ND
Denmark 0.20 0.26 0.09 0.07 0.62
Sweden 0.17 0.19 0.05 0.13 0.54
France 0.20 0.18 0.07 ND ND
Norway 0.20 0.36 0.10 0.11 0.77
Singapore 0.05 0.39 0.02 0.03 0.49
Source: World Fire Statistics Centre Bulletin 12 & 27, The Geneva Association, Geneva, Switzerland,
1996/2011.
ND, data not available.
Evolution of Fire Science 19
technology of fire safety. For the United States, the investment in research
is less than 0.04% of annual cost of fire today by my estimates. Typically,
industry will invest more than 3% of its revenue into research to improve
its products.
In 1975, when the most productive research period for fire research
occurred in the United States, the investment was about 0.06% of total
fire costs. Not a big difference, but a lot more money to stimulate research
and make progress was available back then. Today, this would amount
to an increase in research for fire at about $27 million per year or more.
This is not a lot of money for society to invest, but it would make a big
difference for fire safety. There are few advocates for such an increase.
Lessons are not just learned from history but must also be analyzed
using the science of fire. Research is needed to lay the foundation of the
full knowledge base. Perhaps the future will bring more fire research
as fire investigators and firefighters are becoming more sensitive to its
potential benefits.
Doubtless, future disasters will shape the course of fire safety. In develop-
ing nations, high-rise buildings are being built to heights that dwarf current
levels. It is possible that thousands of occupants will be seriously affected
or killed by a fire disaster in a high-rise building. The previous sentence
was in the first edition published before September 11, 2001. The WTC 9/11
fire event is now classified as the “deadliest large loss fire” in history with
over 2000 dead and a loss of $41 billion (in 2010 $) according to NFPA.7
Since then there has been the Caracas Tower fire (2004) with flames travel-
ing from the 34th floor to 26 stories above; the 38-story Windsor Building
fire in Madrid (2005) that burned for more than 24 hours; and the Beijing
Mandarin Oriental Hotel (550 ft tall), unoccupied, burned out completely in
3 hours. Fortunately, loss of life was not the issue in these three buildings,
but the vulnerability of tall buildings to fire is key. Fire safety in tall build-
ings deserves special attention.
Future living arrangements in outer space under low gravity and in
underground and undersea structures will present unexpected fire
hazards. Many large cities around the world are moving underground,
especially for people in commuting and for shopping. We already see the
issues with moving into the forest environment. Issues related to seeking
new forms of power will bring new problems. Electric and hydrogen-
based vehicles will present new fire issues. With hydrogen it is obvious,
but higher voltage batteries will be the likely cause of fires in the new more
combustible vehicles. Fire affecting radioactive operations and toxic waste
storage sites will continue to present hazards of new dimensions. We have
already seen this at Fukushima. There will be new fire hazard surprises
in future technological advancements and products despite improvements
in fire safety technologies. We are likely not to fully anticipate the fire haz-
ard of new technologies.
20 Principles of Fire Behavior
Heat
transfer
ts
uc
od
Pr
ct s
Produ
Air
Turbulent Turbulent
mixing mixing
n
tio
a dia
R Air
Fuel Low-speed
buoyant flows
FIGURE 1.5
Phenomena in room fire growth.
WD =
0.109 m
0.057 m
Fire
room
WE 0.35 m
Temp. and
Temp. velocity
Corridor traverse
traverse
0.35 m ℓ = 1.3 m
(a)
FIGURE 1.6
(a) Schematic of a scale model corridor subject to a room fire at the left (doorway width,
WD = 11 cm) and exiting through the right (through a doorway width, WE). (From Quintiere,
J.G. et al., Fire Mater., 2(1), 18, 1978.) (Continued )
Evolution of Fire Science 25
HE = HD
HC
WE
YE
XCS
YD
XCV
XR
FIGURE 1.7
Smoke streaks showing the complex flow pattern in a scale model corridor subject to a room
fire. (From Quintiere, J.G. et al., Fire Mater., 2(1), 18, 1978.)
SI units. Table 1.4 lists the SI units for quantities relevant to the subjects in
this book. The quantities listed arise from the component disciplines of fire.
These quantities will be introduced as we proceed in the book to develop the
scope of fire phenomena.
As an example, let us consider energy. Table 1.3 lists the unit of energy as
a joule (J). The English System of units, common to the United States, would
alternatively have BTU units (British Thermal Units) for energy. 1 BTU is
1055.056 J or about 1 kJ. An alias for a joule is W-s (watt-second). It is common
to name units after scientists from the field and to present aliases. We most
likely realize that we pay our electric bill based on the amount of electrical
energy that we use. The billing is commonly based on kilowatt-hours (kW-h).
This is 3600 kW-s (or kJ) or about 3412 BTUs. Other alternative energy units
are listed in Table 1.5.
Although temperature is more commonly expressed in degrees Fahrenheit
(°F) in the United States, we can readily convert to other units of temperature
as shown in Table 1.5. Celsius or Centigrade (°C) is based on water freezing
and boiling at 0 and 100, respectively, whereas 32 and 212 are, respectively,
assigned on the Fahrenheit scale for these states of water. Both the °C and °F
Evolution of Fire Science 27
100
Ceiling height H (mm)
50
The shape of the
propane diffusion
flames as a function
of the heat release
rate Q and the
ceiling–burner
separation
20
10
0 5 10
Heat release rate Q (kW)
FIGURE 1.8
Ceiling flame plume interactions. (From Kokkala, M. and Rinkinen, W.J., Some Observations
on the Shape of Impinging Diffusion Flames, Res. Rep. 461, VTT, Technical Research Centre of
Finland, Espoo, Finland, 1987.)
TABLE 1.4
SI Quantities and Units
Quantity Units
Force N (newton)
Mass kg (kilogram mass)
Time s (second)
Length m (meter)
Temperature °C or K
Energy J (joule)
Power W (watt)
Thermal conductivity W/m-K
Heat transfer coefficient W/m2-K
Specific heat J/kg-K
Heat flux W/m2
scales do not start their zero designation as the lowest possible tempera-
ture. This designation (absolute zero) is where all thermal energy ceases.
Therefore, alternative (absolute) scales of temperature begin with a zero
designation from this point. When the interval is 1°F, this absolute scale is
called the Rankine (°R) scale. Correspondingly, the Kelvin (K) scale is based
28 Principles of Fire Behavior
TABLE 1.5
Alternative Energy Units
1 BTU will raise 1 lbm of water 1°F at 68°F (lbm is a pound mass).
1 cal will raise 1 g of water 1°C at 20°C.
1 kcal will raise 1 kg of water 1°C at 20°C.
Some conversion factors for the various units of work and energy are as follows:
1 BTU = 778.16 lbf-ft (lbf is a pound force)
1 BTU = 1055 J
1 kcal = 4182 J
1 lbf-ft = 1.356 J
1 BTU = 252 cal
TABLE 1.6
Temperature Conversions
°F—degree Fahrenheit: T (°F) = T (°C) (1.8) + 32
°R—degree Rankine: T (°R) = T (°F) + 459.67
°C—degree Celsius or centigrade: T (°C) = [T (°F) – 32]/1.8
K—Kelvin: T (K) = T (°C) + 273.15
on absolute zero for the Celsius scale. Table 1.6 gives conversion formulas
between these various scales. It is important to appreciation that temper-
atures need to be in “absolute” units for certain formulas. For example,
formulas that pertain to the relationship between electromagnetic energy
(radiation) and temperature require the use of °R or K.
1.8.2 Symbols
Table 1.7 gives other conversion factors that may be useful. In addition,
typically used symbols are assigned to the quantities. These symbols are
used in this text and are fairly common in the fire literature, but they are not
universal. Note that the dot over a symbol implies “rate” or “per unit time,”
and two accents imply “per unit area.” The rate per unit area is commonly
called flux. Greek symbols are also common, for example, ρ (rho) for den-
sity and α (alpha) for thermal diffusively. We will explain the significance of
these qualities as we encounter them in our study of fire.
TABLE 1.7
Common Quantities, Symbols, and Conversion Factors
Length, l 1 m = 3.2808 ft
Area, A 1 m2 = 10.7639 ft2
Density, ρ 1 kg/m3 = 0.06243 lb/ft3
Energy, Q 1 kJ = 0.94783 BTU
Heat, q 1 kJ = 0.94783 BTU
Heat flow rate, q 1 W = 3.4121 BTU/h
Energy release rate, Q 1 W = 3.4121 BTU/h
Heat flux (heat flow rate 1 W/cm2 = 3170 BTU/h-ft2, (1 W/cm2 = 10 kW/m2)
per unit area), q ¢¢
Specific heat, c 1 kJ/kg-°C = 0.23884 BTU/lbm-°F
Thermal conductivity, k 1 W/m-°C = 0.5778 BTU/h-ft-°F
Thermal diffusivity, α 1 m2/s = 10.7639 ft2/s
Pressure, p 1 Pascal (Pa) = 1 N/m2 (1 atm = 14.69595 lbf/in.2 =
1.01325 × 105 N/m2)
TABLE 1.8
Scientific Notation and Prefixes
Multiplier Prefix Abbreviation
1012 Tera T
109 Giga G
106 Mega M
103 Kilo k
102 Hecto h
10−2 Centi c
10−3 Milli m
10−6 Micro μ
10−9 Nano n
10−12 Pico p
10−18 Atto a
Notes: For example, 103 = 1000 and 10−3 = 0.001; 1000 m = 103 m = 1 km =
10−3 Mm = 106 mm.
1.9 Summary
Fire is a chemical reaction, usually involving oxygen from the air, that produces
enough energy to be humanly perceived. Typically, that energy release rate per
unit volume is sufficient to cause a skin burn in seconds. The destruction by fire
throughout history has been dramatic from the cause of the dinosaur extinction
to conflagrations in large cities into the twentieth century. Natural events,
30 Principles of Fire Behavior
Review Questions
1. Explain the difference between combustion and fire.
2. Can volcanoes and meteors cause fires?
3. Which country has the highest death rate due to fire? Do we know why?
4. What is a firestorm?
5. What are NFPA, IAFSS, NIST, and SFPE? What do they do?
6. Convert the following:
85°F _____ °C
400°F _____ °R
695°F _____ K
30,000 BTU/h _____ kW
0.0015 W _____ mW
1385 W _____ kW
6.5 W/cm2 _____ kW/m2
Activities
1. Find examples of the significance of fire in history.
2. Examine the statistics of fire and the attitude of society on fire safety.
3. Test the validity of fire statistics. For example, does the prevalence of elec-
trical fire causes at night suggest something else? What percentage of
accidental fires is actually reported?
Evolution of Fire Science 31
4. Examine the SFPE Handbook, the proceedings of the IAFSS (Fire Safety
Science series) on topics of interest to you. Discuss how you can benefit
from this science. Is it understandable?
5. Identify fire organizations and laboratories around the world.
References
1. G. Thomas and M. M. Witts, The San Francisco Earthquake (New York: Stein and
Day, 1971).
2. H. Rossotti, Fire (Oxford, U.K.: Oxford University Press, 1993), p. 22.
3. J. Man, The Terracotta Army (London, U.K.: Bantam Press, 2007).
4. M. Middlebrook, The Battle of Hamburg (London, U.K.: Cassell & Co., 2000).
5. P. Addison and J. A. Crang, eds., Firestorm—The Bombing of Dresden, 1945
(Chicago, IL: Ivan R. Dee, 2006).
6. J. Bradley, Flyboys (New York: Back Bay Books, Little, Brown & Co., 2003).
7. NFPA, Fires in the US during 2010 (Quincy, MA: Fire Analysis and Research
Division, NFPA, 2011).
8. Accident Facts (Itasca, IL: National Safety Council, 1995).
9. World Fire Statistics Centre Bulletin 12 & 27 (Geneva, Switzerland: The Geneva
Association, 1996/2011).
10. N. N. Brushlinsky, A. P. Naumenko, and S. V. Sokolov, Response to query about
fire deaths in Russia (Letters to the Editor), Fire Technology, 31, 3 (August 1995):
279–284.
11. T.-N. Guo and Z.-M. Fu, The fire situation and progress in fire safety science
and technology in China, Fire Safety Journal, 42 (2007): 171–182.
12. R. C. Cochrane, Measures for Progress—A History of the National Bureau of Standards
(Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Commerce, 1974), p. 131.
13. W. E. Becker, Fire research on cellular plastics: The final report of the Products
Research Committee, Library of Congress Cat. No. 80-83306 (1980).
14. H. W. Emmons, Fire research abroad, Fire Research Abstracts and Reviews, 10, 2
(1968): 133.
15. W. Strunk, Jr. and E. B. White, The Elements of Style (New York: MacMillan,
1979), p. 47.
16. W. P. Meade, A first pass at computing the costs of fire safety in a modern soci-
ety, NIST-GCR-91-592 (Gaithersburg, MD: National Institute of Standards and
Technology, March 1991).
17. W. G. Berl, ed., The Use of Models in Fire Research, Publ. 786 (Washington, DC:
National Academy of Sciences, National Research Council, 1961).
18. P. J. DiNenno, ed., The SFPE Handbook of Fire Protection Engineering, 4th ed.
(Quincy, MA: National Fire Protection Association, 2008).
19. J. G. Quintiere, B. J. McCaffrey, and W. Rinkinen, Visualization of room fire induced
smoke movement and flow in a Corridor, Fire and Materials, 2, 1 (1978): 18–24.
20. M. Kokkala, and W. J. Rinkinen, Some Observations on the Shape of Impinging
Diffusion Flames, Res. Rep. 461 (Espoo, Finland: VTT, Technical Research Centre
of Finland, 1987).
2
Combustion in Natural Fires
Learning Objectives
Upon completion of this chapter, you should be able to
2.1 Introduction
Natural fire processes can take different forms: diffusion flames, smolder-
ing, and premixed flames. These are all chemical reactions that produce
relatively high temperatures. Flames occur as gases. Smoldering involves
the reaction of air with a solid. The smoldering chemical reaction occurs on
the surface of the solid. For a flame, the chemical reaction is solely in the
gas phase. As the reaction occurs at a high temperature, the reaction is fast
and the extent of the reaction is relatively thin. Diffusion, or motion due to
differences in concentration, is common to all flames. A pure diffusion flame
occurs when the fuel and oxygen diffuse from opposite sides of the reac-
tion zone. In the reaction zone, the fuel and oxygen are consumed, so their
concentrations are zero there. In a premixed flame, the fuel and oxygen
(or air) are already well mixed before combustion. The temperature of the
mixture is low so as to not allow the chemical reaction to occur. But with
a hot enough point in this mixture, a flame can emerge as a premixed flame.
Typically, premixed flames are the ingredients of controlled combustion
processes for heating and useful power. However, all diffusion flames are
born from a premixed flame.
33
34 Principles of Fire Behavior
This temperature rise is imperceptible, and any heat losses are likely
to not allow any increase in temperature. So, this mixture would
very slowly react but not at a level to be called combustion.
• Let us raise the temperature of the mixture to say ~300°C, here
chemical kinetics would indicate a faster reaction with an energy
production rate of about 10 kW/m3 (and a temperature rise of about
10°C/s). Now if heat losses are small, the temperature of the mix-
ture would rise, and its energy production rate would rise accord-
ingly. This feedback process between temperature and energy
would make the process go faster and faster. As long as fuel and
air are available, this acceleration process will reach a temperature
level in which the production of energy is balanced by the heat
loss. A higher temperature and energy production rate would be
achieved. This process of moving from about 300°C to the higher
reaction temperature is ignition.
• For combustion in air, a typical flame temperature is about
2000°C. As fuel and air are continuously supplied, we have about
1010 kW/m3 (1010°C/s). Here, the temperature would not continue
to rise because the heat losses would exactly take away all the
energy produced.
Fuel
Oxygen Energy
(21% in air)
FIGURE 2.1
The fire triangle.
Combustion in Natural Fires 37
The fire triangle does not explicitly address the factors needed to make
the combustion reaction occur in the first place. We saw from the subject of
chemical kinetics that temperature is a big factor in initiating the combustion
reaction. But what underlies this dependence on temperature? If the
combustion reaction were put under a chemistry microscope, we would see
much more than a simple transition of fuel and oxygen molecules directly
changing to the resultant products. There would be a series of chemical
reactions with many intermediate species. A sufficient temperature to pro-
duce a chemically active species might initiate the first step in the reaction.
This active species would be unstable and prone to combine with another
species. These unstable species are molecules without their full electron
structure. They are called radicals and are highly reactive. The next step
would produce more active species. This process is called a chain branching
reaction. Specifically, chain branching is an intermediate chemical reaction
that always produces two unstable species. If each radical, in turn, reacts
with any intermediate molecule to form two more radicals (chain branch-
ing), multiple and increasing reactions can occur among the radicals and
intermediates. This is a chain reaction of one reaction always leading to
two. Eventually, a termination reaction is reached that ends the branching.
As long as more active species are continually produced, the process acceler-
ates. All of these chain reactions make the process fast. As energy is released,
overall it would appear that temperature is driving the process. The way
temperature affects the chemical energy production rates is a manifestation
of chain branching. The subject of chemical kinetics studies the full chemis-
try of these chain branching reactions in combustion.
In examining the fire triangle, the factor of chemical kinetics does not
show up. Yet, it is a vital factor in causing the combustion reaction to proceed.
We cannot simply have fuel, oxygen, heat, and energy as the components of
combustion or fire. The chemical kinetics must display sufficient energy and
speed to support combustion. As a consequence, the fire tetrahedron has been
introduced to students. This is a 3D object with four triangular sides. Each
side is now designated as (1) fuel, (2) oxygen, (3) heat and energy, and now
(4) chain branching reactions, or chemical kinetics.
The role of temperature is important to initiating chain branching. How-
ever chain branching could be initiated by an increase in pressure, as would
be the case for some explosives that are pressure sensitive. But most often,
it is the increase in temperature that sets the reaction in motion.
typical fuel might be taken as 40 g/mol. So, this particular activation energy
is 4 kJ/g. In comparison, it takes about 1.1 kJ/g to vaporize methanol and
2.3 to vaporize water.
Let us use 4 kJ/g as the activation energy to cause combustion. A mixture
of fuel and air that would allow all of the fuel and oxygen to burn completely
is called a stoichiometric mixture. Natural flames operate at this ideal mixture.
A typical stoichiometric mixture for a hydrocarbon fuel is about 12 g air to
1 g fuel. So, we would have 13 g in this mixture. The activation energy for the
mixture is 4 kJ/g fuel/13 g mixture/g fuel or 0.31 kJ/g mixture.
When a flame occurs we have about 2000°C and an energy production
by the chemical reaction of about 1010 kW/m3. At this temperature, the den-
sity of the mixture is about 130 g/m3. The power produced per g mixture
is 1010 kW/m3/130 g/m3 or 7.7 × 107 kW/g. Dividing this into the activation
energy gives a time for a combustion of about 4 × 10−9 seconds. Of course, heat
would be lost and less than 1010 kW/m3 would be retained by the mixture.
But this simple estimate illustrates that the time for combustion to occur is
very, very small. Indeed, one might say that in a flame, when a fuel and oxygen
molecule come together there is almost instant chemistry. Yet underlying all
of this is complex chemical kinetics.
Let us stick with this estimate for the time for combustion as 4 × 10−9
seconds. In this time, oxygen and fuel are being consumed, and diffusion
is the primary manner in which these species are moving. They begin with
their initial concentration and move to a point of zero concentration. The laws
of diffusion govern the distance a species moves in a given time. An approxi-
mate estimate is distance equals the square root of the product diffusivity ×
time. The diffusivity of this mixture at 2000°C is about 8 × 10−4 m2/s. The
estimated distance over which the combustion occurs is about 1.8 × 10−6 m.
This is a very small region.
These estimations were very simplified. A complete calculation must
take into account the actual kinetics, the heat transfer, and the diffusion of
all species. But, in general, combustion occurs quickly (less than a second),
and the combustion region is very thin (less than a millimeter). Flow can
disturb the image of a flame, and in a turbulent flow the thin regions of
the flame become a tangled web. This projects a more global image of the
ensemble that we might call the flame. However, it is composed of small
flame pieces.
1. Diffusion flames
2. Smoldering
3. Premixed flames
Combustion in Natural Fires 39
Reaction
zone
FIGURE 2.2
Schematic of a diffusion flame.
FIGURE 2.3
A candle, an example of a diffusion flame.
FIGURE 2.4
A turbulent diffusion flame.
FIGURE 2.5
Cigarette smoke.
FIGURE 2.6
Candle flame in normal and microgravity. (From National Aeronautics and Space Administration
Lewis Research Center.)
Combustion in Natural Fires 43
FIGURE 2.7
Diffusion flame shapes: (a) jet flame, (b) liquid spill fire, and (c) forest fire.
The general shapes of diffusion flames are illustrated in Figure 2.7. Three
types of diffusion flames are shown: (1) a jet flame, (2) a moderate pool fire,
and (3) a very large fire. Natural fires involving liquid or solid fuels have
very low velocities at the fuel base (~1 cm/s), but a high-pressure gaseous
fuel source can initiate fuel at much higher velocities. For such high-velocity
jet flames, buoyancy effects can be negligible. Jet flames have the charac-
teristic that as the velocity is increased, for a given port diameter, the jet
flame will eventually reach a fixed height. Pool fires with characteristics as
shown in Figure 2.7b are more representative of normal burning commodi-
ties. They achieve heights associated with their fuel supply and continue to
get taller as long as buoyancy controls their air supply. Fires over large areas,
such as forest fires or city conflagrations, have short flames relative to their
base. Their flame height is more controlled by the air flow that is drawn
around its perimeter. As air supply can be limited around the perimeter,
these flames can be drawn down from above as well as drawn in from the
sides. Figure 2.7b will be the principal focus of our attention and represents
diffusion flames associated with commodity and furnishing fires.
FIGURE 2.8
Michael Faraday and his discoveries. (From Faraday, M., Faraday’s Chemical History of the Candle,
Chicago Review Press, Chicago, IL, 1988 [orig. 1861].)
with children and have been archived in a book that is still available today.1
Some of these lectures are remarkable in their simplicity, yet powerful in
their illustration of the basic principles of flames.
It is astonishing to those who study fire to see how Faraday appreciated the
workings of a candle and its implication to the science of fire. These thoughts are
expressed in his opening remarks at the convening of the Christmas Lectures:
Light a candle and observe the processes that create the sustained flame.
As illustrated in the sketch in Figure 2.9, you can see several things. The
yellow and blue zones constitute the flame (the former, diffusion; the latter,
premixed). The wick is actually designed to curve so that the flame “clips”
off the wick and limits its height. Why is not the wick destroyed throughout
Combustion in Natural Fires 45
Dark zone
“Standoff ” space
Glowing, clipped wick
FIGURE 2.9
Characteristics of a candle flame.
the flame? What is the purpose of the wick? With some thought, it can be
deduced that the heat of the flame melts the wax, and the melt soaks the
wick by capillary action, like water feeding tree leaves. The melt keeps the
cotton relatively cool and intact. The heat from the flame evaporates the melt
and diffuses the fuel gas into the luminous flame zone. There it finds oxy-
gen having diffused from the other side. Buoyant flow elongates the candle
flame, but the flow path is small enough so that laminar flow is maintained
within the flame. However, as the hot combustion gases rise from the flame,
they become turbulent. This turbulent phenomenon can be seen by project-
ing collimated light (from a slide projector or strong flashlight) at the flame
and onto a white screen. This is shown in Figure 2.10.
FIGURE 2.10
Image of flame (soot) shadow and shadowgraph white-dark projection of turbulent eddies.
46 Principles of Fire Behavior
There are several shadow images on the screen. Distinctly, the solid
candle and the wick block the light and form a clear black shadow image.
Looking closely, a shadow-like image of the luminous portion of the flame
also appears on the screen. What might cause this flame shadow? Some
solid ingredients must be blocking the light through the flame. These par-
ticles must form within the flame. Looking more closely about the shadow
of the luminous image on the screen, white curves are seen surrounding
this image. These white lines result from the refraction of light rays as
they bend through the flame. Where the temperature changes the most
quickly (the edge of the hot region), the light is reinforced to give a white
image. This effect of producing the white images is a technique known as
a shadowgraph and marks the edge of the plume around the flame. The
turbulent eddies of the plume region above the flame can also be seen
in the shadowgraph above the flame. These images are very revealing
for the flame. It shows the luminous region blocks light, some distance
lateral from the luminous region it is still hot (due to conduction from the
reaction), and turbulent regions of hot and cold form in the plume above
the flame.
Now place a metal screen (typical window screen mesh, but not alu-
minum) into the flame as shown in Figure 2.11. The metal screen cuts the
flame, extinguishing further combustion. Why? Describe the luminous
flame cut.
Combustion reactions can only be sustained if the flame temperature
is high enough, typically greater than 1300°C. As the height of the screen
is varied in the flame, black smoke is released with the screen high in
the flame and white or gray “smoke” with the screen near the top of the
wick. What do these colored smokes imply? Collect the black smoke on
a piece of white paper, being careful not to insert the paper in the flame.
What is collected on the paper? Where do these black particles originate?
Find that region in Figure 2.9. Blow out the flame and observe the color
and character of the smoke that momentarily emanates from the wick.
How does this compare to the white smoke resulting from the low screen
position?
Relight the candle. After the flame steadies, insert a glass dropper into
the region where you think the white smoke originated. Extract the white
smoke into the dropper tube. Squirt this white gas across the top of the
flame (Figure 2.12). It should ignite and resemble a small flame thrower.
What were these white vapors? It is fuel vapor that has condensed into
small droplets, appearing as white. Clouds in the sky are white for their
condensed water droplets. A cloud of droplets will scatter light, and it will
appear as “white.”
To confirm your conclusion that the white vapor extracted is fuel, blow
out the candle flame again, and quickly try to ignite the white vapors
coming from the wick. You will see a flame propagate down this vapor
Combustion in Natural Fires 47
FIGURE 2.11
Sketch and photograph of metal screen cutting the flame.
trail and anchor on the wick. This propagating flame is a premixed flame
(we will explain this further in a bit); the anchored flame is, of course, our
diffusion flame.
Review all of the information deduced about the candle flame and you
should have a good understanding of the diffusion flame and fire. You may
wish to consult Faraday’s text for more informative experiments with the
candle.1 These experiments are simple, and I encourage you to try them for
yourself. You may even invent new procedures to learn more about fire from
the candle flame.
48 Principles of Fire Behavior
FIGURE 2.12
Extracting interior flame gases.
Stabilizing
screens
Monochromator
Laser
L1 Z
P
L2
Y
Flame zones X
Air
CH4
Air
FIGURE 2.13
Arrangement of a slot burner and point measurement techniques. (From Smyth, K.C. et al.,
Combust. Flame, 62, 157, 1985.)
2000
3 mm
9 mm
15 mm
1600
Temperature, K
1200
800
400
–10 –5 0 5 10
Lateral position, mm
FIGURE 2.14
Temperatures across a laminar diffusion flame. (From Smyth, K.C. et al., Combust. Flame,
62, 157, 1985.)
50 Principles of Fire Behavior
the chemical reaction zone of the flame. This was the luminous yellow shell
of the candle flame. In Figure 2.14, the width of this peak region is about
1 mm. Recall observing the candle flame through the top of the metal screen
that cuts it horizontally. The luminous region was also about 1 mm.
The rest of the temperature graph shows the regions away from the reaction
or flame zone. The interior temperatures are due to heat conducted inward.
This heat would be what the candlewick would need to sustain the evapora-
tion of the fuel. The outer-wing temperature should eventually become the
temperature of the pure air of about 25°C (298 K). While this is not shown
directly in the graph, it would occur about 5 mm from the flame. The shad-
owgraph image for the candle flame would mark the onset of pure air.
The corresponding vertical flow speed is shown in Figure 2.15. These flow
speeds are principally due to buoyancy. Indeed, the temperature is directly
responsible for these vertical speeds. The peak of 80 cm/s is about 1.8 mph;
a light breeze.
Using special laser-optical techniques, Smyth and coworkers were able to
image the visible flame, OH radicals, and soot. The OH radicals are indicative
of short-lived chemical species in the heart of the combustion reaction. Once
they die out, the flame chain branching reaction dies. They extend to the air
side of the flame. The soot, or black smoke of the candle experiments, comes
from within the (luminous) flame zone. This is clearly seen in their images
80
Vertical velocity, cm/s
40
9 mm
0
–10 –5 0 5 10
Lateral position, mm
FIGURE 2.15
Vertical velocity in a laminar diffusion flame. (From Smyth, K.C. et al., Combust. Flame, 62,
157, 1985.)
Combustion in Natural Fires 51
128 mm
96 mm
Visible flame
height
(79 mm)
64 mm
Soot
32 mm
OH
0 mm
–10 0 10 mm –10 0 10 mm
Steady-state laminar flame
FIGURE 2.16
Soot and flame reaction zone locations in a laminar diffusion flame. (From Smyth, K.C. et al.,
Combust. Flame, 62, 157, 1985.)
indicative of a surface at about 2000°C. This is why flame has that color.
In this flame, as well as the candle flame, nearly all the soot is consumed
before the reaction zone ends. The visible flame height nearly coincides with
the end of the soot height (Figure 2.16), and the OH zone is slightly above
this height.
If we “tear” the flame by “stretching” it (e.g., abruptly pull the candle
flame or disturb it by pulling a small probe through it), soot can escape
through the tear. Again, this illustrates that the soot formation is on the
fuel side of the flame. For a heavily sooting fuel, all the soot may not be
oxidized before the end of the reaction zone; then soot escapes as black
smoke. However, even for fuels with low soot-forming tendencies, as long
as they contain carbon, insufficient air supply to the flame will lead to
escaping soot.
Let us examine the other species that occur in this flame process. Some of
these are shown in Figure 2.17. Smyth et al. took the measurements at the
same 9 mm above the fuel port.2 The concentrations are given in mole frac-
tion, which is equivalent to volume fraction. Volume fraction is the volume of
the species gas to volume of the mixture at the same temperature and pres-
sure. For example, if one extracts the oxygen from air and let it come into bal-
ance with the air pressure, the ratio of its equilibrated oxygen volume to
the volume of the mixture (air) is the volume fraction. Note the oxygen (O2)
1.0
Σx1
N2 CH4
Mole fraction
0.5
O2 H2O
0.0
–1.0 –5 0 5 10
Lateral position, mm
FIGURE 2.17
Major species formed in a laminar diffusion flame (CH4) at 9 mm. (From Smyth, K.C. et al.,
Combust. Flame, 62, 157, 1985.)
Combustion in Natural Fires 53
in pure air is at 0.21 volume fraction with the nitrogen (N2) making up the
remainder 0.79. These values are measured at the extreme left and right
wings in Figure 2.17. The fuel (methane, CH4) has a volume fraction of nearly
1 (all fuel) at the center. As 100% methane flows from the slot, at 9 mm above
the slot it is still nearly 100%. We see that the fuel and oxygen reach zero at
approximately 6 mm along the lateral position, the peak of the combustion
zone. This zone is about 1 mm in width at a height of 9 mm above the fuel
source. The water vapor (H2O) is also at maximum at 6 mm. Along with
carbon dioxide (CO2), water vapor is a principal compound formed and
released into the atmosphere as a product of combustion. Figure 2.18 shows
the results for CO2 along with other compounds, namely, carbon monox-
ide (CO) and hydrogen (H2), which do not survive to be released into the
atmosphere. As the soot and OH would fall to zero, as the end of the reaction
zone is reached at about the 6 mm lateral position, the other under-oxidized
species, such as CO and H2, form CO2 and H2O.
The concentration of species varies laterally because their relative pro-
portions change due to the production and destruction processes of the
chemical reaction. As their concentrations change, diffusion also occurs
among them. Figure 2.19 qualitatively illustrates the migration of species
taking place in the complex chemical processes of the flame. Superimposed
1.0 2
Φ CO2
1
log (local equivalence ratio)
Mole fraction × 10
0.5 0
H2
CO
–1
0.0 –2
–10 –5 0 5 10
Lateral position, mm
FIGURE 2.18
Additional major species formed in a laminar diffusion flame (CH4) at 9 mm. (From Smyth,
K.C. et al., Combust. Flame, 62, 157, 1985.)
54 Principles of Fire Behavior
Soot oxidized
CO, H2 oxidized
Maximum temperature
Soot produced
CO produced
H2 produced
(Fuel side)
(Air side)
H2O, CO2 produced
O
OH produced
O2, CH4
5 6 7
Luminous zone
lateral position, mm
FIGURE 2.19
Qualitative chemical processes in a CH4 laminar diffusion flame.
on these chemical processes are the physical processes involving (1) dif-
fusion of species, each migrating toward its lowest concentration; and
(2) motion due to buoyant flow caused by temperature. Due to cracking and
synthesis of the CH4, as the heat from the combustion process is conducted
to the diffusing CH4 molecules, other hydrocarbons, some of which are
shown in Figure 2.20, are formed in reactions preliminary to combustion.
These compounds are “minor species,” achieving short-lived concentrations
of 0.005 mole fraction at most before being completely oxidized. Returning
to Figure 2.19, between about 5 and 7 mm, or over 2 mm, the fuel “cracks,”
soot forms, species come and go, and eventually OH dies out. The entire
process that spans at about 2 mm with the more intense reaction (flame) is
dispersed over about 1 mm.
1.0
[C2H2]
[C6H6] × 5
[C4H2] × 3
[C4H6] × 10
Mole fraction × 100
0.5
0.0
–10 –5 0 5 10
Lateral position, mm
FIGURE 2.20
Minor chemical species in a CH4 laminar diffusion flame. (From Smyth, K.C. et al., Combust.
Flame, 62, 157, 1985.)
are pushed and pulled in space, blurring the values of the concentrations.
Figure 2.21 is a rendition of a temperature measurement of a turbulent
flame. As the flame moves about the probe, the temperature fluctuates over
the extremes measured for the still laminar flame of Figure 2.14. The tur-
bulent flame can be conceived as an ensemble of laminar flames moving
chaotically in space. An ordinary probe is not likely to keep up with these
extreme and rapid changes. It will tend to experience an average value.
Instead of discerning a clear temperature in the 1 mm reaction zone, the
measurement probe will experience high and low temperatures, with aver-
ages approximately 800°C–1200°C. Thus, peak temperature conditions of a
laminar flame will not be discerned in a turbulent flame. This fluctuating
effect will apply to all of the species as well as temperature. Although the
turbulent flame will not give on average the temperatures and concentra-
tions of its laminar counterpart, the ingredients of the laminar flame can be
used to understand the more complex turbulent flame. A complication is
that due to all of the fluctuating effects some fuel and oxygen may actually
mix before they burn. This is now a premixed flame, not a diffusion flame.
Thus, a turbulent flame is quite complex, and its prediction is still a source
of active research.
56 Principles of Fire Behavior
Average
Temperature (°C)
FIGURE 2.21
Turbulent temperature fluctuations in a flame.
Fuel
Flame
Air
C2H2
O2
FIGURE 2.22
Examples of premixed flames.
(a) (b)
FIGURE 2.23
Floating premixed flame (a) above screen that clipped the candle flame and (b) premixed flame
above screen and diffusion flame below screen.
A mixture with fuel within the flammability limits will allow flame
propagation once ignited. These values (usually calculated at 25°C in air at
normal pressure) vary slightly with the temperature as shown in Figure 2.24.
The concentration over which flammability is possible will increase as the
mixture temperature increases. At a given mixture temperature, we see that
there is an upper and lower flammability limit. In this range, this means a
small energy source will initiate sustained propagation at a speed that would
be in the range of about 25–100 cm/s. If the temperature of the fuel mixture
Droplet-gas
boundary UFL
Fuel
Fuel concentration
LFL
TL AIT
Temperature
FIGURE 2.24
Limits of flammability in air showing the effect of temperature from Zabetakis. (From
Zabetakis, M.G., Flammability characteristics of combustible gases and vapors, Bulletin 627,
Bureau of Mines, U.S. Department of the Interior, Washington, DC, 1965.)
Combustion in Natural Fires 59
is varied, the LFL and UFL change slightly as seen in Figure 2.25. But at very
low temperatures, the fuel may be condensed in the form of droplets. This
droplet mixture also has flammability limits. The temperature (TL) just when
the fuel condenses to a liquid at the LFL is called the flashpoint. We discuss this
phenomenon further when we examine the ignition of liquids in Chapter 4.
Although this ignition process requires an energy source such as a flame or
electric discharge, it is quite small—less than 1 mJ (which is that amount of
energy to raise 1 g of water less than 0.001°C). In contrast, at a high enough
temperature, the fuel–air mixture can ignite without any energy source. The
lowest temperature to cause this spontaneous ignition phenomenon is called
the auto-ignition temperature (AIT), also illustrated in Figure 2.24.
The AIT reported for a fuel is representative of the fuel in the gaseous state
in the presence of air within its flammable limits. It is usually measured in a
specific size vessel and in general depends on size. So, there is not a distinct
AIT for a given fuel. It can vary depending on the circumstances of heat-
ing. But as temperature is critical to initiating the process of combustion,
this initiation temperature is roughly in the range of 300°C–600°C for typical
hydrocarbon fuels mixed with air. At the specific AIT, the mixture will reach
combustion. Table 2.1 gives some typical values for the AIT, along with the
flammability limits needed for propagation.
TABLE 2.1
Flammability Limits of Gaseous Fuels in Air at Normal Atmospheric
Temperature and Pressure
Fuel LFL (%) UFL (%) AIT (°C)
Acetylene 2.5 100 305
Benzene 1.3 7.9 560
n-Butane 1.8 8.4 405
Carbon monoxide 12.5 74 609
Ethylene 2.7 36 490
n-Heptane 1.05 6.7 215
Hydrogen 4.0 75 400
Methane 5.0 15.0 540
Propane 2.1 9.5 450
Trichlorethylene 12 40 420
Source: Beyler, C.L., Flammability limits of premixed and diffusion flames, Chap. 2–9, in:
DiNenno, P.J., SFPE Handbook of Fire Protection Engineering, 2nd edn., National Fire
Protection Association, Quincy, MA, June 1995.
60 Principles of Fire Behavior
burns in pure oxygen, the flame would reach a much higher temperature. The
flame temperature ultimately depends on the energy released in the combustion
reaction, how much gas must be heated, the actual reaction progress, and heat loss.
As a benchmark, consider a flame without heat loss, one that reaches ordinary
atmospheric pressure and achieves an ideal state of chemical balance (equilib-
rium). This is called the adiabatic flame temperature (AFT) and can be regarded as
the maximum possible temperature that can be attained for a given fuel. Now
this AFT depends on the amount of fuel and oxygen present. A mixture of the
two is said to be stoichiometric if none of both the fuel and oxygen remains after
the reaction. As no extra fuel or oxygen is present for a stoichiometric reaction,
this AFT will truly be the ideal maximum flame temperature. It was stated earlier
that this is about 2000°C, without any substantial justification. Table 2.2 shows
some computed AFT values for typical fuels at stoichiometric conditions burn-
ing in air. The prevalent values range from about 1950°C to 1980°C, and these
are representative of the majority of hydrocarbon-based fuels including wood
and plastics. Notable exceptions occur for acetylene and hydrogen. The results
can be explained from the fact that most materials release the same amount of
energy in burning 1 g of oxygen. This observation was brought forth by Huggett6
in recent times, who concluded that 13 kJ/g was a good average value for the
energy released per gram of oxygen burned. A stoichiometric concentration is
about midway between the LFL and the UFL for most fuels, so since this flam-
mability range is typically 1%–10%, a relatively small amount of fuel burns in
proportion to the oxygen in the air. The amount of energy stored in the mixture
of air and fuel is based on how much oxygen burns. This portion of oxygen to the
mass of the original stoichiometric mixture is approximately a fixed number for
all hydrocarbon fuels. Hence, if the energy released per unit mass of oxygen is an
inherent constant, the resulting temperature of the mixture will also be constant.
This explains the relationship between the AFT for stoichiometric burning in air
and the energy release by oxygen burned. Table 2.2 indicates this relationship.
While the AFT is an ideal value, small laminar flames have relatively
little heat loss, so they are a good representation of such real temperatures.
TABLE 2.2
Maximum Flame Temperatures (AFT) in Air and Energy Released
per Oxygen
AFT in Air Energy Release in Burning
Fuel (Stoichiometric) (°C) 1 g of Oxygen (kJ)
Acetylene 2500 15.6
Butane 1970 12.7
Ethane 1955 12.7
Hydrogen 2210 15.1
Methane 1950 12.5
Propane 1980 12.9
Source: From various sources.
Combustion in Natural Fires 61
TABLE 2.3
Detonation Limits at Normal Atmospheric Temperature and Pressure
Fuel Lower Limit (%) Upper Limit (%) Detonation Velocity (m/s)
Hydrogen in pure O2 15 90 2821
Hydrogen in air 18.3 59 —
CO in pure moist O2 38 90 1264
Propane in pure O2 3.2 37 2280, 2600
Acetylene in air 4.2 50 —
Acetylene in pure O2 3.5 92 2716
Source: Lewis, B.J. and von Elbe, G., Combustion, in: Flames and Explosions of Gases, 3rd edn.,
Academic Press, Orlando, FL, 1987, pp. 551–555.
62 Principles of Fire Behavior
2.5 Smoldering
A flame is combustion in a gas, while smoldering is combustion on a solid
surface. Smoldering is a relatively slow combustion process that occurs
between oxygen in the air and the solid fuel. Common examples of smolder-
ing are shown in Figure 2.25. The reaction occurs on the solid surface, and
oxygen diffuses to the surface. The surface can undergo glowing and char-
ring. In fact, when typical polyurethane foam upholstery material smolders,
it will leave a char. But if it burns to form a flame, it will melt. Smoldering
is oxidation that leads to a sufficiently high enough temperature. Rusting
of iron and the yellowing of paper with age are surface oxidation but are
not smoldering or combustion. To class it as combustion, there must be an
acceleration of the initial oxidation to a higher-temperature state. While this
higher temperature can vary depending on conditions, it could be as low as
about 300°C. Again if it can burn your finger, it could be classed as smolder-
ing. Clearly, a glowing oxidizing surface is smoldering, as that is indicative
of a temperature in excess of 1000°C.
Upholstered furniture and mattresses initiated by a discarded cigarette
are prevalent sources of smoldering fires in homes. Coincidently, the ciga-
rette is classic example of smoldering. As air is drawn through the cigarette,
the porous tobacco receives more oxygen and more burns. Smoldering is
controlled by the supply of oxygen. However, as it can occur at relatively
lower rates of combustion than a flame, it can occur at very low levels
of oxygen. Underground fires in abandoned coal mines can smolder for
years. On the other hand, every camper knows that blowing on a glowing
stick of wood will not only increase its degree of glowing but can spring
it into a flame. Airflow is significant to smoldering. Bringing more air to
the oxidizing surface causes a higher reaction rate and higher reaction
temperature.
FIGURE 2.25
Common examples of smoldering: (a) cigarettes, (b) upholstered chair foam plastic/cotton fabric
system, and (c) charcoal grill.
Combustion in Natural Fires 63
Air Air
Char matrix of spent fuel
Smolder reaction
Unburned fuel
Smolde
r veloc
ity
FIGURE 2.26
Schematic of smoldering.
64 Principles of Fire Behavior
n
1.5 tio
ns ula
ic i
los
Smolder velocity (10–2 cm/s)
llu m
Ce foa
nurate
ya
m
c
yis o
foa
ol lic foa
m
1.0
ri g id p pheno
ne
lar rigid
anular
tha
nu Gr
Gra
ure
ly
e
e pin
Po
lar whit
0.5 G ranu
0
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0
Air flow velocity through fuel layer (cm/s)
FIGURE 2.27
Reverse smolder velocities depend on airflow velocity. (From Ohlemiller, T.J., Smoldering
combustion, Chap. 2–11, in: DiNenno, P.J., ed., SFPE Handbook of Fire Protection Engineering,
2nd edn., National Fire Protection Association, Quincy, MA, June 1995.)
TABLE 2.4
Typical Smolder Velocities Associated with Fuel Configuration
Air Supply Smolder Velocity
Fuel Smolder Configuration Condition (mm/min)
Pressed fiber 1.3 cm thick, horizontal Natural convection/ 0.78–1.3
insulation board, strips, width large diffusion
0.23–0.29 g/cc compared to thickness
“ 1.3 cm × 1.3 cm, strips Natural convection/ 1.6–2.8
varied angle to vertical diffusion
“ 1.3 cm × 5 cm strips, Forced flow,
forward smolder 20 cm/s, 2.1
1500 cm/s 7.8
“ 1.3 cm × 5 cm strips, Forced flow, 1.7–2.1
reverse smolder 80–700 cm/s
Pressed fiberboard 1.3 cm × 30 cm sheets, Forced flow, 0.42
(pine or aspen), horizontal, forward 10–18 cm/s
0.24 g/cc smolder
Cardboard Vertical rolled cardboard Natural convection, 3.0–5.0
cylinder, downward diffusion
propagation, dia.
0.19–0.38 cm
Shredded tobacco 0.8 cm dia. cigarette, Natural convection, 1.8–3.0
horizontal, in open air diffusion
Cellulose fabric + Double fabric layer, 0.2 cm Forced flow, 10 cm/s 6.0
3% NaCl thick, horizontal, forward
smolder
Source: Ohlemiller, T.J., Smoldering combustion, Chap. 2–11, in: DiNenno, P.J., ed., SFPE
Handbook of Fire Protection Engineering, 2nd edn., National Fire Protection Association,
Quincy, MA, June 1995.
considering a coin being pushed toward the edge of the tabletop. It can be
pushed until it is hanging over the edge, yet still on the tabletop. At some
small movement, it becomes out of balance and falls to the floor. There it
stays until some other force comes along. Ignition is the process of falling.
Combustion is sitting on the floor. Before combustion, we have a chemical
reaction in balance that is producing an imperceptible amount of energy.
It is a producer, exothermic, but not a lot at this state. With a little boost to
raise its temperature, the reaction will go out of balance and start to produce
more energy than it can absorb. Eventually, it will come into balance.
The higher-temperature state is combustion. As long as fuel and oxygen are
supplied in the amount it needs, it will stay at this state. Of course, cooling
it to reduce its temperature can send it spiraling down to extinction: its state
before ignition on the table top.
Spontaneous combustion can occur in many media. Figure 2.28 shows
some examples. For the fuel–air mixture, if it reaches its AIT by some
means it will make the transition to a flame. The process requires some heat
66 Principles of Fire Behavior
Fuel gas
and air
FIGURE 2.28
Examples of fuel arrays prone to spontaneous combustion: (a) mixture of fuel gas and air
raised to its autoignition temperature, (b) haystack, biological reactions promoted by moisture,
and (c) pile of wood fiberboard or coal waste (slag).
material, there is a critical configuration that will trigger the ignition process.
While for a gaseous fuel this process is fast (seconds at most), for a porous
solid it can range from minutes to weeks. As oxidation (or decomposition) is
occurring, telltale odors might signal the beginning of the process.
The pile in air might consist of linseed oil absorbed on a bundle of cot-
ton rags. Commonly used to clean and restore furniture, this unsaturated
oil in combination with the cotton makes a potent source. It has been the
cause of many accidental fires, notably the 38-story One Meridian Plaza in
Philadelphia (1991). Rags were used to clean the furniture and left near a
desk in an office. The resulting fire led to the propagation over several floors
with significant structural damage to the building.
The second scenario is a material on a hot surface. A classic old example is
wood in contact with a hot steam pipe. This scenario can show the complex-
ity of the process. It can take many years of heating to prompt this ignition.
Likely, the wood slowly or intermittently heats and char begins to build up.
As the char becomes deeper and more porous, it becomes a good medium for
spontaneous combustion. At a critical char thickness and surface tempera-
ture, ignition of the char can occur. This is likely to be smoldering at first. The
char can smolder away to form a cavity. An increase in airflow and confined
space heating within the cavity can then lead to flaming on the wood.
The third scenario is the hot pile. This scenario is characteristic of mate-
rials undergoing processing, as with wood resin products or plastics. The
formation of plastics involves exothermic reactions. If the reaction is not ter-
minated before the end product is sold, its continuation can lead to sponta-
neous combustion. It might also be associated with commercial laundries
where large hot piles of clothes are removed from a dryer. If the pile cannot
lose the heat fast enough, ignition could be triggered.
Although theories exist for spontaneous combustion, they are difficult
to apply with high accuracy. An advanced treatise on this subject is given
by Bowes, but if one sidesteps his mathematical treatment, he also presents
many practical examples.9 He shows that with the proper material data, a
rationale estimation of spontaneous ignition potential can be determined.
A vivid excerpt from Bowes9 describes the range of results for cotton waste
soaked with linseed oil.
The amounts of material involved in the initiation of fires can be quite
small. For example, Taradoire (1925), investigating the self-ignition of
cleaning rags impregnated with painting materials, stated that experience
indicated the occurrence of self-ignition in as little as 25 g of rags but, in a
series of experiments, found that the best results (sic) were obtained with
75 g of cotton rags impregnated with an equal weight of mixtures of linseed
oil, turpentine, and liquid “driers” (containing manganese resinate) and
exposed to the air in cylindrical containers made of large-mesh wire gauze
(dimensions not stated). Times to ignition generally lie between 1 hour and
6 hour but, for reasons which were not discovered, some samples, which
had not ignited within these times and were considered safe, ignited
68 Principles of Fire Behavior
after several days. Other examples giving an indication of scale have been
described by Kissling (1895), who obtained self-heating to ignition, from
an initial temperature of 23.5°C, in 50 g of cotton wool soaked with 100 g
of linseed oil and by Gamble (1941), who reports two experiments with
cotton waste soaked in boiled linseed oil (quantities not stated) and lightly
packed into boxes; with the smaller of the two, a cardboard box of dimen-
sions 10 cm × 10 cm × 15 cm, the temperature rose from 21°C to 226°C in
6¼ hour and the cotton was charred.
In short, it demonstrates that not much cotton soaked with linseed oil is
needed to achieve ignition, but the time to occur ranged from 1 hour to sev-
eral days. This propensity to spontaneous combustion can be measured by
subjecting a sample of the substance in question to oven air temperatures
until the lowest air temperature is found to eventually (in hours or days)
cause ignition. The end result can be manifested by smoldering or flaming.
As the size of the fuel increases, reducing the ability of heat to be conducted
from its center, the critical air temperature needed for ignition decreases.
The core temperature at the critical condition will sharply increase to a smol-
dering or flaming state. So, the combustion starts from within. Additives to
the material can enhance this propensity. Bowes9 reports such experimental
results in Table 2.5. As the size of the cube of sawdust increased, a lower oven
temperature (AIT) was needed to set off the ignition. The addition of the oil
clearly made the sawdust more prone to spontaneous ignition. Such testing
and its data can be used to assess the potential for spontaneous ignition in
real and larger scenarios. Indeed, in theory, these data can supply needed
chemical properties to mathematical models to predict ignition different con-
ditions. But because the real conditions may not be duplicated completely in
TABLE 2.5
Sawdust Cubes, with and without Oil, Exposed to Air Temperatures
Cube Size 2r mm Oil Content (%) Ignition Temperature (°C)
25.4 0 212
25.4 11.1 208
51 0 185
51 11.1 167
76 0 173
76 11.1 146
152 0 152
152 11.1 116
303 0 135
303 11.1 99
910 0 109
910 11.1 65
Source: Bowes, P.C., Self-Heating: Evaluating and Controlling the Hazards, Her Majesty’s
Stationery Office, London, U.K., 1984.
Combustion in Natural Fires 69
the test oven, extrapolations are limited in accuracy. Still such results bring
some quantitative and rational assessment to the potential of spontaneous
ignition. This rationality is especially significant as fires originating due to
spontaneous ignition or smoldering are often misdiagnosed. On the other
hand, electricity as the cause of fire is likely overprescribed, while spontane-
ous ignition or smoldering might be at the root instead.
2.7 Summary
Natural fire can be divided into three types of combustion:
1. Diffusion flames
2. Premixed flames
3. Smoldering
Review Questions
1. What role does temperature play in combustion?
2. Under what circumstances can a premixed flame ignite and propagate?
3. How does a diffusion flame begin?
4. Explain the role of airflow in smoldering.
5. Why might spontaneous ignition take so long?
True or False
1. Autoignition requires a pilot flame.
2. An oxy-acetylene torch is a diffusion flame.
3. A burning pool of gasoline is a diffusion flame.
4. Charring is not likely during smoldering.
5. Plastics cannot smolder.
6. Smoldering can occur in concealed spaces with very little air.
7. A flame must be 10 ft high to be turbulent.
8. Temperature plays a key role in determining if a flame can occur.
9. A canister of raw plastic material with insufficient antioxidants could
lead to spontaneous ignition.
10. Most hydrocarbon fuels have about the same flame temperature burning
in air.
Activities
1. Conduct and discuss the candle experiments described in this chapter.
2. Measure the velocity of a smoldering process, for example, a cigarette.
See how air speed might change the smoldering rate.
3. Put linseed oil soaked (not too wet) cotton rags in a cardboard box about
1 ft3. Place in a safe place for doing fire tests and let sit for several hours.
Explain the results. Measure the center temperature if possible.
4. Compare the different flames produced by a Bunsen burner by regulat-
ing the air vents. Can you blow the flame off by increasing the flow too
high? Can the premixed flame, with the vents open, be extinguished as
the fuel flow rate is decreased? With the vents closed, as you increase the
fuel flow rate does the flame height level out?
Combustion in Natural Fires 71
References
1. M. Faraday, Faraday’s Chemical History of the Candle (Chicago, IL: Chicago Review
Press, 1988 [orig. 1861]).
2. K. C. Smyth, J. Houston Miller, R. C. Dorfman, W. G. Mallard, and R. J. Santoro,
Soot inception in a methane/air diffusion flame as characterized by detailed
species profiles, Combustion and Flame, 62 (1985): 157–181.
3. K. Smyth, J. E. Harrington, E. L. Johnson, and W. M. Pitts, Greatly enhanced
soot scattering in flickering CH4/air diffusion flames, Combustion and Flame,
95 (1993): 229–239.
4. M. G. Zabetakis, Flammability characteristics of combustible gases and vapors,
Bulletin 627, Bureau of Mines (Washington, DC: U.S. Department of the Interior,
1965).
5. C. L. Beyler, Flammability limits of premixed and diffusion flames, Chap. 2–9
in SFPE Handbook of Fire Protection Engineering, 2nd edn., edited by P. J. DiNenno
(Quincy, MA: National Fire Protection Association, June 1995).
6. C. Huggett, Estimation of rate of heat release by means of oxygen consumption
measurements, Fire & Materials, 4 (1980): 61–65.
7. B. J. Lewis and G. von Elbe, Combustion, in Flames and Explosions of Gases,
3rd edn. (Orlando, FL: Academic Press, 1987), pp. 551–555.
8. T. J. Ohlemiller, Smoldering combustion, Chap. 2–11 in SFPE Handbook of Fire
Protection Engineering, 2nd edn., edited by P. J. DiNenno (Quincy, MA: National
Fire Protection Association, June 1995).
9. P. C. Bowes, Self-Heating: Evaluating and Controlling the Hazards (London, U.K.:
Her Majesty’s Stationery Office, 1984).
3
Heat Transfer
Learning Objectives
Upon completion of this chapter, you should be able to
3.1 Introduction
Although chemistry and fluid mechanics are important in the study of fire,
we can forgo their study for elementary quantitative purposes here. Fluid
flow is important to know how air enters a flame and how smoke travels
in a building. Mostly, this flow is due to buoyancy created by the fire and
hot smoke itself. Wind is important for fires in the open, as in forest fires
and conflagrations. In our study of fire plumes (Chapter 7) and compart-
ment fires (Chapter 9), these aspects of fluid flow will be addressed. Of
course, chemistry is important, as it is the basis of combustion. In the previ-
ous chapter, we have learned that chemical reaction takes place relatively
fast, and therefore, as the fuel and oxygen burn, the reaction region is very
thin. Often in even sophisticated analysis of flames, the actual chemical
dynamics and reaction mechanisms can be ignored. An assumption for a
flame of having zero thickness can suffice, and there the fuel and oxygen
immediately become products of combustion. However, the importance of
heat transfer cannot be avoided if we are to develop the ability to make
73
74 Principles of Fire Behavior
quantitative analyses. Heat transfer causes the solid and liquid fuels to
vaporize to produce the gaseous fuel for the flame. Heat transfer is respon-
sible for making the fire move over surfaces and through the forest. Indeed,
it is the dominant factor in determining the fate of fire growth and the
damage it can produce. Therefore, for fire we must first develop some
understanding and computational ability in heat transfer before we can
appreciate aspects of fire behavior.
°F °R °C K
Boiling point of water 212 672 100 373
FIGURE 3.1
Temperature scales.
76 Principles of Fire Behavior
Hot Cold
FIGURE 3.2
Heat transfer as energy exchange between hot and cold.
that makes objects burn and cause damage in fire. It is the most important
quantity that expresses the hazard of fire.
We will examine the forms of heat transfer and how they apply to fire. The
key parameter will be heat flux.
Flame plume
Wall
Conduction
Radiation
Convection
FIGURE 3.3
Examples of heat transfer in fire.
78 Principles of Fire Behavior
3.3.1 Conduction
3.3.1.1 Steady
The simplest representation of the law of conduction is given as follows in
steady form (unchanging with time) for the flow rate of heat through a wall.
This is illustrated in Figure 3.4. The equation is given as
kA(T2 - T1 )
q = (3.1)
l
where
k is the thermal conductivity
A is the area through which the heat is transferred
T2 and T1 are the respective temperatures of the wall faces
l is the wall thickness
This equation says that the rate of heat flow (e.g., kJ/s or kW) between two
temperatures, T1 and T2, in a solid is proportional to a property of the solid
known as thermal conductivity (k). Also, the larger the flow area through
This is analogous
which the heat is conducted, the greater is the flow rate, q.
to the increase in the rate of water flowing through a pipe as its diameter
is increased. It should be remarked that this relationship for conduction is
analogous to the flow rate of electrons (current) in a metal wire as being
controlled by the voltage difference and the electrical resistance of the wire.
T2 T1
FIGURE 3.4
Heat conduction through a wall.
Heat Transfer 79
A resistance factor is similarly used for heat conduction. The commonly used
R-value for home siding insulation is the reciprocal of kA/l. This R-value is
called thermal resistance as an analogy to electrical resistance where q takes
on the role of current flow rate and temperature takes the role of voltage. Let
us consider an example.
Example 3.1
Find the heat flow rate per unit area through a wall of polyurethane
foam, 0.05 m thick (l), across a temperature difference of 40°C–20°C. Note
that heat flow rate per unit area is called heat flux (denoted by q¢¢):
or 0.013 kW/m2
TABLE 3.1
Table of Thermal Properties
Thermal Specific Thermal Thermal
Conductivity Heat (c) Density Diffusivity Inertia (kρc)
Material (k) (W/m-K) (kJ/kg-K) (ρ) (kg/m3) (α) (m 2 /s) (kW2-s/m4 -K 2)
Copper 387 0.380 8940 1.14 × 10−4 1300.0
Steel (mild) 45.8 0.460 7850 1.26 × 10−5 160.0
Brick (common) 0.69 0.840 1600 5.2 × 10−7 0.93
Concrete 0.8–1.4 0.880 ~2000 5.7 × 10−7 2.0
Glass (plate) 0.76 0.840 2700 3.3 × 10−7 1.7
Gypsum plaster 0.48 0.840 1440 4.1 × 10−7 0.58
PMMA 0.19 1.420 1190 1.1 × 10−7 0.32
Oak 0.17 2.380 800 8.9 × 10−8 0.32
Yellow pine 0.14 2.850 640 8.3 × 10−8 0.25
Asbestos 0.15 1.050 577 2.5 × 10−7 0.091
Fiber insulating 0.041 2.090 229 8.6 × 10−8 0.020
board
Polyurethane 0.034 1.400 20 1.2 × 10−6 9.5 × 10−4
foam
Air 0.026 1.040 1.1 2.2 × 10−5 3.0 × 10−5
Source: Drysdale, D., An Introduction to Fire Dynamics, Wiley, New York, 1985, p. 36.
80 Principles of Fire Behavior
( 45.8 W/m-K)(20°C)
q ¢¢ = = 18, 320 W/m 2
(0.05 m)
or
q ″̇ = 18.3 kW/m2
Thus, we see the ability of heat flow to conduct through steel is much
greater than through an insulator-like polyurethane.
(0.05 m)2
Time (1%) = = 174 s
(12 (1.2 ´ 10 -6 m 2 /s))
In contrast, the steel wall has a (1%) penetration time of about 16.4 sec-
onds. Following this transient propagation, steady conduction through
the wall will take place after this penetration time. Then Equation 3.1
can be applied. All of these facets must be considered in analyzing heat
conduction.
In the past, exact sophisticated mathematical solutions were rendered
for conduction problems. Today, modern computers are capable of doing
the same and for more complex problems. However, in the end, the mate-
rial properties have to be known, and conditions in the surroundings of
the conducting material need to be known. If that material is a solid in
a hot fluid such as air, the conduction between the air and the material
needs to be computed. If the air is moving, this conduction will be affected
by the flow.
3.3.2 Convection
In a moving fluid, the heat transfer from the fluid to a solid surface is called
convection, but the governing law is still that of conduction. However, the
temperature difference and distance traversed near the surface are not
readily measured or derived from pure conduction considerations. For
example, as hot air flows over frozen water, the heat transfer by conduction
at the ice surface depends on the temperature difference near the surface, ΔT.
By the law of conduction, the heat transfer at the ice surface from the air as
illustrated in Figure 3.5 is still given by Equation 3.1:
DT
q = kA ×
Dl
q DT
q ¢¢ = =k
A Dl
82 Principles of Fire Behavior
Temperature
0°C 30°C
Air
∆l
∆T Ice
FIGURE 3.5
Convective heat transfer example.
The ratio ΔT/Δl must be known just at the surface to give a value for this heat
flux. As the temperature in the hot air varies sharply as the air gets closer
to the surface, only very detailed temperature measurements or complex
computations (calculus) can resolve this ratio. Alternatively, the equation is
rearranged in terms of the known temperature difference between the hot
air stream and the ice, as
æ k ö
q¢¢ = ç ÷ (T2 - T1 )
è Dl ø
where
T2 is the air stream temperature (e.g., 30°C)
T1 is the surface temperature (e.g., 0°C)
The flow speed of the air will affect the distance Δl; the higher the flow
speed, the more Δl will be reduced. In physical terms, here Δl is a fraction of
the thickness of the air region between 30°C and 0°C. That region is called
a boundary layer in fluid mechanics. The quantity (k/Δl) is now lumped into
one parameter that is defined as the convective heat transfer coefficient given
by the symbol, h. It depends on the air properties as well as the flow speed.
Therefore, the equation for a flowing fluid that gives the heat flux at the sur-
face is given as
The heat transfer coefficient provides a simple means to evaluate the con-
vective heat flux in a fluid stream flowing over a surface across which the
temperatures are known. It is too complicated for us to explain all the
Heat Transfer 83
TABLE 3.2
Typical Values for Convective Coefficients, h
Fluid Condition h (W/m 2-°C)
Buoyant turbulent flows in air 5–10
Laminar match flame ~30
Turbulent liquid pool fire surface ~20
Fire plume impinging on a ceiling 5–50
2 m/s wind speed in air ~10
35 m/s wind speed in air ~75
Example 3.2
Find the convective heat flux from a turbulent flame to a cold wall at
20°C. Estimate the h value from Table 3.2 for free convection (a buoyant
flow that is indicative of a flame) as about 5–10 W/m2-°C. Let us select 5
for illustrative purposes here. The maximum time-averaged flame tem-
perature is given as approximately 800°C.
= 3900 W/m 2
= 3.9 W/m 2
For the range of convective fire conditions, Table 3.2 suggests that for laminar
flames, the convective coefficient is about 30 W/m2-K. This is an estimate and
decreases from the place where the flow begins on the surface. That is where the
flame is closest. Near the beginning point, this value could be double. Also for
laminar flames, the flame will be thin, and its temperature could be as high
as 2000°C. A computation of the convective laminar flame heat flux from
Equation 3.2 would give heat fluxes ranging from about 60 to 120 kW/m2.
These values are high compared to the more general fire conditions where
turbulent flow prevails. In turbulent flow, the flame is thicker and spread
out due to the fluid fluctuations and mixing in the flow. The temperature
at any fixed point in the reaction region varies rapidly due to these fluc-
tuations. Measurements show that this time-average temperature is about
800°C–1000°C for most fires but could achieve as much as 1200°C for very
large flames. From Table 3.2, the turbulent convective coefficient is about
5–10 W/m2-K for buoyant flames along walls. This gives a peak convective
heat flux of only 10 kW/m2 for turbulent fire conditions. Even in the higher
velocity impingement region from a turbulent flame plume at a ceiling, this
value might only achieve about 50 kW/m2 just at the region of impingement.
We see that the laminar flame is more powerful than its turbulent counter-
part in convective heating. The impact on fire hazard is mitigated as laminar
flames quickly become turbulent after lengths of about 0.3 m (1 ft). But the
turbulent convective heat fluxes alone are not generally sufficient to sustain
fire. We need something else. This comes from the other way heat can be
transferred—radiation.
3.3.3 Radiation
Planck established the theoretical basis for explaining radiation heat transfer.
All radiation is electromagnetic energy consisting of both electric and
magnetic fields. This is distinctly different from the intimate molecular trans-
mission nature of conduction. These radiation rays have both a frequency
and a speed (the speed of light in a vacuum, c = 29,979,245,800 cm/s) and can
traverse within materials and through a vacuum of nothing. The frequency
(f) range determines the descriptive name or phenomena we associate with
the radiation. For example, high-frequency (alternatively low wavelength,
λ = c/f) radiation phenomena, in descending order, include cosmic rays,
gamma rays, and x-rays reaching into ultraviolet, which borders visible
light (a form of radiation). In decreasing order from visible light, we move
to infrared and then radio waves. Thermal radiation is mostly felt across the
infrared and somewhat into the visible. However, it is generated over the
entire frequency spectrum by any piece of matter having a finite tempera-
ture (on the absolute scale). Objects having temperatures of about 1000°C can
appear bright red; we “see” the thermal radiation within the frequency or
wavelength range sensitive to our eye. At about 3000°C, they appear white.
The use of an infrared camera extends our ability to see lower temperatures.
Heat Transfer 85
q ¢¢ = sT 4 (3.3)
where
T is the object’s temperature expressed in kelvin (K)
σ is called the Stefan–Boltzmann constant given as 5.67 × 10−11 kW/m2-K4
entire radiation wavelength spectrum. For turbulent flames, the main source
of radiation is the soot. A single soot particle nearly follows Equation 3.3 for
the radiation emitted from its surface. But for a collection of soot particles
suspended in smoke or flame, each particle radiates and intercepts according
to how much is there. This means that in smoke or flame, the concentration
of soot is important. The amount of radiation that finally reaches the edge of
the smoke or flame from this internal emission must also depend on its over-
all depth. Consequently, it might be approximated that the effective emissiv-
ity of this smoke or flame can be estimated from the formula
ε = 1 − exp(−κl) (3.4)
where
κ is the absorption coefficient of the smoke or flame
l is its thickness
Flame
or
Hot surface
T2
a .
q˝ Target
c
FIGURE 3.6
Radiation to a target from a hot surface or flame at a temperature T2.
Field of view
to object 2
T2
1
FIGURE 3.7
F12 represents the fraction object 2 makes in the total field of view from 1.
For the arrangement depicted in Figure 3.6, F12 can be found from the chart
given in Figure 3.8. In the chart, x = a/c and y = b/c. In that figure, the target
is located on a line that is normal to the bottom corner of the source, repre-
sented as a flat surface. The surface of the source is also normal to this line.
If the face of the target is turned by 90°, it could no longer see the target, and
88 Principles of Fire Behavior
0.3 X=∞
2
0.2
1
0.7
0.5
0.1
0.4
0.07 0.3
Configuration factor, F12
0.05 0.2
0.15
0.03
0.1
0.02
0.01
0.007
0.005
NACA
0.003
0.05 0.1 0.2 0.5 1.0 2 3 5 7 10 20
y
FIGURE 3.8
Configuration factor, F12. (From Hamilton, D.C. and Morgan, W.R., Radiant-interchange con-
figuration factors, NACA Tech. Note 2836, Washington, DC, December 1952, p. 78.)
F12 would be equal zero. Typical heat transfer references contain many charts
for different configurations.
The heat flux received by the target object is given as
Example 3.3
Find the heat flux due to radiation from a wood fuel flame 1 m tall (a),
0.5 m wide (b), and 0.5 m thick (l) at a distance 3 m away (c). κ is 0.8 m−1 and
the temperature is assumed to be 800°C. (It is very difficult to make precise
radiation calculations because the fuel flame properties are approximate
and these data are scarce. Nevertheless, we can make estimations.) First,
the temperature must be converted to the absolute scale by adding 273:
From Figure 3.8, locating the x-curve approximately, as there is none for
0.333, and then the horizontal axis y value, F12 = 0.017, is estimated from
the vertical axis. Now Equation 3.5 is used to compute the radiant heat
flux received at the target:
= 0.42 kW / m 2
What if the source in this example were four times as large with the
target on the center axis? We have the same problem four times and the
heat flux received would be 4 × 0.42, or 1.68 kW/m2. This is starting to feel
like that from the Sun on a clear day, as that value is at most 1 kW/m2.
Go back to the original example and compute it again for c = 1 m to see the
difference. In doing so, you would get F12 = 0.09 and 2.2 kW/m 2, or about
five times as much. Some might recall that it is commonly said that “radia-
tion falls off as the distance squared.” From 1 to 3 m, this common rule
would say it falls off by 1/9 or would be reduced to 2.2/9 or 0.24 kW/m2. From
our first computation, the value at 3 m should be 0.42 kW/m 2. So, this com-
mon “rule” is approximate and applies only for the ideal case of radiation
coming from the center point to a distance on a spherical shell. If the radius
of the spherical shell is c, its surface area is 4πc2. We will see in moment that
this ideal case can give us an alternative way of estimating flame radiation
to a target.
The computation of radiant heat flux to a target is very important to assess
potential damage and the possibility of a remote ignition from a fire. Since
the computation depends on flame shape and properties, it can be tedious if
not impractical. Fortunately, there is an alternative formula for a discrete fire
that is accurate as long as it is applied more than two flame diameters from
the center of the flame, that is, c > 2l (see Figure 3.9). The formula is
X rQ
q ¢¢ = (3.6)
4pc 2
where
Q is the combustion energy release rate of fire (kW)
Xr is the fraction of energy radiated relative to the total energy released
90 Principles of Fire Behavior
.
q˝ Target
FIGURE 3.9
Radiation heat flux to a target from a point source representation of a flame.
Xr is not necessarily a constant for a given fuel and generally varies from
about 0.15 to 0.60 for low sooting fuels such as methane and high sooting
flames, such as polystyrene, respectively. Table 3.3 gives some general guid-
ance for some fuels, and Table 3.4 gives some more specific values according
to the diameter of the fire. In particular, the data for gasoline clearly show
that the radiative fraction drops as the diameter increases. For a 1 m diame-
ter gasoline pool, the radiation fraction is 0.60, but for a 10 m fire, the fraction
is 0.10. Figure 3.10 more clearly shows this trend for a number of fuels. The
drop off is due to the cold soot swirling around the core of the luminous
flame for these large fires, as illustrated in Figure 3.11. The soot blocks the
radiation and traps it with the large turbulent flame.
Equation 3.6 is based on uniform radiant emission from a “point source”
approximating a flame. All of the radiant energy released, X rQ , is uniformly
received over a sphere of radius, c, from the flame. The area of the sphere is
4πc2. The ratio of the rate of energy received to the surface area completes
the deduction of Equation 3.6. The formula only applies to a target looking
directly at the “center” of the flame. This simple result has been shown to
have reasonable accuracy (±50%) as long as c > 2l.
TABLE 3.3
Typical Radiative Energy Fractions, Xr
Fuel (l ≥ 0.5 m) Xr
Methanol, methane 0.15–0.20
Butane, benzene, wood cribs 0.20–0.40
Hexane, gasoline, polystyrene 0.40–0.60
Source: Various.
Heat Transfer 91
TABLE 3.4
Specific Radiation Fraction of Combustion Energy for Hydrocarbon Pool
Fires Showing Dependence on Diameter
Hydrocarbon Pool Size (m) Fraction
Methanol 1.2 0.17
LNG on land 0.18 0.164
0.4–3.05 0.15–0.34a
1.8–6.1 0.20–0.25a
20.0 0.36
LNG on water 8.5–15.0 0.12–31.0a
LPG on land 20.0 0.7
Butane 0.3–0.76 0.20–0.27a
Gasoline 1.22–3.05 0.40–0.13a
1.0–10.0 0.60–0.100a
Benzene 1.22 0.37
Hexane — 0.40
Ethylene — 0.38
Source: Mudan, K.S. and Croce, P.A., Fire hazard calculations for large open hydro-
carbon fires, Chap. 3–11, in: DiNenno, P.J., ed., SFPE Handbook of Fire
Protection Engineering, 2nd edn., National Fire Protection Association,
Quincy, MA, June 1995.
a In these cases, the smaller-diameter fires were associated with higher radiative
fractions.
0.5
0.2
Radiative fraction, Xr
0.1 : Gasoline
: Kerosene
: Heptane
: Crude oil
: Hexane
0.05
: Toluene
: Methanol
: Benzene
: JP-4
0.02
0.2 0.5 1 5 10 50
Pool fire diameter, D (m)
FIGURE 3.10
Radiative fraction dependence on pool diameter. (From Koseki, H., Fire Technol., 25(3), 241, 1989.)
92 Principles of Fire Behavior
FIGURE 3.11
Illustration of soot blocking the core radiation from a large fire.
Example 3.4
For the previous calculation in Example 3.3 for wood, we can make
an alternative estimate using Equation 3.6. While that example’s
geometry is not cylindrical, we will stretch the application to use
Equation 3.6.
Select Xr = 0.36 (based on Figure 3.13) for a wood flame. (Figure 3.13
shows that the slope of the wood crib data is about 14/400. From
Equation 3.6 this would give Xr = 4π(0.9 m)2 × 14/400 = 0.356.) Based on
an equation for flame height in Chapter 7 the 1 m tall wood flame cor-
responds to a firepower of about 110 kW. Therefore, from Equation 3.6,
(0.36)(110 kW) kW
q ¢¢ = = 0.35
4p(3 m)2 m2
These threshold values will cause the results indicated only after a “long”
exposure of many seconds or minutes. The time to cause damage to bare skin
(Figure 3.12) is illustrated from the work of Stoll and Greene.4 In the figure,
the times to achieve pain and a blister skin burn for heat fluxes higher than
the threshold values are graphically shown. The threshold values appear to
be approached after about 30 seconds. These threshold values give general
guidelines for assessing the potential damage from the fire exposure heat
flux. Therefore, it is very important to be able to estimate fire heat fluxes.
30
25
Threshold levels:
Blister > 4 kW/m2
20
Irradiance (kW/m2)
15
Pa
in
10 5° Blis
ter
(4
C
sk
in
te m
pera
5 ture)
0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30
Time (s)
FIGURE 3.12
Incident radiant heat flux effect on bare skin. (From Stoll, A.M. and Greene, L.C., J. Appl.
Physiol., 14, 373, 1959.)
94 Principles of Fire Behavior
Target
c
25
c = 0.9 m
Target heat flux (kW/m2)
20
15
10
Wood crib fires
Plastic crib fires
0
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200
Combustion energy release rate (kW)
FIGURE 3.13
Radiant heat flux to a target facing 0.9 m from the center of wood and plastic crib fires.
(From Quintiere, J.G. and McCaffrey, B.J., The burning of wood and plastic cribs in an
enclosure, Vol. I, NBSIR 80-2054, National Bureau of Standards, Gaithersburg, MD,
September 1980, p. 118.)
30
Dark symbols—plastic cribs
Incident radiant heat flux to the floor, q˝floor (kW/m2) Open symbols—wood cribs
Smoke layer
.
20
1m Target
10
0
100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800
Compartment average smoke layer temperature (°C)
FIGURE 3.14
Incident radiative heat flux to the floor in a compartment due to hot smoke. (From Quintiere,
J.G. and McCaffrey, B.J., The burning of wood and plastic cribs in an enclosure, Vol. I, NBSIR
80-2054, National Bureau of Standards, Gaithersburg, MD, September 1980, p. 118.)
upper layer smoke temperatures. Despite the variation in the type of fuel
(wood and plastic) and the variation of ventilation of air through different
doorway sizes, the results are almost solely dependent on the average
temperature of the smoke layer. This dependence also applies to measure-
ments of total (convective plus radiative) heat flux to a ceiling target as
shown in Figure 3.15. The reason for the sole dependence of these results on
the smoke layer temperature can be explained by the radiative view factor of
the smoke layer to the floor or ceiling. As might be inferred by examining the
field of view of both the ceiling and floor targets, the smoke layer dominates
the field of view compared to any radiative contribution from the crib fire.
An observer on the floor looking up sees the bottom of the smoke layer in
about 50% of their forward field of view, as this layer is at about half the room
height. This is a configuration (view) fraction of 0.5. The same observer, still
looking up, only has a very small view angle to the flaming crib. Of course,
just next to the crib, it would be highest. But even that close, it would be less
than 0.5. This suggests that the smoke is the principal source of the heat flux
to the floor. In contrast, the ceiling target has a view factor of 1, as it sees the
entire smoke layer.
96 Principles of Fire Behavior
Target
Smoke layer 1m
50
0
100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900
Compartment average smoke layer temperature (°C)
FIGURE 3.15
Incident total heat flux to the ceiling in a compartment due to hot smoke. (From Quintiere,
J.G. and McCaffrey, B.J., The burning of wood and plastic cribs in an enclosure, Vol. I, NBSIR
80-2054, National Bureau of Standards, Gaithersburg, MD, September 1980, p. 118.)
Example 3.5: Confirm This Result for the Floor Heat Flux
Take a temperature of 600°C. As the smoke layer for a normal size room
would be about 1 m thick, or more, we will assume it to have an emissivity
of 1. Then from Equation 3.5, q ¢¢ = e s T24 F12
æ W 10 -3 kW ö
q ¢¢ = ç 25 2 ´ ÷ (600 - 25) K = 14.4 kW/m
2
è m -K W ø
Heat Transfer 97
This gives a total of 47.2 kW/m2, about 20% too low. But again, we have
neglected any radiative contribution from the crib fire. This is within
the range of accuracy we can expect. Thus, we have nearly explained the
experimental results by theoretical calculations.
The threshold of piloted ignition (thin objects at 10 kW/m 2 and thick
objects at 20 kW/m2) suggests that objects begin to have a high propen-
sity to ignite when the smoke layer temperature attains 400°C–600°C.
This is why flashover is often associated with smoke layer temperatures
at about 500°C–600°C. It is a general operational rule for static fires, but
the onset of flashover has a lower critical smoke layer temperature for
spreading fires. The sudden increase in spread will occur at lower smoke
layer temperatures. We will have more to say about this in Chapter 9.
Figures 3.14 and 3.15 are representative of developing room fires in which
there is a distinct smoke layer and distinct central fire. Once more objects get
involved, flames and hot smoke will try to fill the room according to the fuel
and air supply available. The flames and smoke layer can reach 1200°C or
more. As the flames will be thick (>1 m), their emissivity would be near 1. In
this case, the radiative heat flux could achieve 250 kW/m2 in the room. It is not
uncommon to achieve heat flux levels of 100–250 kW/m2 in fully developed
room fires.
Figure 3.16 is presented for illustration to show how radiation and con-
vection heat fluxes can contribute to fire conditions when heating a cold
object. Turbulent convective heat transfer coefficients in room fires can
typically range from 5 to 50 W/m2-K. The radiation is characterized by its
1000
Blackbody radiation
Heat flux to a surface at 25°C, kW/m2
100
Convection at h = 50 W/m2-K
10
Convection at h = 5 W/m2-K
1
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600
Source temperature, °C
FIGURE 3.16
Overview of heat fluxes from a fire source to a cold object.
98 Principles of Fire Behavior
maximum potential for a blackbody. This graph puts in perspective the role
of convection and radiation in fire conditions. Even at relatively low source
temperatures, radiation is significant compared to natural convection
(h = 5 W/m2-K). After about 500°C, radiation truly becomes the dominant
factor in heat transfer in fire.
TABLE 3.5
Turbulent Flame Peak Heat Fluxes to a Surface within the Flame
Description Heat Flux (kW/m 2) Comments
Corridor ceiling burning ~20 Buoyancy suppresses turbulence,
thin flame
Ceiling burning, radial flame 20–30 Buoyancy suppresses turbulence,
thin flame
Wall burning flame 25–40 Increases with flame height
Floor flame impinging on ceiling 80–90 High velocity, thick flame at center
Square floor fire against a wall 50–100 Increases with fire size
(e.g., 50–500 kW)
Window flames from fully 20–200 Increases with room fire size
developed room fires (e.g., 5–10 MW) and size of
(0.5 m above) window
Objects immersed in large pool 100–200 High temperature, thick flames
fires (10–160 m2)
Source: Lattimer, B.J., Heat fluxes from fires to surfaces, Sect. 2, Chap. 14, in: DiNenno, P.J., ed.,
SFPE Handbook of Fire Protection Engineering, 4th edn., National Fire Protection
Association, Quincy, MA, 2008.
Heat Transfer 99
3.7 Summary
Heat is energy transfer due to a temperature difference. Heat transfer is a
significant process in fire. It accounts for the vaporization of the fuel, growth
of the fire, and its damage. Heat flux is the rate of heat (energy) transfer per
unit area normal to its direction. We sense heat flux as we might be exposed
to a fire.
There are three categories of heat transfer: (1) conduction, a molecular phe-
nomenon; (2) convection, conduction in a moving fluid; and (3) radiation, an
electromagnetic phenomenon. The laws of Fourier and Planck provide the
bases for conduction and radiative heat transfer calculations, respectively.
Conduction heat flux is directly proportional to the difference of tempera-
ture, while radiation depends on the fourth power of the absolute temperature.
Absolute zero is the lowest temperature possible.
Heat flux is a key parameter in assessing the potential damage by a fire.
Threshold heat flux levels are approximately 2 kW/m2 for pain to bare
skin, 4 kW/m2 for a burn to bare skin, and 10–20 kW/m2 for the ignitions
of objects. Flames can cause heat fluxes of 20–200 kW/m2, depending on
their size and shape.
The smoke layer temperature in compartment fires of 500°C–600°C is
frequently taken as a benchmark for the initiation of flashover.
Review Questions
1. What is the difference between the absolute temperature scale and the
Celsius scale?
2. What distinguishes heat from other forms of energy?
3. How long will it take heat to penetrate a 3 in. thick concrete wall?
4. Estimate the convective heat flux from a match flame to the surface of
its wood. The flame is roughly 1900°C and the wood pyrolyzes at 350°C.
The convective heat transfer coefficient can be taken as 50 W/m2-K as an
estimate.
5. Estimate the convective heat flux from a gasoline turbulent pool fire to the
evaporating gasoline surface. Gasoline evaporates at roughly 33°C during
burning conditions. Its turbulent flame temperature is 800°C on average.
Take the convective heat transfer coefficient as 20 W/m2-K (see Table 3.2).
6. For the fire in Problem 5, estimate the radiative heat flux to the liquid
surface. Assume a flame emissivity of 0.5. For a target on the surface how
much of the flame does it see?
100 Principles of Fire Behavior
True or False
1. Convective heat transfer is a type of conduction.
2. Conduction depends on molecules, radiation on electromagnetic energy,
and convection on ether rays.
3. The emissivity of a surface should be less than one, but for a large flame
it can easily be one.
4. Thermal conductivity and thermal diffusivity are properties of a solid
controlling its heat transfer.
5. A threshold for a skin burn could be 4 kW/m2, while at 10 kW/m2 we
could have ignition of clothing.
6. Heat is not a form of energy.
7. A guide for the onset of flashover in a room fire is when the smoke
reaches 500°C–600°C.
8. Laminar small flames always have lower heat fluxes than turbulent
flames.
9. Zero absolute temperature indicates that there is no more energy in the
material.
10. Mass can change into energy in a chemical reaction.
Activities
1. Find out how much time is needed to melt an ice cube. Look up
the energy needed to melt ice (heat of fusion, J/g). Estimate the convec-
tive heat transfer coefficient for a cube sitting in still air. Note that the ice
temperature is always 0°C and record the room temperature. Compare
your computed time to the actual time. Explain the differences.
2. Make a heat flux meter. Connect a thermocouple to a thin (1/8 in.) metal
disk about 1 inch in diameter. Insulate the back of the disk very well.
Roughen the disk and deposit soot on it from a candle flame or paint
it flat black. This will tend to make its emissivity 1. If the disk is thin
enough, when the meter is exposed to a higher heat flux, its surface will
get hot. If no heat is lost through the insulation, all of heat received will
Heat Transfer 101
radiate away. The heat flux radiated away will be exactly equal to that
received. The emitted heat flux is computed by using Equation 3.3 and
the measured temperature. Using the heat flux meter in cold air will
cause a convective heat loss as well, and this would need to be consid-
ered as a source of error. Or this convective heat flux can be added to the
emitted radiant heat flux. The total is the heat flux received.
References
1. D. Drysdale, An Introduction to Fire Dynamics (New York: Wiley, 1985), p. 36.
2. D. C. Hamilton and W. R. Morgan, Radiant-interchange configuration factors,
NACA Tech. Note 2836, U.S. Government (Washington, DC: December 1952), p. 78.
3. K. S. Mudan and P. A. Croce, Fire hazard calculations for large open hydrocar-
bon fires, Chap. 3–11 in SFPE Handbook of Fire Protection Engineering, 2nd edn.,
edited by P. J. DiNenno (Quincy, MA: National Fire Protection Association,
June 1995).
4. H. Koseki, Combustion properties of large liquid pool fires, Fire Technology, 25,
3 (August 1989): 241–255.
5. A. M. Stoll and L. C. Greene, Relationship between pain and tissue damage due
to thermal radiation, Journal of Applied Physiology, 14 (1959): 373–382.
6. J. G. Quintiere and B. J. McCaffrey, The burning of wood and plastic cribs in an
enclosure, Vol. I, NBSIR 80-2054 (Gaithersburg, MD: September 1980, National
Bureau of Standards), p. 118.
7. B. J. Lattimer, Heat fluxes from fires to surfaces, Sect. 2, Chap. 14, in SFPE Handbook
of Fire Protection Engineering, 4th edn., edited by P. J. DiNenno (Quincy, MA:
National Fire Protection Association, 2008).
4
Ignition
Learning Objectives
Upon completion of this chapter, you should be able to
4.1 Introduction
In Chapters 4 through 6, we discuss the essence of fire growth, which is
composed of ignition, flame spread, and burning rate. These are distinct fire
processes that may have some features in common but must be put together
to establish fire growth. We will clarify their common characteristics and
their differences. This chapter discusses ignition, the start of fire growth.
Ignition is very important, as without it there would be no fire. It is a step
that is easily recognized for flaming ignition and is subtle to discern for
ignition to smoldering. Ignition can occur in different ways, but always heat
should be added. Sometimes, this heat is localized in the form of a small
flame or distributed over a region of the fuel.
103
104 Principles of Fire Behavior
Radiant
Evaporated fuel heat
Air Air
Air
(a) (b)
FIGURE 4.1
Ignition processes in (a) liquids and (b) solids.
Ignition 105
FIGURE 4.2
Water vapor in air.
106 Principles of Fire Behavior
Diffusion of
water vapor
Water vapor
concentration = 3.2 %
RH = 100%
Water at 25°C
FIGURE 4.3
Relative humidity and diffusion.
For water in air, relative humidity (RH) is a measure of how much water
vapor can be contained in the air. For example, at 25°C if the concentration
of water vapor were 1%, its RH would have been 1/3.2 × 100% or about 31%.
(In other words, 31% of the volume of water vapor that could be contained in
the air is present.) Water vapor will continually leave the surface of the liq-
uid and enter the bulk air at this RH. If the air is initially “dry” (0% RH), the
liquid will continue to evaporate as long as there is a higher concentration
of vapor at the surface than that of the bulk air. The transfer of water vapor
from the surface to the air occurs through diffusion. (Diffusion is the motion
of a species [e.g., vapor] from a high to low concentration.)
The air above the liquid can enhance this transfer process over that of pure
diffusion. This effect due to airflow is called convection with respect now
to mass transfer analogous to convection in heat transfer. If the air reaches
100% RH, there will now be no difference between the concentration of the
water vapor at the liquid surface and in the bulk air, so evaporation will cease
(see Figure 4.3). This is why laundry will not dry in air at 100% RH.
Let us stick to a pure liquid model for ease of explanation for ignition.
But remember, in liquid fuel mixtures, it is the more volatile component con-
trolling ignition.
TABLE 4.1
Critical Temperatures for Liquid Fuels in °Ca
Hot
Fire Boiling Surface
Liquid Formula Flashpoint Point Point AIT Ignition
Propane C3H8 −104 — −42 450 —
Gasoline ~C8H18 ~−45 — ~33 371 >560
Acrolein C3H4O −26 — 53 235 —
Acetone C2H6O −18 — 56 465 —
n-Heptane C7H16 −4 −1 98 233 670
Methanol CH3OH 12 17 64 385 690
Ethanol C2H5OH 13 — 78 363 690,717
n-Decane C10H22 44–52 62–66 174 210 —
Kerosene ~C14H30 49 — 232 260 650
m-Creosol C7H8O 86 — 203 559 —
Formaldehyde CH2O 93 — 97 430 —
Motor oil — 186,216 224 300–560 351 310,740
Sources: Zabetakis, M.G., Flammability characteristics of combustible gases and vapors,
Bulletin 627, Bureau of Mines, U.S. Department of the Interior, Washington, DC, 1965;
Babrauskas, V., Ignition Handbook, Fire Science, Society of Fire Protection Engineers,
Publisher, 2005; Tewarson, A., Thermophysical and fire properties of automobile plastic
parts and engine compartment fluids, Vol. III, Tech Report #0003018009, FM-Global,
Norwood, MA, October 2005.
a Results can vary due to the test used; AIT data commonly from the spherical vessel test.
4.4.2 Autoignition
The process of autoignition is a slightly different mechanism compared to
piloted ignition. As indicated in Figure 4.4, autoignition occurs at a concen-
tration generally between the upper (UFL) and the lower (LFL) flammability
limits. The stoichiometric state in which all the fuel vapor and all the oxygen
Fuel vapor pressure or
concentration in air
Liquid Vapor
region region
UFL
LFL
TFP AIT
Temperature of fuel–air mixture
FIGURE 4.4
Conditions needed for ignition.
Ignition 109
Heavy fuel or
vapors
migrate
FIGURE 4.5
Evaporating liquid, remote ignition.
within its lens housing indicated no ignition. The hot surface ignition tem-
perature was much higher than that reported by the vessel test.
Another surface not sufficient to trigger ignition is the lit cigarette for
gasoline. This scenario depicting in countless movies has been shown to
not occur in repeated tests. Indeed, several years ago in a student project
this was shown dramatically by evaporating gasoline at the bottom of a
vertical cylindrical tube open at the top. Holes in the vapor region of the
tube allow a competent pilot flame to be inserted to indicate the region of
flammability. When a lit cigarette was placed in the same region, even with
a device to draw on the cigarette, no ignition occurred. It has also been
reported that numerous tests of a lit cigarette tossed into a pool of gasoline
showed no ignition.
predictive models for solid fuel ignition based on the use of effective or
approximate ignition temperatures and other properties.
Let us first examine the processes involved in the ignition of a solid more
closely. Solid fuels tend to be mostly polymers, either synthetic or natural.
Wood is a natural polymer. A polymer is a compound made up of large
molecules consisting of linked chains of a repeated chemical structure.
The chemical structure is called a monomer—a repeated chemical structure
in a polymer.
For example, the chemical structure alone as C2H4 is ethylene, a gas at
normal atmospheric conditions. But the structure linked as the mono-
mer—C2H4 —is now polyethylene, a solid under normal conditions.
In order to get polyethylene to ignite, it must first be vaporized. While
a pure substance, such as ethylene, remains the same chemical while it is
a solid, liquid, or gas, this is not true for polyethylene. When polyethylene
is heated, it will start losing its structure melting at about 120°C–145°C
and will have a reported flashpoint of greater than 220°C. In reality, the
melt may not be a true liquid to a polymer scientist but just a “softened”
solid. Above 220°C where ignition is possible, vapor must be generated.
The vapor is due to thermal decomposition (or pyrolysis—the production
of vapor by heat from a decomposing solid). The polyethylene is ther-
mally broken into other chemical compounds that make up the vapor
produced.
For some polymers, this vapor could ideally be the monomer, but mostly
it is not. The vapor is likely a complex mixture of hydrocarbons. The vapor
produced by the decomposition of the solid is not the same fuel chemically
as in pure liquid evaporation. Whatever it is, it must still achieve the LFL of
that mixture to be ignited in piloted ignition or must be in at a flammable
concentration and at the AIT for autoignition. The flame processes are the
same for the liquid and solid fuels; only, the vaporization process is differ-
ent. The liquid retains its chemical structure, whereas the solid does not as it
decomposes to a vapor. The vapor pyrolysis products for wood will consist
of many compounds. Some will condense in the atmosphere as fine drop-
lets (tars), displayed as white “smoke.” Wood, like some synthetic polymers,
will not totally decompose to a vapor but will leave behind a carbonaceous
porous char.
800
Heating parallel to grain
700 Heating perpendicular
to grain
Auto
600
Ignition temperature (°C)
Auto
500 Glowing
400
Piloted
300
Piloted
200
100
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
Incident radiant heat flux (kW/m2)
FIGURE 4.6
Surface temperatures at ignition for redwood considering flaming (auto, pilot) and smoldering
(glowing), when heated perpendicular and parallel to the wood grain. (From Spearpoint, M.J.
and Quintiere, J.G., Fire Safety J., 36, 391, 2001; Boonmee, N. and Quintiere, J.G., Proc. Combust.
Inst., 29, 289, 2002.)
in ignition temperature for a charring material. Figure 4.6 displays the trend
lines of the temperature data. It is seen that for piloted ignition and autoig-
nition the ignition depends on whether the wood was heated parallel or
perpendicular to its grain. The ignition temperatures are lower for parallel
heating as it is easier for the volatiles to escape along the wood grain paths.
For both heating directions, the AIT is higher than that of piloted ignition.
The glowing ignition temperatures could only be noticed below 40 kW/m2,
as the time to ignite by flaming was too fast above 40 kW/m2 to discriminate
glowing before flaming. The glowing temperature is always between piloted
and AIT. Below 40 kW/m2, the mechanism for autoignition is distinctly a tran-
sition from smoldering to flaming. Thus, at low heat flux, smoldering will
persist for a long time before flaming ensues. As the char layer builds up and
further insulates, the surface temperature can rise to as much as 900°C before
flaming occurs. This hot surface is now the heat source for ignition to flaming.
The times for ignition of this redwood are shown in Figure 4.7. Above
40 kW/m2, it is difficult to distinguish a difference between autoignition and
piloted ignition, as the ignition times are of the order of about 10 seconds
or less. Below 40 kW/m2, glowing ignition can slightly precede piloted igni-
tion, but the difference is not significant. The coincidence of these events
must follow, as the onset of char needed for glowing ignition also denotes
the time of decomposition to fuel vapor. While glowing ignition might occur
114 Principles of Fire Behavior
104
Flaming ignition from glowing state
1000
Ignition time (s)
100
Autoignition
1
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70
Incident radiant heat flux (kW/m2)
FIGURE 4.7
Ignition times for redwood as a function of incident radiant heat flux. (From Spearpoint, M.J.
and Quintiere, J.G., Fire Safety J., 36, 391, 2001; Boonmee, N. and Quintiere, J.G., Proc. Combust.
Inst., 29, 289, 2002.)
100
Kerosene
Ignition time (s)
10
1
220 240 260 280 300 320 340
Temperature (°C)
FIGURE 4.8
Autoignition time for kerosene vapor to ignite in air. (From Babrauskas, V., Ignition Handbook,
Fire Science, Society of Fire Protection Engineers, Issaquah, WA, 2005.)
116 Principles of Fire Behavior
2k(Tig - T¥ )
Physical thickness £
q ¢¢i
For example, if the incident heat flux is 10 kW/m2, k is 0.15 W/m2K, and (Tig − T∞)
is about 300°C, then the physical thickness need only be less than 9 mm
or about 3/8th in. For 50 kW/m2, this becomes 1.8 mm. The lower heat flux
produces a large thermally thin criterion.
Our discussion here can also apply to liquids provided the liquid is motion-
less, as would be the case if uniformly heated from the top. But heating from
below or localized heating will cause motion. Motion could make the liquid
act as if it were thermally thin.
Ignition 117
kg kJ kJ
rcl ~ m= 2
m 3 kg-°C m - °C
It tells how many kJ of energy can be stored in a square meter of this thin
material to raise its temperature 1°C. A balance of energy needed to raise the
temperature from T∞ to Tig must be supplied by the heat flux. The heat flux
times the time gives heat added per unit area or kJ/m2 in the units discussed
here. The energy required equals the heat added, or
Perfectly .
insulated qI̋ .
qI̋
. or
qL̋
l l
(a) (b)
FIGURE 4.9
Heated thin objects (a) heat from one side and (b) symmetric heating.
118 Principles of Fire Behavior
This result is only approximate as it has ignored the fact that the temperature
is increasing over time and the surface heat loss (q¢¢L ) is increasing too, as it
depends on temperature. This heat loss can be by radiation and convection to
the surroundings. The formula is only reasonably valid at early time. At later
times, the heat losses bring the temperature to equilibrium or steady state.
As a result, the temperature of the thin solid will increase in early
time (t) as
where T∞ is the initial temperature, and later in time the incident heat flux
will equal the heat loss flux. The CHF needed to just achieve the ignition
temperature is the heat loss flux at that temperature.
The actual temperature response over time is more completely shown in
Figure 4.10 with a labeled ignition temperature (Tig). When Tig is reached, we
have ignition (piloted or auto, depending on our selection of the value for Tig).
The determination of the time to ignite is shown in the figure; but under low
heating conditions, Tig may never be achieved. Note the CHF just causes the
attainment of the Tig value. For the high heating rate cases above the CHF,
the ignition time can be computed using Equation 4.1. A useful approximate
formula for predicting the time to ignite is
rcl(Tig - T¥ )
tig » (4.2)
q ¢¢I
T∞
0 Ignition time
Time, t
FIGURE 4.10
Temperature rise.
Ignition 119
Example 4.1
Let us consider a typical material that might represent a drapery or a
thin fabric on an insulating substrate, similar to a cushion or uphol-
stered product. Representative properties for a cotton-like material are
ρ = 0.57 g/cm3, c = 0.34 cal/g-K, and l = 1 mm. For Tig = 300°C, ignition times
range from 5 to 25 seconds for a range of radiant heat fluxes between 40
and 10 kW/m2, respectively. For Tig = 400°C, these times only increase by
about 25%. For this reason, these objects can ignite very quickly regard-
less of their precise ignition temperature. The heat capacity factor, ρcl,
controls the process.
Flashover conditions are sometimes designated with a heat flux to
the floor of 20 kW/m2 (indicative of room smoke layer temperature of
500°C–600°C). So, we see that most thin materials will rapidly ignite
under this condition, consistent with our concept of flashover causing
the fire to suddenly grow.
(p/4)(krc)(Tig - T¥ )2
tig » , q ¢¢I > CHF (4.3)
q ¢¢I 2
1.2
0.8
qc̋ritical
q˝
y = 0.024x
.
0.6
R2 = 0.9436
.
0.4
0.2
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60
t*
√tignition
FIGURE 4.11
Ignition data for polyoxymethylene. (From Panagiotou, J. and Quintiere, J.G., Generalizing the
flammability of materials, in: Proceedings of the 10th International Conference on Interflam 2004,
Interscience Communications, London, U.K., 2004, pp. 895–906.)
TABLE 4.2
Typical Ignition Times of Thick Solids
Heat Flux (kW/m 2) Time (s) Material
10 300 Plexiglas, polyurethane foam, acrylate carpet
20 70 Wool carpet
20 150 Paper on gypsum board
20 250 Wood particleboard
30 5 Polyisocyanurate foam
30 70 Wool/nylon carpet
30 150 Hardboard
take variable heat flux into account, but we certainly see that increased
heat flux reduces the ignition time.
It is commonly observed in flashover that corner edges will ignite before
the flat surface of an object. This might be explained in terms of less mass
to heat at a corner than a flat surface. In fact, a mathematical solution to heat
conduction at the corner edge would give a similar equation to (4.3) except
with a constant of π/18 instead of π/4. The edge would ignite in about ¼ the
time for the same flat surface material.
Typical ignition data are shown in Figure 4.12 for radiant heating
of wood particleboard. The ignition times can be shown to agree well
with Equation 4.3 (t ~ (1/q¢¢I 2 )), and at low heat fluxes there is no ignition.
The minimum or critical radiant heat flux (CHF) to cause ignition in a
long time (greater than 5 minutes in these experiments) is approximately
18 kW/m2. Also shown in Figure 4.12 are measured ignition temperatures.
These measurements were done with small thermocouples fixed to the
wood surface as in Figure 4.13a. The accuracy of the measurement for
surface temperature is affected by the way the thermocouple is attached.
The scatter shown in the measured ignition temperatures can be expected.
A temperature measurement of 350°C ± 50°C is representative of these
data. Notice that this measured temperature on the particleboard is very
similar to the piloted ignition temperature for redwood heated perpen-
dicular to the grain (see Figure 4.6). The similarity suggests generic data
for wood might be used for other wood products. In general, generic data
should be used with caution and only for guidance.
If the same experiment were done with direct flame heating as shown in
Figure 4.13b,9 the ignition times do not vary with flame energy (see Figure 4.14).
The flame energy, as energy supply rate per width (kW/m) of wood heated,
controls the flame height. In other words, the data in Figure 4.14 were derived
for various flame heights. The results show, despite variations in flame height,
that this flame causes ignition in about 140 seconds (±40 seconds). While there
is significant variation, the trend with flame height or flame energy suggests
122 Principles of Fire Behavior
300 400
250 350
Tig (°C)
200 300
tig (s)
150 250
100
50
Ignition time
Ignition temperature
0
0 20 40 60
.
Radiant heat, q˝ (kW/m2)
FIGURE 4.12
Measurements of piloted ignition on particleboard. (From Quintiere, J.G., J. Res. Natl. Bur.
Stand., 93(1), 61, January–February 1988.)
Pilot
Radiant
heat
.
Thermocouple Flame energy, Q/W (kW/m)
(a) (b)
FIGURE 4.13
Ignition experiments: (a) radiant heating and (b) flame heating.
Ignition 123
300
250
200
tig (s)
150
100
50
0
0 20 40 60 80
.
Flame energy, Q/W (kW/m)
FIGURE 4.14
Measurement of ignition on vertical particleboard by a wall flame. (From Quintiere, J.G., J. Res.
Natl. Bur. Stand., 93(1), 61, January–February 1988.)
Example 4.2
Determine the time for 1/2 in. thick plywood to ignite subject to a flame
heat flux of 25 kW/m2. If a thin delaminated piece, insulated on the back,
with a thickness of 0.5 mm is also heated, determine when it will ignite.
Take the initial temperature as 20°C.
Estimated plywood properties:
Tig = 350°C
k = 0.15 × 10 –3 kW/m-K
ρ = 640 kg/m3
c = 2.9 kJ/kg-K
(p/4)(krc)(Tig - T¥ )2
tig »
q ¢¢I 2
tig = 38.1 s
Notice this time is lower than the data given for a plywood product
shown in Figure 4.17. This difference is an indication of the level of accu-
racy in generic calculations, as all plywoods are not the same.
Thin case (0.5 mm)
rcl(Tig - T¥ )
tig »
q ¢¢I
tig = 12.2 s
We see the time is much smaller in the thin case than in the thick case
due to less mass being heated.
400.0
350.0
Critical flux
300.0
250.0
Time to ignite (s)
200.0
150.0
Equation 4.3
100.0
50.0
0.0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70
Heat flux (kW/m2)
FIGURE 4.15
Radiant ignition times of an asphalt shingle. (From Quintiere, J.G. and Harkleroad, M., New
concepts for measuring flame spread properties, NBSIR 84-2943, National Bureau of Standards,
Gaithersburg, MD, November 1984.)
Figure 4.11. In Equation 4.3, the properties kρc and Tig can only be viewed
as effective properties. But by their results, these effective properties give a
very good fit to the data in Figures 4.15 through 4.18. Moreover, the materials
depicted there are complex materials: an asphalt shingle, paper on gypsum
board, plastic foam, and a wood product. The CHF for piloted ignition is
also shown in the figures, and it was found by locating the heat flux
where ignition would just not occur. This value would depend on how much
time was allowed. For practical purposes generally this would not exceed
10–20 minutes, although the experimenter in Figure 4.7 waited for more than
30 minutes. From the CHF, an estimate of the ignition temperature can be
found by a heat transfer analysis. In general, the CHF would depend on the
convective heat loss. If a wind were present, the CFH would have been higher
than the CFH determined here for essentially natural convection conditions.
In the event that there is direct flame heating, the CHF would be lower than
126 Principles of Fire Behavior
400.0
Critical flux
350.0
300.0
250.0
Time to ignite (s)
200.0
150.0
100.0
Equation 4.3
50.0
0.0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70
Heat flux (kW/m2)
FIGURE 4.16
Radiant ignition times of 1.27 cm gypsum board. (From Quintiere, J.G. and Harkleroad, M.,
New concepts for measuring flame spread properties, NBSIR 84-2943, National Bureau of
Standards, Gaithersburg, MD, November 1984.)
that given in Table 4.3, as only surface radiation heat loss applies. In a confined
space, the CHF could be as low as zero.
In Equation 4.3, it is obvious that the numerator involves a set of properties.
Tewarson11 grouped this set into one term: the thermal response parameter
(TRP). The TRP is a material property. In this form, Equation 4.3 is written
more simply as
2
æ TRP ö
tig » ç ÷ , q ¢¢I > CHF (4.4)
è q ¢¢I ø
400.0
350.0
Critical flux
300.0
250.0
Time to ignite (s)
200.0
150.0
100.0
50.0
Equation 4.3
0.0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70
Heat flux (kW/m2)
FIGURE 4.17
Radiant ignition times of 2.54 cm rigid foam plastic, polyurethane. (From Quintiere, J.G. and
Harkleroad, M., New concepts for measuring flame spread properties, NBSIR 84-2943, National
Bureau of Standards, Gaithersburg, MD, November 1984.)
derived from standard test methods such as ASTM E-1321 and ASTM E-2058.
The CHF data by these tests apply to a convective heat loss coefficient of
about 10–15 W/m2-K. Usually, the ignition temperature was estimated from
the CHF. The data show that the CHF can range from about 10 to 45 kW/m2
and that the TRP values can range from 60 to 600 kW/m2-s1/2. As the TRP is
squared in finding the time to ignition by Equation 4.4, the time to ignition
can vary significantly for a given heat flux. The heat flux for flames might
range from 20 to 60 kW/m2 for small to large turbulent flames, respectively,
with small laminar candle-like flames on the high end. In general, precise
knowledge of the incident heat flux is needed for accurate results. Moreover,
specific data are needed for a material considered. The data in Table 4.3 can
only be regarded as generic. Indeed, even for the same polymer, results can
vary. This is most likely due to the fact that a defined polymer can have other
minor ingredients and can vary with processing. Melting materials can also
128 Principles of Fire Behavior
400.0
Critical flux
350.0
300.0
250.0
Time to ignite (s)
200.0
150.0
100.0
Equation 4.3
50.0
0.0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70
Heat flux (kW/m2)
FIGURE 4.18
Radiant ignition times of 1.27 cm plywood. (From Quintiere, J.G. and Harkleroad, M., New
concepts for measuring flame spread properties, NBSIR 84-2943, National Bureau of Standards,
Gaithersburg, MD, November 1984.)
affect the test result, as in the case of foam plastics, because they can with-
draw from the heat source. This can lead results that may not conform to a
material’s real properties. For example, the decomposition temperature of
polystyrene is about 360°C, but there is an entry for polystyrene in Table 4.3
with as estimated ignition temperature of 630°C. This is due to the addi-
tion of fire retardants or the behavior of the melting polymer in the test. So,
some caution needs to be executed in applying the data. Nevertheless, the
test process and the consistency of the data in generating the data of Table 4.3
are sound and offer effective properties that can be used in Equation 4.4 for
making estimates of ignition in other heating applications.
To further facilitate the use of Equation 4.4, Figure 4.19 shows a plot of
the time to ignition for a range of TRP values. The graph is in semiloga-
rithm form to allow ease in discerning ignition times that can range from
1 to 1000 seconds. Note that in applying the graph, the CHF must be known.
Ignition 129
TABLE 4.3
Ignition Properties of Materials
Material CHFa (kW/m 2) Tig (°C) TRP (kW/m2-s1/2)
Ordinary polymers
ABS, acrylonitrile–butadiene–styrene 12 — 340
PE, polyethylene 15 443 454
HDPE, high-density polyethylene 16 — 260
PP, polypropylene 15 443 288
15 443 323
10 274 277
15 443 333
PVC, polyvinylchloride 10 374 215
20 — 390
HIPS, high-impact polystyrene 16 — 320
Nylon 66, polyamide 18 — 250
PMMA, polymethylmethacrylate 10 374 274
8 — 330
15 378 316
9 278 196
POM, polyoxymethylene 10 374 250
8 — 320
SMC ester 20 497 483
High-temperature advanced-engineered polymers
PSF, polysulfone 30 580 469
PEEK, polyetheretherketone 30 580 550
PC, polycarbonate 20 497 357
20 580 434
30 580 455
30 540 455
PEI, polyetherimide 25 540 435
Highly halogenated advanced-engineered polymers
PTFE, polytetrafluoroethylene 50 700 654
FEP, perfluoroethylene–propylene 50 700 680
ETFE, ethylene–tetrafluoroethylene 25 540 481
PCTFE, polychlorotrifluoroethylene 30 580 460
ECTFE, ethylenechlorotrifluoroethylene 38 613 450
PVDF, polyvinylidenefluoride 40 643 506
CPVC, chlorinated PVC 40 643 435
Foams and expanded elastomers
ABS-PVC 19 487 73
PVC 10 374 263
PU, polyurethane foam, rigid 20 435 63
PU, foam, flexible 16 390 183
PS, polystyrene 46 630 331
PS 20 497 146
(Continued)
130 Principles of Fire Behavior
1000
450
10
300
150
TRP = 50 kW/m2-s1/2
1
0 20 40 60 80 100 120
Incident heat flux (kW/m2)
FIGURE 4.19
Graph to estimate time to ignition from TRP.
For example, ECTFE has a CHF of 38 kW/m2, so the curve labeled with a
TRP of 450 can only be used above this CHF for ECTFE. Its time to ignite
just above this CHF is more than 100 seconds—a relatively long time for this
high-temperature polymer.
4.9 Summary
Ignition to a flame for solid and liquid fuels begins with a mixture of the
gasified fuel in air. At the correct concentration of fuel vapor, the mixture
can propagate a flame at the LFL with a small energy source (pilot) or at a
sufficient temperature alone (autoignition). With a pilot ignition, the flame
begins as a premixed flame. The temperature of a liquid to cause this propa-
gating premixed flame is called the flashpoint. At a slightly higher tempera-
ture, a diffusion flame can be sustained on the liquid. This is called the fire
point. These temperatures lead to the concept of an ignition temperature for
materials in general. The CHF needed for ignition just allows the ignition
temperature to result from heating.
The vaporization process for liquids is evaporation, while solids must ther-
mally decompose (pyrolysis). Both of these processes increase with tempera-
ture. At a critical temperature, the vapor composition is sufficient to form
a flame. This can occur with a pilot or alone due to the temperature and
132 Principles of Fire Behavior
ρ = density
c = specific heat
k = thermal conductivity
l = thickness
For thick solids, the TRP was introduced as a convenient grouped prop-
erty. It facilitated a simple formula for the prediction of ignition time in
solids.
Review Questions
1. A laminar match flame imparts roughly 60 kW/m2 to a surface it contacts.
How long would it take Douglas-fir particleboard (Table 4.3) to ignite
under these conditions?
2. A small wastebasket fire in the corner against wood paneling imparts a
heat flux of 40 kW/m2 from the flame. The paneling is painted hardboard
(Table 4.3). How long will it take to ignite the paneling?
3. The AIT of liquids is usually much lower than that needed to ignite the
liquid by a hot surface. Try to explain this difference.
4. Does wood ignite much differently from melting plastics? Explain.
5. What is the CHF needed to ignite redwood to smoldering and to autoig-
nition and piloted ignition?
True or False
1. Thin objects usually ignite more easily than thick objects.
2. Liquid fuels ignite at their boiling point.
3. Thick objects are more difficult to ignite as the material’s density is
increased.
4. Ignition temperature can be precisely measured for solid fuels.
5. Sunlight magnified 15 times could ignite thin paper.
Ignition 133
Activities
All of these experiments must be done with safety precautions and with a
fire extinguisher available.
1. Use an electric space heater to ignite pieces of newsprint. Find the dis-
tance from the heater where autoignition will just occur. By locating a lit
match above the paper strip, record the time for piloted ignition to occur
at the same location. Explain the results.
2. Experiment igniting small (very small, half dollar size) dishes of liquid
fuels. Use ethanol or methanol and note its ease of ignition with a match
flame. Cool the alcohol in a bath of ice water and see if it still ignites. Try
igniting kerosene in the same way. Explain the results.
3. Try igniting a thick piece of wood (2 × 4) with a match flame. Does it
ignite? Or, does it not spread a flame? Observe carefully. Are the corners
or edges easier to ignite? Explain the results.
4. Place a thin index card above a candle flame. Investigate ignition without
the flame touching the card. Does the card ignite to a flame or smolder? (This
experiment must be done with caution and not manually holding the card.)
References
1. M. G. Zabetakis, Flammability characteristics of combustible gases and vapors,
Bulletin 627 (Washington, DC: Bureau of Mines, U.S. Department of the Interior,
1965).
2. V. Babrauskas, Ignition Handbook (Issaquah, WA: Fire Science, Publisher/Society
of Fire Protection Engineers, 2005).
3. A. Tewarson, Thermophysical and fire properties of automobile plastic parts
and engine compartment fluids, Vol. III, Tech Report #0003018009 (Norwood,
MA: FM-Global, October 2005).
4. M. J. Spearpoint and J. G. Quintiere, Predicting the piloted ignition of wood in
the cone calorimeter using an integral model—Effect of species, grain orientation
and heat flux, Fire Safety Journal, 36 (2001): 391–415.
134 Principles of Fire Behavior
Learning Objectives
Upon completion of this chapter, you should be able to
5.1 Introduction
Ignition occurs in the fuel–gas air mixture. Following ignition, the next step
in fire growth is surface flame spread. Of course, the propagation of flame
through the gas mixture is a form of flame spread, but we are principally
concerned with surface spread in this chapter. Such spread involves the par-
ticipation of the liquid or solid fuel. The surface must reach its ignition tem-
perature to allow its vaporization or pyrolysis region to grow. The perimeter
of its vaporization region defines the flame front.
Flame spread requires certain conditions. Among them, principally, is the
need for sufficient heat transfer. In general, spread does not always occur; so,
the label non-self-propagating has commonly been applied to materials after
testing. However, just because they are nonpropagating in a particular test
does not mean they will not propagate under other initiation conditions.
Such labels have been deceptive and often prove harmful to victims of fire
accidents. Many tests examine the ability of a material to spread or burn.
135
136 Principles of Fire Behavior
One cannot extrapolate from these tests the way a material might spread in
conditions of your fire scenario.
This chapter examines the theory of flame spread in terms of its significant
phenomena. This information can then be used to explain flame spread in
your scenario and perhaps estimate its speed of growth. We will explain
how a flame can spread over fuel surfaces or through a porous fuel matrix
such as forest brush. Also, fire can propagate through solids as a smoldering
process. Although theory and formulas are presented here, these are diffi-
cult to use in practical applications because the relevant heat flux and needed
material properties are not precisely known. However, we will try to give a
basis to making estimations, and in that process, a quantitative evaluation
might be performed. In the least, we will try to impart a typical level of fire
spread speed to the various types of spread that can occur.
5.2 Definitions
Flame spread is a process in which the perimeter of the fire vaporization
region grows. It could even include the process of remote ignitions, if those
ignition processes are continual. An example of remote ignitions is the
process of firebrands igniting material ahead of a forest fire. Examples of
surface flame spread for a solid or liquid fuel can be seen in many fires.
Specifically, we mean the extension of the burning region. It is not the flame
extent embraced in this definition, but the region volatilizing and supplying
the fuel. In general, fire growth applies to the increase in the combustion pro-
cess including surface flame spread, smoldering, and even the expanding
fire front in premixed flame propagation.
In flame spread, and in fire growth generally, gravitational and wind effects
are important. The flow resulting from the fire’s buoyancy or the natural
wind of the atmosphere can assist (wind-aided) or oppose (opposed-flow)
flame spread. Figure 5.1 depicts these modes of flame spread. Wind-aided
spread occurs in the flame direction of the airflow, while opposed-flow flame
spread is opposite to the flow direction. As seen in the figures, the potential
for the flame to heat the material ahead of it is very dependent on the flow.
This heat transfer is critical.
The flame spread velocity is defined as the rate of motion for the perimeter
position xp in Figure 5.1. The xp denotes the extent of the pyrolysis or vapor-
ization region. Behind the spreading pyrolysis perimeter, there is likely to
be another perimeter in which flaming or combustion has ceased. The region
between these two fronts (spread and burnout) defines the principal flaming
or pyrolysis region. Figure 5.2 shows the burnout and flame fronts for a flame
spreading on a thin horizontal stick. The rate of combustion of the vaporiz-
ing fuel gases from this region we define as the burning rate. We will see in
Flame Spread 137
g
xp
Air flow
δf
Tig
Air flow δf xp
Ts
(a) (b)
x
y
Tig
Ts
g Air flow
δf
x
xp δf
xp Air flow
y
(c) (d)
FIGURE 5.1
Flame spread modes. (a) Natural: flow is induced solely by the buoyancy of the flame. (b) Forced:
flow is caused by the ambient wind or a fan. (c) Opposed-flow refers to the flames spread opposite
to the airflow. (d) Wind aided refers to flame spread in the same direction as the airflow.
FIGURE 5.2
Flame and burnout fronts on a wooden stick.
138 Principles of Fire Behavior
Observer at
Tig
flame front
Ts
Heat transfer
.
rate, q
Flame
spread V
velocity
l w
FIGURE 5.3
Flame spread model.
Flame Spread 139
where
ρ is the fuel density, kg/m3
c is the fuel-specific heat, kJ/kg-K
A is the cross-sectional area, wl, m2
Ts is the fuel temperature beyond the range of the flame’s heat, ºC
The formula is a bit complicated for those new to this type of math
and science. Let us talk our way through it. On the right-hand side is
the heat flow rate needed for the spread in kW. This heat rate must be
capable of heating the new material to its ignition temperature (flash-
point). On the left-hand side, we have the flow rate of a new material
taken up to the ignition temperature from its original value. If we com-
bine all of the quantities together in terms of their units, the left-hand
side has units that emerge as
kg m 2 kJ kJ
m K= º kW
m3 s kg-K s
This is the energy flow rate of the spread material that must be equal to the
heat flow rate from the flame (kW). We have applied a conservation of energy
principle. It must be obeyed if flame spread is to occur. Too little heat, no
spread will occur. Too high an ignition temperature, slow or no spread may
result.
The flame spread velocity is obtained as
q
V= (5.2)
rcA(Tig - Ts )
Many specific cases of flame spread can be derived from this formula by
more carefully describing q and A. We will consider some approximate for-
mulas that follow from Equation 5.2. These formulas are in agreement with
more complex analyses beyond the scope of this text. There are approximate
formulas that should be considered as tools for making estimates, with accu-
rate results subject to assumptions. Again, orientation, wind, and the nature
of the fuel all make a difference.
140 Principles of Fire Behavior
q = q ¢¢d ƒ w (5.3)
where
q¢¢ is the flame forward heat flux
w is the width of the fuel as shown in Figure 5.3
The flow area is normal to the surface area, and it is designated as A or wl,
where l is the fuel’s thickness. Here, we are making a simplification, as we are
implicitly assuming that the heat is uniformly distributed over the thickness,
and a uniform temperature results in depth. This will not be a restrictive
assumption, and other results to follow will be more general.
If we substitute these formulas into Equation 5.2, we obtain
q ¢¢d f
V= (5.4)
rcl(Tig - Ts )
dƒ
V= (5.5)
tig
rcl(Tig - Ts )
tig =
q ¢¢
This is a remarkably simple equation, as it says that the speed of the flame
spread on the surface is the distance heated by the flame divided by the time
to ignite that new material. This is akin to computing your average speed
over a distance traveled.
Indeed, the same Equation 5.5 holds for the thick material (greater than
about 2 mm). For a thick solid, the entire thickness l is not heated during the
ignition time. Recall that the ignition time for a thick material is given by
2
p é Tig - Ts ù
tig = krc ê ú
4 ë q ¢¢ û
The spread velocity for the thick solid is given by Equation 5.5 with this thick
solid ignition time. Most flame spread problems can be put into the form of
Equation 5.5. The solution then depends on determining the heating length
δƒ and the ignition tig caused by the flame heat transfer.
142 Principles of Fire Behavior
f
V= (5.6)
krc(Tig - Ts )2
where
4 2
f= q ¢¢ d f
p
15
14
13
12
Lateral flame spread velocity, V (mm/s)
11
10
9
8 Surface
No Premixed
7 spread spread flame spread
6
5
4
3
2
1
FIGURE 5.4
Lateral flame spread based on the test of plywood in still air.
ASTM E-1321 test by heat from an inclined external radiant panel burner.
The test actually imposes a decreasing surface temperature as the flame
spreads into the material, and accordingly, the flame slows down as Ts
decreases and the ignition time increases. In actual fire conditions, this radi-
ant heat transfer occurs from the hot smoke contained in a room. In that
case, the flame spread can accelerate as the room heats. The flame heats a
very small region (~1 mm) ahead of the lateral or downward spreading front.
The smoke, in contrast, heats the wall to temperatures (Ts). The level of heat-
ing depends on the energy release rate of the fire. As this surface tempera-
ture increases, the surface flame can now heat the wall close to the flame to
the ignition temperature (390°C) more quickly.
Suppose a fire occurs in a room with the plywood wall shown in
Figure 5.4. At some point, the fire has sufficient heat flux (above the criti-
cal heat flux for ignition) to ignite the plywood. In order for lateral or
downward flame spread to occur, the room fire conditions must heat the
plywood to 120°C, its minimum temperature for spread. Here, the spread
rate is only 0.33 mm/s. At Ts = 300°C, it achieves 3 mm/s or about 7 in./min.
This is how room fire conditions can accelerate fire spread over all burn-
ing objects. Equation 5.6 suggests that when the surface temperature of
144 Principles of Fire Behavior
TABLE 5.1
Lateral Flame Spread Data from ASTM E-1321
Material Tig (°C) krc (kW/m2 K)2 f (kW 2 /m3 ) Ts,min (°C)
Wood fiberboard 355 0.46 2.3 210
Wood hardboard 365 0.88 11.0 40
Plywood 390 0.54 13.0 120
PMMA 380 1.0 14.4 <90
Flexible foam plastic 390 0.32 11.7 120
Rigid foam plastic 435 0.03 4.1 215
Acrylic carpet 300 0.42 9.9 165
Wallpaper on plasterboard 412 0.57 0.8 240
Asphalt shingle 378 0.70 5.4 140
Glass-reinforced plastic 390 0.32 10.0 80
Source: Quintiere, J.G. and Harkleroad, M., New concepts for measuring flame spread properties,
NBSIR 84-2943, National Bureau of Standards, Gaithersburg, MD, November 1984.
the plywood reaches 390°C, its ignition temperature, the speed would be
infinitely fast. This result is not correct because the surface spread formula
no longer applies at this point. As the plywood reaches its ignition tem-
perature, the pyrolyzed gaseous fuel at the surface would be within its
flammable limits. Consequently, the flame would propagate through the
gas mixture near the surface with the appropriate premixed flame speed
(probably about 30–100 mm/s).
Typical data taken from ASTM E-1321 for lateral flame spread in still
air are shown in Table 5.1. These data can be used to construct plots as
depicted in Figure 5.4. It should be emphasized that data should not nec-
essarily be generalized to similar materials. For example, all plywood, or
polycarbonates may not be the same. Material compositions can vary to
a degree; fire retardants may have been included, or composite materials
can vary in construction. However, the data of Table 5.1 are generally rep-
resentative of common construction or interior finish materials. The Tig
and kρc values for these materials in Table 5.1 would apply to other modes
of piloted ignition and flame spread, but the ϕ and Ts,min apply only to
the lateral spread conditions in still air. According to Equation 5.6, ϕ can
be estimated for well-behaved materials. For these, it is known that the
leading premixed flame imparts a level of heat flux of about 60–70 kW/m 2
over about 1 mm of surface. Other materials might delaminate, melt, or
distort to affect these numbers. However, using the well-behaved mate-
rial values, we can compute ϕ:
4 2 4 æ 0.001 m ö
f= q ¢¢ d f = (65 kW/m 2 )2 d f ç 1 mm ´ 2
m3
÷ = 5.38 kW /m
p p è 1 mm ø
Flame Spread 145
We see that real values in Table 5.1 range from about 1 to 15 kW2/m3. These
variations between real and ideal give some indication of the accuracy in
predicting flame spread from first principles. The derived value of ϕ from
the test accounts for real effects not directly modeled. It is an empirical factor.
It should be obvious from Equation 5.6 that a larger ϕ means a higher flame
spread velocity.
The student should try to recognize the general speeds associated with this
type of opposed-flow flame spread in air. It is of the order of about 1–2 mm/s.
It can increase as the surface temperature ahead of the flame increases, and
it needs a critical minimum surface temperature for spread to occur. A wind
into the flame will increase the flame speed because the leading edge convec-
tive heat transfer will increase. However, at a high velocity the fuel may not
have time to fully react and the flame temperature will drop causing the flame
to slow and eventually extinguish. This is called “flame blow-off.”
xf
xf xf
xp
xp x
xp
x x x
FIGURE 5.5
Sequence of events in upward flame spread.
burning with heights of about 0.2–2 m give a heat flux of about 25 kW/m2. This
gives an ignition time in this flame spread of [(229 kW-s1/2/m2)/25 kW/m2]2
or 83.7 seconds. For the 50% flame growth case, according to Equation 5.5
the speed of the wall would be 0.5xp/83.7 seconds or about 6 mm/s for a xp of
1 m. As xp continues to grow, the speed increases accordingly. Here, we have
some appreciation of the magnitude of upward flame spread. More easily
ignitable materials than plywood could have a speed 10 times higher. Thin
materials that burn out quickly could cause the speed to decrease. Materials
with low burning rates may not be able to get a sufficient flame length, and
the flame will not propagate. This type of wind-aided spread is more com-
plex than opposed-flow spread. It is generally unsteady, whereas opposed-
flow spread is generally constant if it occurs for a given material.
In general, upward or wind-aided flame spread depends on the nature
of the igniting fire and the combustion properties of the wall. Of course, if
this upward flame spread scenario occurs in a room, the smoke layer will
increase Ts causing the surface velocity to also increase as in downward or
lateral spread. But unlike downward spread where δƒ is small and nearly
constant (~1 mm), for upward spread δƒ can sharply increase or decrease due
to combustion and flow properties that affect flame length, xƒ. As a result of
different flow features, flame spread up a wall, under a ceiling, or driven by
airflow in a ventilation duct is all different. Our ability to write perfect for-
mulas for each case is not yet possible, so we are left with only the framework
of Equation 5.5 at this time. Unlike the case of opposed-flow spread where δƒ
is constant, these wind-aided cases will be unsteady, because δƒ will change
as the flame propagates. Spread will accelerate or stop. Typical wind-aided
spread rates might range from roughly 1 to 100 cm/s.
Flame Spread 147
q ¢¢
V= (5.7)
rbc(Tig - Ts )
where q¢¢ represents the overall heat flux within and on top.
FIGURE 5.6
Flame spread through a porous array—a wood crib.
148 Principles of Fire Behavior
C (5.8)
V=
rb
where
V is in m/s
ρb is in kg/m3
C is a constant of roughly 0.07 kg/m2-s for typical wildland fuels and
0.05 kg/m2-s for wood cribs of sticks up to 3 cm in diameter
æCö
V = ç ÷ (1 + aV¥ ) (5.9)
è rb ø
where
V∞ is the wind speed
a is a constant ≈ 1 s/m
The wind speed effect on the flame speed is approximated here as linear.
In reality, it can be more complex. This formula represents a good first
approximation to the effect of wind.
Figures 5.7 and 5.8 show the accuracy of these simple formulas for differ-
ent porous wood-based fuel arrays. Their comparison is against controlled
laboratory data and field data. Figure 5.7 shows that a wide array of data
varying in bulk densities from about 20 to 200 kg/m3 gives an average for
C of 0.077 kg/m2-s. Figure 5.8 shows a trend curve for wildland fuels and
two straight trend lines for wood crib data. Equation 5.9 is a good approxi-
mation up to a wind speed of about 5 m/s for these fuels, after which the
wildland spread rate increases more sharply with wind speed. Urban fire
data for conflagrations of Japanese cities are also shown in Figure 5.8 where
the bulk density of the dwellings has been taken as 10 kg/m3 in order to
plot the data. The scatter in these real field data can be expected, but their
trend is clear. Figure 5.9 shows more recent results of fire spread through
the part of Kobe following the Hyogoken Nanbu earthquake of 1995. These
data also show scatter as can be expected from the actual organization of
the houses. They show leeward speed (in the wind direction, wind-aided),
windward (into the wind, opposed), and wind side (normal to the wind
direction). We expect the latter two to be similar as they are in the category
of opposed-flow spread. If we take the Thomas estimation to be the same for
these wooden houses of Kobe (10 kg/m3), then Equation 5.9 can be used to
estimate the earthquake results as
Figure 5.9 shows a fire spread of about 21 m/h upwind of for no wind, sur-
prisingly similar to the estimate. However, at a wind speed of 4 m/s, the fire
spread in the wind direction (leeward) is estimated by the formula as 108 m/h
compared to the data ranging from about 60 to 80 m/h. Still, not so bad.
150 Principles of Fire Behavior
0.20
0.15
V (cm/s)
0.10
0.05
The slope of the line is
Vρb = 7.7 mg/cm2/s
0.00
5 10 15 20 25
1/ρb (cm3/g)
FIGURE 5.7
The effect of bulk density of fire spread in a porous fuel array. (From Thomas, P.H., Forestry,
20(2), 139, 1967.)
The model gave reasonable prediction regarding the number of burnt build-
ings in a given conflagration area of Kobe. While quite complex in its detail
Flame Spread 151
Cribs
20 Gorse and heather
Urban fires in Japan
15
Spread velocity (m/min)
Vρb (kg/m2-s)
2
10
6 1
0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30
Wind velocity (m/s)
FIGURE 5.8
Comparison of spread rates in porous arrays with the effect of wind. (From Thomas, P.H.,
Forestry, 44(2), 155, 1971.)
and execution, the spread framework follows the basic principle: sufficient
heat transfer has to cause the next region to reach its ignition temperature.
80
m/h Leeward
area
Leeward area
60 Windside area
Windward area
Fire spread speed
Windside
area
40
Windward
20
area
0
0.0 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 4.5
Wind velocity m/s
FIGURE 5.9
Wind velocity affecting the flame spread among urban dwellings following the Kobe earth-
quake. (From Nagano, Y., Fires, in: Kaji, H., ed., Comprehensive study of the Great Hanshin
earthquake, UNCRD Research Report Series No. 12, United Nations Centre for Regional
Development, Nagoya, Japan, 1995, p. 117.)
pulls the flame forward. This is a distinct difference to that of a solid, and
it adds to the flame spread speed caused by heat transfer alone. The surface
tension variation with temperature is the chief mechanism that makes liquid
surface flame spread different from solids. Here, we are talking about flame
spread on a horizontal liquid pool unaided by wind. This surface tension
effect would not be a significant mechanism in wind-aided spread on liquid
pools because surface flame heat flux would dominate. For flame spread on
a liquid pool in still air, the surface tension effect causes significant energy
transfer to the liquid ahead of the flame. This liquid energy transfer raises
the temperature (Ts) ahead of the flame front, reducing the energy needed for
spread. Therefore, from Equation 5.2, the liquid flame spread speed is higher
over what we would expect for a solid with comparable properties.
Figure 5.11 shows experimental results of Akita9 for a 2.6 × 1.0 cm deep
pool of methanol. The ignition temperature for methanol is the same as the
flashpoint, which is 11°C. At that temperature, a fuel–air mixture exists at
the surface that can be ignited by the surface flame. The flame speed results
are plotted against the original liquid temperature Ts of the liquid similar
to Figure 5.4 for plywood. The results between the plywood and the liquid
fuel are distinctly different. The general enhancement of the surface ten-
sion motion of the liquid produces a flame speed of greater than 1 cm/s,
while for the plywood it is generally about 1 mm/s before Ts nears its ignition
temperature. Also, there is a pulsating region that applies to liquid spread.
Here, the spread rate can oscillate between the maximum and minimum
Flame Spread
U∞
.
. ΣQL .
. . QB m
Q m .
qR̋
. .
qR̋
. ΣQL
. QB .
m m
FIGURE 5.10
Mechanisms of post-earthquake spread. (From Himoto, K. et al., A post-earthquake fire spread model considering damage of building components due
to seismic motion and heating of fire, in: Proceedings of the 10th International Symposium on Fire Safety Science, 2011, pp. 1319–1330.)
153
154 Principles of Fire Behavior
1 cm
200
Methanol
100
Preheat-type spread
60
Uniform
40 region
Pulsating
Rate of flame spread (cm/s)
region
20
Premixed-type
Pseudo- spread
uniform
10 region
6
Max
Tstoich = 20.5°C
rate
4
Tflash = 11°C
2
Min
rate
0.6
–20 –10 0 10 20 30
Liquid temperature (°C)
FIGURE 5.11
Rate of spread on a liquid pool of methanol as a function of its temperature. (From Akita, K.,
Some problems of flame spread along a liquid surface, in: 14th Symposium (International) on
Combustion, The Combustion Institute, Pittsburgh, PA, 1973, p. 1075.)
values shown. For both the plywood and the methanol, as Ts reach their igni-
tion temperature a flammable mixture is reached. In Figure 5.11, the pre-
mixed gas-phase velocities are explicitly shown for temperatures above the
flashpoint. These range from about 30 to 180 cm/s. Such premixed results
were not explicitly shown for the plywood in Figure 5.4.
The discussion here has been for pools of liquid that have a considerable
depth. A liquid spilled on a solid like a carpet, wood, or concrete floor would
Flame Spread 155
0.14
0.12
To
30°C
20°C
0.10
0.08
Vf (cm/s)
0.04
0.02
FIGURE 5.12
Flame spread on a kerosene soaked sand bed as a function of opposed air speed. (From
Suzuki, T. et al., Flame spread over soaked sand in an opposed air stream, in: Proceedings of the
Second International Symposium on Fire Safety Science, 1989, pp. 199–208.)
not possess the same flow effects. The spread will be slower than a pool of
liquid. The liquid and porous solid would act like a composite, and the heat
loss into the solid would mitigate the spread. Figure 5.12 shows data for kero-
sene soaked into a bed of sand from Hirano and coworkers.10 In the figure,
the effect of opposed-flow velocity is shown on the flame speed. In still air,
the radiation from the vertical flame leads to the highest spread rate in these
experiments. As the air speed increases, the flame is blown over into a thin
boundary layer flame that heats the fuel ahead by convection mostly. Over
an air speed of about 300 m/s, the flame is blown off.
growth rate was measured in terms of the volume of the fire and the con-
sistency and nature of the fuel in dwellings. The results are quite sim-
plistic, yet their predictability from basic principles is explainable. Apply
Equation 5.1 to this case. The rate of the volumetric fire growth can be
represented as VA (speed times area, and note the units: m/s × m2 is m3/s).
The heat transfer put out by the fire would increase with the volume of the
fire, so heat transfer could be taken as proportional to the fire volume as a
first approximation. This indicates that the rate of growth for the fire vol-
ume is proportional to the volume of the fire itself. The constant of propor-
tionality depends on the fuel and its configuration. We would expect the
density, specific heat, and ignition temperature of the fuel in the rooms to
affect this constant. This simple result yields that, for a given consistency
of fuel in a series of rooms, the fire volume will double in a fixed time. This
fire doubling time for normal dwellings might range from 2 to 10 minutes.
Figure 5.13 shows data from a dwelling with similarly distributed fuel
among its rooms.11 It has a fire volume doubling time of 7.5 minutes. When
the ratio is 2, the time is 7.5 minutes, and at 4 it is 15 minutes, and so on.
So, this complex fire growth through a building can be classified into a
quantitative format.
20
Ratio of fire volume to room of origin volume
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
1
0 5 10 15 20 25
Time after room of origin flashover (min)
FIGURE 5.13
Fire growth in a dwelling. (From Labes, W.G., Fire Technol., 2(4), 287, May 1966.)
Flame Spread 157
TABLE 5.2
Typical Flame Spread Rates
Spread Rate (cm/s)
Smoldering 0.001–0.01
Lateral or downward spread on thick solids 0.1–1
Wind-driven spread through forest debris or brush 1–30
Upward spread on thick solids 1–100
Horizontal spread on liquids 1–100
Premixed flames (laminar) 10–100
Premixed flames (detonations) ≈105
158 Principles of Fire Behavior
TABLE 5.3
Empirical Standard Flame Spread Tests
ASTM Designation: E-84
Standard test method for surface burning characteristics of building materials
ASTM Designation: E-162
Standard test method for surface flammability of materials using a radiant heat energy
source
ASTM Designation: E-648
Standard test method for critical radiant flux of floor-covering systems using a radiant heat
energy source
ASTM Designation: E-1321
Standard test method for determining material ignition and flame spread properties
X observers of fire X
PU mats
Wood partition
PS seats
Folded
Plan view
Elevation
FIGURE 5.14
Gymnasium fire.
Some investigators argued that the fire progressed from the mats, along
possibly some floor mats, to the bleacher seats made of polystyrene.
They suggested that flames from the bleachers attacked the wood parti-
tion wall. If we consider about 10 m to the bleachers, a floor fire would
propagate at about 0.1 cm/s, and it can be computed then to take more
than 2 hours to move that distance. Even if one might say the polyurethane
mats might melt to form a liquid pool, bumping up the speed to 1 cm/s,
still this gives an inconsistent time (12 minutes) relative to the time taken
by the observers. Now the flame height on the pile of mats could barely
reach the ceiling. So, how could the fire move from the mats to involve the
wood partition at the ceiling level? After reading much material, I came
across an observation of a firefighter that was mopping up in the upper
gym after the fire had ravished the school. He said some of the paint on
the concrete block wall was still burning. Realizing now that the paint, and
likely many coats, was on the wall, we now have the possibility of upward
fire spread. Considering a propagation rate in this wind-aided direction
to the wood partition, we can estimate a speed of at least 1 to say 10 cm/s
for a travel distance of about 10 m. We now get about 100–1000 seconds
160 Principles of Fire Behavior
(or about 1–10 minutes) to reach the partition. This scenario is much more
plausible, especially recognizing that such a wind-aided fire will accelerate.
Hence, this scenario is likely what happened, and it is consistent with the
time period taken by the witnesses. We have not precisely predicted this
fire growth, but we have used the science of fire to make a rational analysis
and found the most consistent scenario.
In general, paint on inert concrete can ignite and burn. In NYC, paint
on concrete block walls in stairwells of public housing was found to be
responsible for several fires that propagated up many floors. The city
sought a remedy to either cover or remove the paint. These two painted
wall examples indicate the hazard of upward flame spread. Of course in
both cases, a significant fire had to get it going.
5.11 Summary
Fire spread can occur through gaseous fuel at incipient speeds of 10–100 cm/s
reaching detonations in confined regions of 105 cm/s. On the other hand,
surface flame spread can range from 1 to 100 cm/s on liquids and solids,
especially if it is wind driven. Downward or lateral spread can have much
lower speeds, and smoldering almost stands still at 0.001–0.01 cm/s. All
of these speeds contribute to the fire growth and the extent of the burning
region. The extent of the burning region is directly related to hazard and
damage due to fire.
Theories have been described to illustrate the factors important in
fire spread and to provide a framework for computations. Fire spread
depends on many factors: the fuel, its orientation, the wind, the direction
of spread, and heat transfer. Fire spread velocity can be described as the
ratio of the flame heated distance to ignition time. The heated distance
depends on the reach of the fire’s direct heat flux. It has been shown how
such a simple theory can be applied to the many situations encountered
in fire spread.
This chapter has dealt with the nature of flame spread and how to esti-
mate its speed. But for most common materials, flame spread is not always
possible under normal atmospheric conditions. In opposed-flow spread,
the leading edge flame is a premixed flame. If its heat losses are too great
to sustain a flame temperature in the range of 1300°C, the flame will extin-
guish. If the opposed wind speed is too great, the fuel will not have enough
time to completely react, and the flame will die—blown out. Under wind-
aided flame spread, if the flame does not extend sufficiently in the forward
direction to heat the new material to its ignition temperature, the flame will
not advance. The issue of extinction is complex, and simple formulas do
Flame Spread 161
not generally apply. But one must always be aware that flame spread is not
automatic. Yet if it occurs, the formulas presented here can give reasonable
estimations and explanations of flame spread behavior.
Review Questions
1. Data for a cardboard match are as follows: Treat the cardboard as thick.
k = 0.20 W/m-K
ρ = 550 kg/m3
c = 2.5 J/g-°C
ϕ = 12 kW2/m3
Tig = 350°C
a. Compute the TRP of the cardboard.
Assume the flame imparts a heat flux of 50 kW/m2. At normal room
temperature, T∞ = 20°C, compute the flame spread speed in b and c.
b. For downward spread, the heating distance (δƒ) is 1.5 mm.
c. For upward spread when the flame extends from the pyrolysis front
by 2 cm.
2. A rigid foam plastic wall lining is ignited. The flame heat flux is
25 kW/m2, and after several seconds, it extends 1.5 m from the ignition
region. Compute the upward spread speed using data in Table 5.1.
3. Dry grassland has a bulk density of 25 kg/m3. On flat ground with
a wind speed of 20 mph, estimate the possible flame speed through the
grass. What if there was no wind?
4. List all the possible factors that could control flame spread.
5. Could flame spread on a steel clad foam plastic occur if there are joint
seams in the steel?
True or False
1. Thickness is not a factor in flame spread.
2. As materials are heated by hot smoke in a fire, they will spread faster
than at normal temperatures.
3. Flame spread factors on liquid fuels are the same as that on horizontal
solids.
4. The bulk density or porosity of forest brush is an important variable in
flame spread.
5. Winds do not change the spread rate but can blow out the fire.
162 Principles of Fire Behavior
Activities
1. Tape the edges of strips of paper so as to suspend them from a wire
clothes hanger. The tape is used for mounting and holding the paper in
place. Ignite the vertical strip to observe upward and downward spread.
See if you can observe the leading edge premixed flame in the downward
propagation. Try to clock the time for the pyrolysis front to spread over
the strip. Moisten the paper with alcohol (ethyl or methyl) and repeat the
tests. Explain your results. Caution: Such an experiment needs to be done
in a safe place, not in your home.
2. Place two 2 × 4’s about 1 foot high together. Find the gap thickness that
will allow flame to spread up or down the gap by using a match flame
size ignitor. Explain your results.
3. Obtain a shallow metal or glass tray about 6–10 in. long and 1 in. wide.
Separately pour kerosene, then methyl or ethyl alcohol into the tray about
1/4 in. in depth. Ignite one end and record the spread time. Do not let the
alcohol sit long. Explain the results. Again be cautious in doing this. It
should be done in an appropriate setting with safety precautions taken.
References
1. Standard test method for determining material ignition and flame spread prop-
erties, ASTM E-1321, in 1996 Annual Book of ASTM Standards, Sec. 4, Construction
(West Conshohocken, PA: American Society for Testing and Materials, 1996).
2. J. G. Quintiere and M. Harkleroad, New concepts for measuring flame spread
properties, NBSIR 84-2943 (Gaithersburg, MD: National Bureau of Standards,
November 1984).
3. J. G. Quintiere, A simulation model for fire growth on materials subject to a
room-corner test, Fire Safety Journal, 20 (1993): 313–339.
4. C. Chandler, P. Cheney, P. H. Thomas, L. Trabaud, and D. Williams, Fire in
Forestry, Vol. 1 (New York: John Wiley & Sons, 1983), p. 23.
5. P. H. Thomas, Some aspects of the growth and spread of fire in the open,
Forestry, 20, 2 (1967): 139–164.
6. P. H. Thomas, Rates of spread of some wind-driven fires, Forestry, 44, 2 (1971):
155–175.
7. Y. Nagano, Fires, in Comprehensive study of the Great Hanshin earthquake,
UNCRD Research Report Series No. 12, edited by H. Kaji (Nagoya, Japan:
United Nations Centre for Regional Development, 1995), p. 117.
8. K. Himoto, K. Mukaibo, R. Kurada, Y. Akimoto, A. Hokugo, and T. Tanaka,
A post-earthquake fire spread model considering damage of building com-
ponents due to seismic motion and heating of fire, in Proceedings of the
10th International Symposium on Fire Safety Science (2011), pp. 1319–1330.
Flame Spread 163
Learning Objectives
Upon completion of this chapter, you should be able to accomplish the following:
6.1 Introduction
The fire triangle (fuel, oxygen, and energy) helps to explain the nature of fire,
but ignition, flame spread, and burning rate, as illustrated in Figure 6.1, com-
prise the elements of fire growth. You need this trifecta to achieve growth.
Ignition tells us when fire growth begins, flame spread theory allows us to
define the extent of the fire’s boundaries, and burning rate gives us the con-
sumption of fuel within those boundaries. In this chapter, we describe how
objects burn, gasifying their liquid or solid fuel from the heat of their own
flame. A burning rate theory is presented, but real objects demand real data.
We demonstrate how to use these data.
165
166 Principles of Fire Behavior
Burning
Ignition rate Flame spread
FIGURE 6.1
The trifecta of fire growth.
FIGURE 6.2
Measuring the burning rate.
until the rate becomes relatively steady. This changing or unsteady burn-
ing is typical of the way fuels burn. They will start low, then increase, and
try to reach a steady state. But complex fuels, like wood that char, will first
increase then decrease as the insulating char layer prevents the heat to get
to the virgin wood.
0 R
r
Vaporizing 0 R
surface
FIGURE 6.3
Illustration of nonuniform burning.
the solid. Indeed, for charring solids, the original solid will transform in
thermal decomposition to both char and vapor, simultaneously. The heat of
gasification is not an exact property for the solid because of its decomposi-
tion to new compounds.
The utility of the heat of gasification is that it can be used to predict the
burning rate. Although imprecise and approximate for solids, its measure-
ment process shows that it can be determined with reasonable consistency.
Its subsequent use then depends on this measurement process. Typically
that process adds a known amount of energy to the solid or liquid by heat
transfer. The solid or liquid is placed on a scale, and its mass loss due to
gasification is recorded. Repeating this measurement with varying amounts
of energy or heat transfer, and averaging the results over time, leads to a
fairly constant value for the energy added per mass lost. This output is the
heat of gasification. It can depend on how the process is averaged over time.
For example, for a charring solid, it might be averaged only over the period
of high mass loss rate. Alternatively, it might be averaged over the entire
gasification time. Usually the peak burning condition is used for solids.
In any case, the heat of gasification is a precise property for a liquid, but an
approximate property for a solid.
q ¢¢
¢¢ =
m (6.1)
L
This formula would apply for a material burning in a fire that is heated by
both its flame and radiation from the surroundings. For other scenarios, it
would have to be modified. For example, a material burning on its own in
normal ambient air would only have the incident flame heat flux and the
radiant exchange between the surface and the ambient surroundings. On the
other hand, in a test apparatus to measure L, the process might take place in
nitrogen with heat transfer from a radiant heater. For this case, there would
be no flame heat flux in the formula. The measurement or estimation of these
heat fluxes in different scenarios is crucial to using Equation 6.1 to estimate
steady burning.
.
qe̋xt
.
qf̋ lame
σT 4B (reradiation)
Fuel (gas)
FIGURE 6.4
Heat flux components causing burning on a horizontal surface.
Burning Rate 171
Specimen mass
50
45
40
35
30
Mass (g)
25
20
15
10
dm/dt = –0.0918
5
0
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200
Time (s)
FIGURE 6.5
Burning of wood with an external heat flux of 50 kW/m 2. (From Dillon, S.E. et al., Determination
of properties and the prediction of the energy release rate of materials in the ISO 9705 room-
corner test, NIST-GCR-98-753, NIST, Gaithersburg, MD, June 1998.)
172 Principles of Fire Behavior
20 seconds. This is the peak burning rate before the char interferes with the heat
transfer into the wood. Later at about 200 seconds, there is a slight increase in
the rate of mass loss until about 350 seconds where it slows to smoldering. This
slight increase in the mass loss rate is likely due to the noncombustible insula-
tion on the back face of the wood that traps more energy into the virgin wood.
The L value for the wood in this experiment depends on the period of burn-
ing over which it is averaged in Equation 6.1. The surface of the burning wood
increases in temperature as the char builds up, and therefore, the reradiation
heat flux increases. The flame heat flux changes as the mass loss decreases, and
the incident radiant heat flux of 50 kW/m2 remains the same at the surface.
However, the heat flux arriving at the virgin wood will decrease. The virgin
wood has inherently a reasonably well-defined heat of gasification; however,
the heat of gasification derived from such an experiment will use the known
heat flux from the radiant source, a measured heat flux from the flame at peak
burning conditions and an associated reradiation heat flux. L will likely be
computed from the measured mass loss rate of the peak burning condition.
Accordingly, Equation 6.1 can help explain a range of burning rate effects.
It can explain the increase in burning in a room, it can explain a decrease in
burning if the ambient oxygen drops, and it can explain the suppression by
water to a critical value for extinction. However, methods to predict the vari-
ous heat fluxes needed in Equation 6.1 are nonexistent or empirical at best.
TABLE 6.1
Burning Properties of Materials
Reradiation Heat Flux, q ¢¢rr Heat of Gasification,
Materials (kW/m 2) L (kJ/g)
Liquids
Gasoline ~0.5 ~0.33
Hexane 0.88 0.45
Heptane 1.07 0.50
Kerosene ~3.7 ~0.67
Ethanol 0.86 1.00
Methanol 0.74 0.74
Ordinary polymers
ABS, acrylonitrile–butadiene–styrene 10 1.4, 3.2
PE, polyethylene 15 1.9
HDPE, high-density polyethylene 15 2.0, 2.2
PP, polypropylene 15 2.0
PVC, polyvinylchloride 15 1.5, 2.5
PS, polystyrene foams 10–13 1.3–1.9
Nylon 6,6, polyamide 15 1.5, 2.4
PMMA, polymethylmethacrylate 11 1.6, 2.3
POM, polyoxymethylene 13 2.0, 2.4
PU, polyurethane rigid foams 14–22 1.2–5.3
PIU, polyisocyanurate foams 13–37 1.2–6.4
PE foams 12 1.4–1.7
High-temperature polymers
Phenolic foam 20 1.6
Phenolic/glass fibers 20 7.3
PC, polycarbonate 11 2.1, 4.8
Phenolic–aromatic polyamide 15 7.8
Halogenated polymers
FEP, perfluoroethylene propylene 38 2.4
ETFE, ethylene tetrafluoroethylene 48 0.8–1.8
CPVC, chlorinated PVC (25%–48% Cl) 10–12 2.1–3.1
Wood and wood productsa
Redwood — 4.6, 9.4b
Red oak — 7.9, 9.4b
Douglas fir — 6.8, 12.5b
Maple — 4.7, 6.3b
Plywood — 7.3
Plywood, FR (fire retarded) — 9.3
Chipboard, FR — 10.0
(Continued)
Burning Rate 175
Example 6.1
Consider a burning wall of nylon 6/6 having a vaporization temperature
of 380°C. Estimate its burning mass flux.
Assume for the flame an incident heat flux = 30 kW/m2 as a typical
wall flame.
Compute the reradiation surface heat flux from blackbody theory of
radiation for a surface temperature of 380°C.
This value of 10.3 kW/m2 for the reradiation flux of nylon 6/6 computed
here is in contrast to 15 kW/m2 given in Table 6.1. The difference is in the
vaporization temperature of that particular nylon or in the measurement
accuracy of vaporization temperature of the nylon.
Since this reradiation heat flux is lost from the surface, the net heat
flux is computed as
From Table 6.1, the heat of gasification, L, is taken as 2.4 kJ/g. The burning
mass flux is now computed as
q ¢¢ 19.7
¢¢ =
m = = 8.2 g/m 2 -s
L 2.4
If we had selected 1.5 for the heat of gasification from Table 6.1, the result
would be higher.
This example illustrates how, for this wall configuration, we can develop
an estimate for the burning mass flux. It also illustrates the variations in
the estimation process due to the uncertainty of generic properties. An
accurate value could only be obtained from precise values for the par-
ticular nylon on the wall. The fact that the computed value is above the
critical value for extinction of about 2 g/m2-s says that the nylon wall will
sustain burning. As nylon melts, no consideration of melting is included
in this estimate. The nylon could drip, the wall could fall onto the floor, or
simply distort in other ways due to melting. This aspect is not included
in the formula. It assumes the nylon stays in place on the wall with the
flame heat flux specified.
10 kW/m 2 - 0.74
¢¢ =
m = 7.5 g/m 2 -s
1.23 kJ/g
Burning Rate 177
60
Methanol
50
Corlett and Fu5
Kung and Stravrianidis6
Burning rate (g/m2-s)
40
30
20
10
0 100 200 300
Diameter (cm)
FIGURE 6.6
Burning mass flux for methanol pool fires as a function of diameter. (From Corlett, R.C. and Fu,
T.M., Pyrodynamics, 4, 253, 1966; Kung, H.C. and Stravrianidis, P., Buoyant plumes of large-scale
pool fires, in: Nineteenth Symposium (International) on Combustion, The Combustion Institute,
Pittsburgh, PA, 1982, pp. 905–912.)
This computed value is lower than the experimental value in Figure 6.6.
(At about a diameter of 20 cm, the burning flux is about 12 g/m2-s.) It shows
the accuracy of trying to predict the flame heat flux. Perhaps adding some
radiation heat flux from the flame might make the estimate better.
As the diameter further increases, the size and thickness of the turbu-
lent flame increases, providing an increasing source of additional radiant
heat flux from the thick flame. However, as we saw in Chapter 3, the flame
radiation reaches a maximum value when the flame emissivity becomes
equal to 1. As a result, the burning mass flux attains a maximum value
when the flame emits at this maximum. The occurrence of this maximum
value depends on the sooting tendency of the fuel but generally occurs
for a fire diameter of about 1–2 m. A similar result is shown in Figure 6.7
for gasoline pool fires with diameter values greater than 20 cm. The maxi-
mum value is seen to reach 55 g/m2-s. All fuels capable of burning in a
horizontal pool configuration will attain this type of maximum burning
flux. As it occurs around diameters of 1 m or above, it can provide a very
good upper limit estimate in computing burning rates in fire for fuels
over or near this size.
178 Principles of Fire Behavior
0.200
0.100
m˝ (kg/m2-s)
0.050
.
0.020
0.010
0.2 0.5 1.0 2.0 5.0 10 20
Pool diameter (m)
FIGURE 6.7
Mass burning flux for gasoline pools. (From Babrauskas, V., Burning rates, Chap. 3-1, in:
DiNenno, P.J., ed., SFPE Handbook of Fire Protection Engineering, 2nd edn., National Fire
Protection Association, Quincy, MA, June 1995.)
TABLE 6.2
Maximum Burning Flux Values and Associated Flame Heat Flux Levels
Estimated Flame Heat
Fuel ¢¢ (g/m 2-s)
Mass Flux, m Flux (kW/m 2)
Liquified propane 100–130 —
Liquified natural gas 80–100 —
Benzene 90 —
Butane 80 —
Hexane 70–80 35
Xylene 70 —
JP-4 50–70 —
Heptane 65–75 36
Gasoline 50–60 19
Acetone 40 —
Methanol 22 28
Polystyrene (granular) 38 70
Polymethyl methacrylate (granular) 28 78
Polyethylene (granular) 26 80
Polypropylene (granular) 24 67
Rigid polyurethane foam 22–25 —
Flexible polyurethane foam 21–27 64
Polyvinyl chloride (granular) 16 37
Corrugated paper cartons 14 38
Wood crib 11 66
Source: Tewarson, A., Generation of heat and chemical compounds in fires, Chap. 3–4, in:
DiNenno, P.J., ed., SFPE Handbook of Fire Protection Engineering, 2nd edn., National
Fire Protection Association, Quincy, MA, June 1995.
The high surface heat flux for the wood crib is an artifact of the stick array.
There is a relative high vaporization rate within the pile due to radiation
exchange from the sticks, and this gives a relatively high mass flux at the
top plane surface and associated heat flux. It is very likely that a 1 m diam-
eter single flat piece of wood in horizontal burning would barely sustain
burning if at all. An empirical, but accurate formula to estimate the average
burning rate of cylindrical or square sticks of wood depends inversely on
the thickness dimension, d (cm), as
0.9 ± 0.1
¢¢ =
m mg/cm 2 -s
d1/2
For example, the average burning rate of thin match flame from a stick diam-
eter of 2 mm would be 0.9/(0.2)1/2 = 2.01 or 20.1 g/m2-s. Thin objects can
easily store energy and burn at higher levels than thick objects. Note this thin
matchstick flame can burn at a higher mass flux than the wood crib array in
Table 6.2.
180 Principles of Fire Behavior
Q = m
¢¢ADH c (6.3)
where
A is the area involved in vaporization
ΔHc is the effective heat of combustion
species that can no longer still burn. This is “complete” combustion. The heat
of combustion represents the chemical energy released per unit mass of vaporized
fuel that is reacted. It is possible to measure the theoretical complete value for
a solid such as wood in a device called an “oxygen bomb.” In this device, all
of the combustible content of the wood would be reacted and the resultant
energy and mass consumed would be measured. Only inorganic ash would
remain. Typically this heat of combustion for a wood (theoretical) would be
approximately 19 kJ/g. If the same measurements were conducted under
typical fire conditions for wood, we would measure ΔHc of approximately
12–15 kJ/g for the flaming period and ΔHc of approximately 30 kJ/g for the
smoldering phase of the char.
(14 kJ/g gas)(0.7 gas/wood) + (30 kJ/g char)(0.3 char/wood) = 18.8 kJ/g wood
This shows how wood releases its energy in two stages: flaming and smol-
dering. The process is illustrated in Figure 6.8 for a typical wood-like mate-
rial. It corresponds to the mass loss in Figure 6.5. In the figure, the power
per unit area reaches a peak at about 20 seconds just after ignition. This is
followed by surface charring, insulating the heat flux, and the power. A sec-
ond peak occurs as the virgin wood becomes thermally thin and its backside
insulation reduces heat conduction. So more energy stays in the thin wood
and its power rises again, but eventually it falls again as the virgin wood is
expended. But now the remaining char structure smolders beginning at 380
seconds. The heat of combustion measured as well during the periods of
flaming and smoldering clearly shows an average heat of combustion dur-
ing flaming of about 12–14 kJ/g and about 30–35 kJ/g during smoldering.
This heat of combustion was determined by dividing the measured energy
by the mass loss in a controlled experiment.
As the char layer builds, flaming will eventually cease at a mass loss flux
of about 2 g/m2-s or less. In the data of Figure 6.8, flaming ceases at about
50 kW/m2 and the heat of combustion at that time is about 20 kJ/g. This
gives a mass flux at extinction of 2.5 g/m2-s. Smoldering then consumes the
char by oxidation has a decreasing burning flux of 1.5 to about 0.5 g/m2-s.
At the peak burning condition in Figure 6.8, the wood achieves about
17 g/m2-s (260 kW/m2/15 kJ/g).
182 Principles of Fire Behavior
350
300
250
200
150
100
50
0
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200
Time (s)
Heat of combustion
40
Heat of combustion (kJ/g)
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200
Time (s)
FIGURE 6.8
Heat release rate and corresponding heat of combustion for wood burning horizontally under
and external radiant heat flux of 50 kW/m 2. (From Dillon, S.E. et al., Determination of proper-
ties and the prediction of the energy release rate of materials in the ISO 9705 room-corner test,
NIST-GCR-98-753, NIST, Gaithersburg, MD, June 1998.)
TABLE 6.3
Energy Release Properties of Materials
Heat of Combustion,
Polymers ΔHc (kJ/g) HRP, ΔHc /L (—)
Gases
Methane 50.0 —
Ethane 47.5 —
Ethene 50.4 —
Propane 46.5 —
Carbon monoxide 10.1 —
Liquids
n-Butane 45.7 118
n-Hexane 43.8 97
Heptane 44.6 89
Gasoline 43.7 135
Kerosene 43.2 65
Benzene 40.0 75
Acetone 30.8 49
Ethanol 26.8 27
Methanol 19.8 27
Ordinary polymers
High-density polyethylene, HDPE 40.0 21
Polyethylene, PE 43.4 37
Polypropylene, PP 44.0 32
Polystyrene, PS 35.8 17
Nylon 27.9 30
Nylon 6 28.8 21
Polyoxymethylene, POM 13.4 6, 13
Polymethylmethacrylate, PMMA 24.2 12
Polybutylene terephthalate, PBT 20.9 23
Acrylonitrile–butadiene–styrene, ABS 30.0 14, 21
ABS-FR 11.7 4
Polyurethane, PU foam 18.4 19
Polyvinylchloride, PVC 9–11 3, 6
Chlorinated PVC 5.8 1
Polyester/glass fibers (30%) 16.0 6
Polyvinyl ester 22.0 13
Epoxy 25.0 11
Epoxy/glass fibers (69%) 27.5 2
High-temperature polymers and composites
Polycarbonate, PC 21.9 5, 21
Cross linked polyethylene (XLPE) 23.8 5
Polyetheretherketone, PEEK/glass fibers (30%) 20.5 7
Phenolic/glass fibers (45%) 22.0 5
(Continued )
184 Principles of Fire Behavior
the fuel. The HRP values are also listed in Table 6.3. As seen from the table,
the HRP values range from about 1 to 100, as materials move from char form-
ers to liquid fuels. This is a tremendous difference. It can be seen that liquid
fuels are comparably more dangerous than solid fuels, as they will produce
much more HRR for a given area burning. The HRP is an indicator of haz-
ard for a material, as a high value implies a lot of energy is released or little
energy is required to cause burning. Materials that have a HRP lower than
about 3 are not likely to burn since only a portion of the energy released is
transferred back to the fuel. Most of the energy is transported away in the
buoyant flow, and some is lost to the surroundings by radiation.
.
Q, Energy release
rate (kW)
.
q˝, Heat flux
. to surface
m˝
Air
Fuel
1 m Diameter
FIGURE 6.9
Example configuration as a pool fire and its dynamics of burning. (Note: Fuel vapor near
surface can block heat and reduce q¢¢.)
1. Wood. From Table 6.2 for wood cribs, the maximum burning
flux is m ¢¢ = 11 g/m 2 -s. (Note: If this were actual wood cribs or
stacked pallets, we would have to consider the exposed sur-
face. Instead, here we consider only a top surface representing
a shallow array.)
p 2 p
A= D = (l m)2 = 0.785 m 2
4 4
Q = m
¢¢ADH c
¢¢ = 38 g/m 2 -s
m
Q = m
¢¢ADH c
= 1189 kW
186 Principles of Fire Behavior
3. Heptane. Table 6.2 gives 65–75 g/m2-s for the maximum mass
flux. Therefore, we see some differences that must depend on
the source of the data. We will use the higher value, 75 g/m2-s.
Q = m
¢¢ADH c
= 1887 kW
¢¢ (g/m2 -s)
m Q (kW) HRP (−)
Wood 11 130 1–2
Polystyrene 38 1189 17
Heptane 75 2650 89
Gasoline 55 1887 135
These results are very illustrative of the relative potential for damage of
these four fuels. Despite their relatively small area (1 m diameter), the
liquid fuels would present fires that can rapidly bring typical residential
rooms to full involvement. The polystyrene would also pose a serious
threat, but the wood at this size would be a manageable fire.
A relatively low net heat flux of 19 kW/m2 is causing the gasoline fire com-
pared to 70 kW/m2 for the polystyrene fire. These heat flux values can
be computed from Equation 6.1 and Table 6.1 and are listed in Table 6.2.
The difference in these heat fluxes accentuates our lack of understanding in
how to predict them from theory. Their difference is almost counterintuitive,
because the gasoline fire is larger in power, Q . One explanation suggests
these differences are due to radiation absorption. The large amount of vapor-
ized gasoline by-products near the fuel surface acts like a cloud in blocking
the flame radiation.
Tables 6.2 and 6.3 provide a very practical way to estimate burning rate
and firepower for a number of common fuels in a horizontal orientation.
It gives an upper bound and is likely very accurate for fires above 1 m in
diameter. More data can be obtained in the literature. For a vertical orienta-
tion, using a flame heat flux of about 25 kW/m2 can be a starting point with
Equation 6.1.
Burning Rate 187
The method of computing the firepower and burning rate for materials is
limited. It is for a static fire. It does not address a real object. In principle, it
is possible to synthesize the actions of ignition, flame spread, and burning
on horizontal and vertical surfaces to represent a real object. In practice,
this is impractical. An object ignited and spreading to its full involvement is
difficult to compute from first principles.
Smoke
transmission path
Exhaust fan
(1.5 m3/s)
Water-cooled skirt
FIGURE 6.10
The furniture calorimeter. (Reprinted with permission from Babrauskas, V., Burning rates,
Chap. 3-1 , in: DiNenno, P.J., ed., SFPE Handbook of Fire Protection Engineering, 2nd edn., National
Fire Protection Association, Quincy, MA, June 1995.)
Figures 6.12 through Figure 6.22 give experimental results for a range
of items, including trash, televisions, Christmas trees, upholstered chairs,
and pallets. Again their peak value and their duration are both important.
Such data are important for making estimates of how typical furnishing
can affect fire growth. Starting with one object, its interaction with another
object can be addressed. For example, we know it takes time to ignite. If one
of these items were to ignite another object, it would have to impose a suf-
ficient heat flux for a sufficient time. From Chapter 3, knowing the firepower
can give the radiant heat flux to the surroundings. Knowing the ignition
properties of the next object can provide a means to assess the potential for
ignition. Such a calculation can tell if the first fire is capable of spreading
to other furnishings. Of course, it must be emphasized that these data in
Figures 6.12 through 6.22 are specific. They may be used as generic rep-
resentations, but each object is specific. The data depend not just on the
properties of the object but also on how it was ignited, as that ignition likely
controlled the early rate of spread.
Burning Rate 189
FIGURE 6.11
Sofa burning in a large calorimeter. (Courtesy of SP Technical Research Institute of Sweden,
Borås, Sweden.)
F32 (sofa)
2000
F31 (loveseat)
F21 (single chair)
1000
FIGURE 6.12
Typical upholstered chair energy release rates. (Reprinted from Babrauskas, V., Burning rates,
Chap. 3-1, in: DiNenno, P.J., ed., SFPE Handbook of Fire Protection Engineering, 2nd edn., National
Fire Protection Association, Quincy, MA, June 1995. With permission.)
190 Principles of Fire Behavior
TABLE 6.4
Typical Peak Burning Rate and Firepower Values
Generic Item Estimated Burn Rate (g/s) Estimated Firepower (kW)
Small waste containers (18–40 L) 3–6 100
Large waste containers (70–120 L) 5–10 300
Chairs, wood and upholstered 10–60 1200
Sofas 20–100 2000
Beds 20–140 2500
Closet ~40 1000
Office ~90 2300
Bedroom ~130 3300
Kitchen ~190 4800
House ~30,000 750,000
Source: Based on data from Quintiere, J., Growth of fire in building compartments, in: Robertson,
A.F., ed., Fire Standards and Safety, ASTM STP 614, American Society for Testing and
Materials, West Conshohocken, PA, 1977, pp. 131–167.
600
Rubbish
500
One bag, straw, grass, duff,
4.1 kg total
Rate of energy release (kW)
100
0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Time (min)
FIGURE 6.13
Energy release rate of representative rubbish. (Reprinted from Babrauskas, V., Burning rates,
Chap. 3-1, in: DiNenno, P.J., ed., SFPE Handbook of Fire Protection Engineering, 2nd edn., National
Fire Protection Association, Quincy, MA, June 1995. With permission.)
These results (Figures 6.12 through 6.22) show the variation in burning
behavior within the category of a single generic item. This variation can be
due to many factors: size, materials, nature of the ignition source, and the
effect of fire retardants. As with Table 6.4, they represent a range of typical
values. To accurately know how an item will burn, it must be tested in a
device similar to that shown in Figure 6.10.
Burning Rate 191
300
Test 3
200
Energy release rate (kW)
100
Test 1
0
0 300 600 900 1200 1500
Time (s)
FIGURE 6.14
Energy release rate results for television sets. (Reprinted from Babrauskas, V., Burning rates,
Chap. 3-1, in: DiNenno, P.J., ed., SFPE Handbook of Fire Protection Engineering, 2nd edn., National
Fire Protection Association, Quincy, MA, June 1995. With permission.)
mDH
tb = c (6.4)
Q¢¢A
By putting the average peak power together with the burn time, we can
construct a very approximate rendition of the power curves for a particular
object. In the next section, we will see how this construction can be perhaps
improved.
192 Principles of Fire Behavior
800
Test 17
600
Test 18
Energy release rate (kW)
400
200
Test 16
0
0 300 600 900
Time (s)
FIGURE 6.15
Energy release rate results for Christmas trees. (Reprinted from Babrauskas, V., Burning rates,
Chap. 3-1, in: DiNenno, P.J., ed., SFPE Handbook of Fire Protection Engineering, 2nd edn., National
Fire Protection Association, Quincy, MA, June 1995. With permission.)
500
450
400
350
Rate of energy release (kW)
300
250
200
150
100
50
0
0 300 600 900 1200 1500 1800 2100 2400 2700 3000
Time (s)
Furniture calorimeter
FIGURE 6.16
Upholstered chair. (After Gross, D., Data sources for parameters used in predictive modeling
of fire growth and smoke spread, NBSIR 85-3223, National Bureau of Standards, Gaithersburg,
MD, September 1985.)
Alternatively, if the rate of fire growth depends on the fire itself, the growth
rate would be exponential (et), not t2. Both of these growth rates have been sug-
gested for the early fire growth. But the t-squared relationship is simplest and
it seems to work well. The empirical growth rate formula commonly used is
Q = at 2 (6.5)
194 Principles of Fire Behavior
1000
900
800
700
Rate of energy release (kW)
600
500
400
300
200
100
0
0 300 600 800 1200 1500 1800 2100 2400 2700 3000
Time (s)
Furniture calorimeter
FIGURE 6.17
Upholstered chair. (After Gross, D., Data sources for parameters used in predictive modeling
of fire growth and smoke spread, NBSIR 85-3223, National Bureau of Standards, Gaithersburg,
MD, September 1985.)
This growth rate expression has been fitted to experimental data by ignor-
ing the early incubation period where the growth process is establishing a
Burning Rate 195
3000
2700
2400
Rate of energy release (kW)
2100
1800
1500
1200
900
600
300
0
0 300 600 900 1200 1500 1800 2100 2400 2700 3000
Time (s)
Furniture calorimeter
FIGURE 6.18
Upholstered chair. (After Gross, D., Data sources for parameters used in predictive modeling
of fire growth and smoke spread, NBSIR 85-3223, National Bureau of Standards, Gaithersburg,
MD, September 1985.)
foothold. This incubation period is most likely due to spurious flame spread
and the nature of the ignition process. The t2 fit is illustrated in Figure 6.23,
along with an illustration of the incubation time. The precise incubation time
is impossible to predict. However, it can be of significance if one is using the
t-squared growth rate to estimate the time for detection. Detection may have
occurred during the incubation growth period.
Table 6.6 lists fire growth times to 1 MW (t1) corresponding to t2 fires
for commodities that have unlimited lateral extent for growth. In reality,
at some point, the decay process must occur as indicated by the burning
curves shown in Figures 6.12 through 6.22. In other words, Table 6.6 gives
196 Principles of Fire Behavior
4000
3600
3200
Rate of energy release (kW)
2800
2400
2000
1600
1200
800
400
0
0 300 600 900 1200 1500 1800 2100 2400 2700 3000
Time (s)
Furniture calorimeter
FIGURE 6.19
Sofa. (From Gross, D., Data sources for parameters used in predictive modeling of fire growth and
smoke spread, NBSIR 85-3223, National Bureau of Standards, Gaithersburg, MD, September 1985.)
the growth time; then for a given area of that fuel item, Table 6.5 would give
its peak power. In principle, the process of estimating the growth rate of an
actual item using the t-squared behavior can be done from Equations 6.3
and 6.4 and Tables 6.5 and 6.6.
Example 6.3
Consider 18 ft2 of wood pallets stacked 5 ft high. Let us construct a fire-
power graph. From Table 6.6, t1 is 97–187 seconds. Take t1 = 100 s as a
representative value for illustration. Using Equation 6.5:
2
æ t(s) ö
Q = ç ÷ MW
è 100 ø
Burning Rate 197
SIDE B
1000
900
800
Rate of energy release (kW)
700
600
500
400
300
200
100
0
0 300 600 900 1200 1500 1800 2100 2400 2700 3000
Time (s)
Furniture calorimeter
FIGURE 6.20
Mattress. (From Gross, D., Data sources for parameters used in predictive modeling of fire
growth and smoke spread, NBSIR 85-3223, National Bureau of Standards, Gaithersburg,
MD, September 1985.)
198 Principles of Fire Behavior
3
Energy release rate (MW)
0
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900
Time (s)
FIGURE 6.21
Typical energy release rate for a wood pallet stack. (Reprinted from Babrauskas, V., Burning
rates, Chap. 3-1, in: DiNenno, P.J., ed., SFPE Handbook of Fire Protection Engineering, 2nd edn.,
National Fire Protection Association, Quincy, MA, June 1995. With permission.)
It will take a time to reach this level. It can be computed by equating the
firepower:
The duration of this fire will depend on how much wood is avail-
able in the pallet stack. Suppose the pallets weighed 200 kg, and the
wood heat of combustion is 15 kJ/g. The available energy to consume
would be 200 kg × 15 MJ/kg = 3000 MJ. This entire pile would burn
Burning Rate 199
14
Wood pallet stacks
1.22 m × 1.22 m × 0.14 m each pallet
12 Assumed: ΔHc = 12 MJ/kg
Peak energy release rate (MW)
10
4 points
8
4
Mean of 8 points
0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Pile height (m)
FIGURE 6.22
Dependence of pallet burning rate on stack height. (Reprinted from Babrauskas, V., Burning
rates, Chap. 3-1, in: DiNenno, P.J., ed., SFPE Handbook of Fire Protection Engineering, 2nd edn.,
National Fire Protection Association, Quincy, MA, June 1995. With permission.)
2 at2
Q
.
1 MW
Incubation time
0 Time
0 t1
FIGURE 6.23
Fire growth rate curve of t2 fitted to data. (From Heskestad, G., Venting practices, Sect. 6,
Chap. 10 in: Cote, A.E. and Linville, J.L., eds., Fire Protection Handbook, 17th edn., National Fire
Protection Association, Quincy, MA, 1991, pp. 6.104–6.116.)
200 Principles of Fire Behavior
TABLE 6.5
Fire Behavior of Warehouse Commodities: Fully Involved Energy Release
Rates for a Fixed Floor Area
Commodity
Q/Floor Area Covered (MW/m2 )
Methanol 0.72
Diesel oil 1.9
Kerosene 2.2
Gasoline 2.2
Wood pallets, stacked 1½ ft high 1.3
Wood pallets, stacked 5 ft high 3.7
Wood pallets, stacked 10 ft high 6.6
Wood pallets, stacked 15 ft high 9.9
Mail bags, filled, stored 5 ft high 0.39
PE letter trays, filled, stacked 5 ft high 8.2
PS insulation board, rigid foam, stacked 3.1
14 ft high
PU insulation board, rigid foam, stacked 1.9
15 ft high
PS tubs rested in cartons, stacked 14 ft high 5.1
FRP shower stalls in cartons, stacked 15 ft high 1.2
PE bottles in cartons, stacked 15 ft high 1.9
PS toy parts in cartons, stacked 15 ft high 2.0
PE trash barrels in cartons, stacked 15 ft high 2.9
Cartons, compartmented, stacked 15 ft high 2.2
PVC bottles packed in cartons, 3.3
compartmented, stacked 15 ft high
PP tubs packed in cartons, compartmented, 4.2
stacked 15 ft high
PE bottles packed in cartons, compartmented, 6.1
stacked 15 ft high
PS jars packed in cartons, compartmented, 14.0
stacked 15 ft high
Source: Based on data from Heskestad, G., Venting practices, Sect. 6, Chap. 10 in:
Cote, A.E. and Linville, J.L., eds., Fire Protection Handbook, 17th edn.,
National Fire Protection Association, Quincy, MA, 1991, pp. 6.104–6.116.
Notes: PE, polyethylene; PU, polyurethane; PVC, polyvinyl chloride; PS, poly-
styrene; PP, polypropylene; FRP, fiberglass-reinforced polyester.
TABLE 6.6
Characteristic Times to Reach 1 MW for t2 Fires
Commodity t 1 (s)
Wood pallets, stacked 1½ ft high 155–310
Wood pallets, stacked 5 ft high 92–187
Wood pallets, stacked 10 ft high 77–115
Wood pallets, stacked 16 ft high 72–115
Mail bags, filled, stored 5 ft high 187
Cartons, compartmented, stacked 15 ft high 58
Paper, vertical rolls, stacked 20 ft high 16–26
Cotton, polyester garments in 12 ft high rack 21–42
“Ordinary combustibles” rack storage, 15–30 ft high 39–262
Paper products, densely packed in cartons, rack storage, 20 ft high 461
PE letter trays, filled, stacked 5 ft high on cart 189
PE trash barrels in cartons, stacked 15 ft high 53
PE bottles packed in compartmented cartons, 15 ft high 82
PE bottles in cartons, stacked 15 ft high 72
PE pallets, stacked 3 ft high 145
PE pallets, stacked 6–8 ft high 31–55
PU mattress, single, horizontal 115
PU insulation board, rigid foam, stacked 15 ft high 7
PS jars packed in compartmented cartons, 15 ft high 53
PS tubs nested in cartons, stacked 15 ft high 115
PS insulation board, rigid foam, stacked 14 ft high 6
PUS bottles packed in compartmented cartons, 15 ft high 8
PP tubs packed in compartmented cartons, 15 ft high 9
PP and PE film in rolls, stacked 14 ft high 38
Distilled spirits in barrels, stacked 20 ft high 24–39
Source: Based on data from Heskestad, G., Venting practices, Sect. 6, Chap. 10 in: Cote, A.E.
and Linville, J.L., eds., Fire Protection Handbook, 17th edn., National Fire Protection
Association, Quincy, MA, 1991, pp. 6.104–6.116.
Note: PE, polyethylene; PU, polyurethane; PVC, polyvinyl chloride; PS, polystyrene;
PP, polypropylene; FRP, fiberglass-reinforced polyester.
Slow t1 = 600 s
Medium t1 = 300 s
Fast t1 = 150 s
Ultrafast t1 = 75 s
202 Principles of Fire Behavior
5
Firepower (MW)
0
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700
Time (s)
FIGURE 6.24
Example of fire growth rate constructed for wood pallets.
4000
Q (kW)
3000
2000 Slow
1000
0
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700
Time from ignition (s)
FIGURE 6.25
Categories of t2 fires. (Reprinted from Guide for smoke management systems in malls, atria,
and large areas, National Fire Codes, Vol. 10, NFPA 92B, 1991 edn., National Fire Protection
Association, Quincy, MA, p. 92B-30, 1995. With permission.)
Burning Rate 203
These categories are only for rough guidance and perhaps standardiza-
tion in design. They should not be used to hypothesize fire growth without
a suitable basis. The growth rate must be established by relevant data as
in Table 6.6. As the previous example illustrated, a practical application to
construct the entire growth and decay process must use data such as that
in Tables 6.5 and 6.6. The early growth can be considered as t2 up to the
full involvement, and then burning ceases when the available mass of
fuel is depleted. However, the fire does not necessarily stop abruptly as in
Figure 6.24. This abrupt ending can be refined.
7.5
a (kW/s 2 ) » for wooden items
r1b.2 (6.7)
204
TABLE 6.7
HRR Parameters for Selected Items, Mean and Range
Item Mass (kg) HRR max (kW) a (kW/s2) a d (kW/s2) tmax (s)
Chair with cushioning 9.8 (8.1–15.5) 362 ± 82 0.040 ± 0.03 0.0054 ± 0.0028 118 ± 94
Chair, rigid plastic 13.1 (10.8–17.7) 594 ± 131 0.019 ± 0.009 0.0029 ± 0.0013 83 ± 81
Single chair upholstered 19.9 (11.5–28.3) 1185 ± 56 0.11 ± 0.058 0.066 ± 0.0055 56 ± 48
Sofa, upholstered 25.5 (3.8–54.6) 1826 ± 676 0.12 ± 0.078 0.078 ± 0.018 46 ± 33
THR (MJ)
Christmas trees (dry) ~5–10 800–1600 1–4 0.2–1.6 20–80
~12–20 1600–5000 0.4–9 0.4–2.4 90–200
Source: Natori, A., Fire Sci. Technol., 27(3), 310, 2008.
Principles of Fire Behavior
Burning Rate 205
.
Q max
HRR (kW)
2
at
2
a(tdecay – t)
FIGURE 6.26
Natori firepower diagram. (From Natori, A., Fire Sci. Technol., 27(3), 310, 2008.)
and
0.15
a (kW/s 2 ) » for plastic items
r0b.5 (6.8)
and
HRR max = (272 ± 204 kW/m 2 )Ab (m 2 ) for plastic items (6.10)
For estimations in HRR using Equations 6.7 through and 6.10, the portrayal
of the fire growth curve would follow that of Figure 6.24 with no gradual
t-squared decay. The duration of the fire is found by setting the area under
the power–time curve equal to the THR based on the mass and heat of com-
bustion of the item. For wood, recall the heat of combustion can range from
about 11 to 15 kJ/g, while for a plastic, it can vary from 5 to 50 kJ/g.
Many other items can be categorized. The method of ignition and the
incubation period before the t2 rate ensues are important factors in deter-
mining the precise growth rate. The incubation period could be due to
smoldering or simply the effect of a very slow initial spurious flame spread.
Recently, I investigated a fire that began from a candle burning down in
206 Principles of Fire Behavior
a small glass cup holder filled with wax. This issue was the response of a
smoke detector to the early fire growth. Another investigator hypothesized
the fire growth as starting directly as a “medium” fire growth in the NFPA
category of Figure 6.25. I considered the glass cup breaking and its wax
burning before an adjacent item got involved. Experiments showed this is
possible, and a surveillance video actually recorded such a start to fire in
a closed restaurant bar. The growth rates for these two scenarios are very
different.
2000
1500
1000
500
0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120
Time after fire enters cabin (s)
FIGURE 6.27
Fire growth in a vehicle passenger compartment due to gasoline spill following collision dam-
age. (From Tewarson, A. et al., Comprehensive analysis of post collision motor vehicle fires,
FM Global Technology Report 3018009, October 2004.)
Burning Rate 207
2000
1500
Vehicle cabin fire growth (kW)
1000
500
0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30
Time after fire enters cabin (min)
#119 Battery fire #190 data shifted to origin
#190 HVAC (FR&Std) #178 data shifted to origin
#178 HVAC #203 data shifted to origin
#203 Washer fluid t-squared, 0.057 kW/s2
#119 data shifted to origin
FIGURE 6.28
Growth rate in a passenger vehicle cabin from a fire coming from the engine, postcrash. (From
Tewarson, A. et al., Comprehensive analysis of post collision motor vehicle fires, FM Global
Technology Report 3018009, October 2004.)
as a t2 fire growth in the passenger cabin.14 Again, while a t-squared fit elimi-
nating the incubation time appears reasonable, the incubation time is critical
to a fire growth originating in the engine compartment and progressing into
the cabin.
6.9 Extinction
Extinction of burning occurs if there is insufficient heat transfer to keep the
gaseous fuel supplied, and the flame is cooled to a temperature that limits
its survival. It shuts down. Recently, analysis of experiments in the burn-
ing of horizontal specimens has shown a tendency to extinguish at a criti-
cal (minimum) energy release flux (kW/m2).15 (Do not confuse this with heat
flux. This is the energy release rate [HRR] per unit area of burning surface.)
208 Principles of Fire Behavior
PAI
PI
CE
EP
PESU
PEEK
PEN
PPZ
PPS
PC
PBT
Material
PA6
PUR
PS
PS
PP
PP
PE Average = 64 kW/m2
PE
PMMA
PMMA
POM
Benzyl Al RQ
Xylene RQ
Decane RQ
0 20 40 60 80 100 120
Qcrit fire point (kW/m2)
FIGURE 6.29
Minimum energy flux required for burning in the cone calorimeter. (From Lyon, R.E. and
Quintiere, J.G., Combust. Flame, 151(4), December 2007.)
Figure 6.29 shows data taken for burning in air with natural convection
(associated with a convective heat transfer coefficient of about 15 W/m2-K)
for polymers burning in the 10 × 10 cm configuration. While there is varia-
tion for the different materials, it is believed that most of the variation is
inaccuracy caused by the inability to precisely measure the energy flux
just before extinction. Unsteady burning and the lag time of scale response
are responsible for such inaccuracies. It is readily seen that even for repeat
results of the same polymer (PS, PP, PE, and PMMA), the variation is great.
On average, the critical value is about 64 kW/m 2 with a standard deviation
of about 22.
It can be shown from15 that the critical energy flux for burning is depen-
dent on the heat transfer coefficient and on the oxygen concentration.
As a flame goes to extinction on a solid or liquid fuel, it becomes small
and pure convection heat transfer from the flame might be expected.
An approximate theoretical formula for the critical value of the energy flux
when burning in air is
The data shown in Figure 6.29 were taken in the cone calorimeter in which
the heat transfer coefficient is about 12 W/m2-K. The computed critical
value is 5.4(12) = 64.3 kW/m2… not bad! It should be recalled that earlier we
indicated a critical mass flux at extinction of about 2 g/m2-s. Now we see
this value depends on the heat of combustion. The heat of combustion cor-
responding to 2 g/m2-s would be 64.3/2 = 32.1 kJ/g.
6.10 Summary
After ignition a fire may grow over an area by flame spread. The burning
rate (or fuel supply rate) can be determined for a material or item by knowing
its mass burning flux (m ¢¢) , usually given in g/m2-s. Values less than 2 usu-
ally lead to extinguishment, and typical values range from 1 to 100 g/m2-s
for surfaces, and higher for stacked commodities. The property called “heat
of gasification” measures how much energy it takes to produce this gasified
fuel; the property called “heat of combustion” gives how much energy is
released when it burns. The ratio of these two properties, HRP, is a measure
of the energy produced to energy required. The bigger it is, the greater the
burning rate potential for a material.
A simple theory was presented to compute the mass burning flux from
surfaces from its heat of gasification provided the flame heat flux is known.
Despite some data for typical flame heat flux (see Chapter 3), a prediction of
flame heat flux for a given fuel is beyond current science. However, much
data exist on the maximum mass burning flux for fuels and for actual items
burned. Energy release rate data, derived from large-scale calorimeters,
provide a source for making estimates. A large amount of practical data
has been expressed in terms of t-squared fires, and these data can provide a
generic first estimate. The energy release rate (or alternatively, the burning
rate) is the most significant factor in the indication of fire hazard. It relates
to the potential for ignition of nearby items, to flashover potential in a room,
and to the rate of water needed to extinguish the fire. The critical value of the
energy flux at extinction for burning in air under natural convection is about
64 kW/m2 and appears to be independent of fuel type on average.
Review Questions
1. Plexiglas, polymethyl methacrylate (PMMA), is often used as display
windows and cases in art galleries and museums. If its flame imparts
30 kW/m2 to the surface when it burns, estimate the energy release rate of
a 2 m2 square sheet (one side). You will need Tables 6.1 and 6.3, respectively.
210 Principles of Fire Behavior
True or False
1. All the gaseous fuel produced in a fully involved room fire burns in the
room.
2. Weighing the object as it burns cannot determine its burning rate.
3. The heat of gasification and the heat of combustion are usually equal.
4. Fires on objects tend to grow proportional to time squared.
5. The heat flux from a turbulent flame, like its temperature, is nearly the
same for all fuels.
6. Wood generally burns at a lower mass flux than plastics because it chars.
7. It is impossible to collect data for burning objects and make any sense out
of it.
8. Objects burn at a higher rate in atmospheres of higher oxygen concen-
tration as contemplated for space travel.
9. Water can work for extinguishment because it can lower the flame tem-
perature and wet the surface.
10. Solid and liquid fuels can burn if their flame heat flux is high enough.
Activities
All fire experiments must be done with care in a safe place with protection
and extinguishers available.
1. Obtain small shallow glass dishes ranging in size from 1 to 10 cm in
diameter. Pour about 1/4 in. depth of a liquid fuel of high flashpoint
(>25°C) into a dish. Ignite it and time its burning period. How does
burning time vary with fuel diameter? Explain your results.
Burning Rate 211
2. Obtain a collection of small wood sticks, roughly 4 × 1/4 × 1/4 in. Make
a pile about 4 × 4 × 2 high, first putting all the sticks in contact, then
leaving 1/4 in. spacing between the sticks in alternating layers. Try to
ignite both with a match flame. Which pile burns? Why?
3. Examine the items contained in a room. From the data of this chapter,
try to estimate the potential energy release rate of each item that could
burn. Add to find their sum. Recognize that in a typical residential room,
1 MW could jeopardize it into flashover.
4. Do this with caution and safety glasses. Place a candle flame under a
clear inverted glass bowl and observe extinction. Do not allow the flame
to get near or touch the glass, and protect against cracking glass. Repeat
this with a plant that remained in the inverted bowl overnight in an
attempt to increase the oxygen.
References
1. S. E. Dillon, W. H. Kim, and J. G. Quintiere, Determination of properties and
the prediction of the energy release rate of materials in the ISO 9705 room-
corner test, NIST-GCR-98-753, NIST, Gaithersburg, MD, June 1998.
2. A. Tewarson, Flammability of polymers, Chap. 11 in Plastics and the Environment,
edited by A. L. Andrady (Hoboken, NJ: John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 2003).
3. J. Panagiotou and J. G. Quintiere, Generalizing the flammability of materials,
in Proceedings of the 10th International Conference on Interflam 2004 (London, U.K.:
Interscience Communication, 2004), pp. 895–906.
4. M. J. Spearpoint, Predicting the ignition and burning rate of wood in the Cone
Calorimeter using an integral method, Masters thesis, Department of Fire
Protection Engineering, University of Maryland, College Park, MD, 1999.
5. R. C. Corlett and T. M. Fu, Some recent experiments with pool fires, Pyrodynamics,
4 (1966): 253–269.
6. H. C. Kung and P. Stravrianidis, Buoyant plumes of large-scale pool fires,
in Nineteenth Symposium (International) on Combustion (Pittsburgh, PA: The
Combustion Institute, 1982), pp. 905–912.
7. V. Babrauskas, Burning rates, Chap. 3-1 in SFPE Handbook of Fire Protection
Engineering, 2nd edn., edited by P. J. DiNenno (Quincy, MA: National Fire
Protection Association, June 1995).
8. A. Tewarson, Generation of heat and chemical compounds in fires, Chap. 3-4 in
SFPE Handbook of Fire Protection Engineering, 2nd edn., edited by P. J. DiNenno
(Quincy, MA: National Fire Protection Association, June 1995).
9. J. Quintiere, Growth of fire in building compartments, in Fire Standards and
Safety, ASTM STP 614, edited by A. F. Robertson (West Conshohocken, PA:
American Society for Testing and Materials, 1977), pp. 131–167.
10. D. Gross, Data sources for parameters used in predictive modeling of fire
growth and smoke spread, NBSIR 85-3223 (Gaithersburg, MD: National Bureau
of Standards, September 1985).
212 Principles of Fire Behavior
Learning Objectives
Upon completion of this chapter, you should be able to accomplish the
following:
7.1 Introduction
All fires involve buoyancy, which sets the flow pattern and the nature of the
flame. This flow pattern directs the growth of the fire and sucks in the air
supply. It is also responsible for the characteristics of the smoke that departs
the fire. Even under wind conditions, buoyancy plays a significant role in
the fire’s behavior. In this chapter, we consider in some detail the sym-
metric vertical fire that comes from the ignition of a release of gaseous fuel.
When the fuel release is distributed on a horizontal surface (floor), this is
commonly called a “pool” fire. It is representative of a liquid fuel spill or
even the horizontal portion of cushion on a chair. Such fires are mostly tur-
bulent, and the release of fuel gas at the surface is at a relatively low veloc-
ity. In a quiet atmosphere, the gases of the flame and hot smoke will rise
vertically. This rising flow stream is called a “plume”—more specifically, a
buoyant plume. However, in a wind, the plume will bend according to its
213
214 Principles of Fire Behavior
interaction with the wind, and eventually will follow the wind direction as
the plume loses its buoyancy. Just what is buoyancy? And how do we dif-
ferentiate between a flame due to fuel flowing at a high velocity and a flame
that emerges from a burning liquid spill on a floor?
In this chapter, we shall examine the origin of buoyant flow, discriminate
between jets and plumes, and develop an appreciation of how to compute
the length of flames and their temperatures. For the most part, we shall
consider fire plumes driven by natural convection alone. Equations will be
developed in this chapter with the use of symbols to represent properties
and flow features. The student having trouble with this should try to under-
stand the process and not necessarily all the details. The main point is to
focus on the result.
rV 2
+ rgz + p = constant along a streamline (7.1)
2
Fire Plumes 215
We now know that Bernoulli ignored the effects of friction in the fluid
(or viscosity), and his equation only best applies away from surfaces. Here,
The first term in Equation 7.1 is the KE per unit volume of fluid, and the
second term is the PE per unit volume. The third term, pressure, could be
considered as work done on the fluid (force × distance) per unit volume.
Pressure supplies the work needed to push the fluid.
A streamline is the path; a particle attached to the fluid would follow in
a steady flow in or around an object. A photograph of white streamlines in
Figure 7.1 illustrates the flow over a cylinder. Notice the smooth orderly flow
(laminar) at first is followed by the chaotic flow (turbulent) downstream. After
a bit, all flows suffer from instability that leads to turbulence. Bernoulli’s
equation will hold provided fluid friction is not significant and will even
hold along an average streamline in turbulent flow. Fluid friction is not so
important away from surfaces, and Bernoulli will work very well there.
This is a big approximation to the complex equations derived by Navier and
Stokes in the early 1800s and now solved by CFD models today.
With this simple background of Bernoulli in fluid flow, jets and plumes can
be examined as long as they are free of wall interference. A jet is a flow where
the initial velocity is so large that it dominates the streamline pattern of the
flow. A plume is a more quiet flow due to the motion of a light (or hot) fluid in a
Streamlines
Laminar
Onset of turbulence
FIGURE 7.1
Streamlines in white for flow around a cylinder from an Album of Fluid Motion by van Dyke (1982).
216 Principles of Fire Behavior
heavier fluid (cold). This difference in density (or temperature) gives rise to an
effective force called “buoyancy.” A flow solely, or predominately, driven by its
buoyancy, is called a “plume” if it is in a free atmosphere, not confined by walls.
A chimney flow has confined walls. But it is a bit easier to precisely
describe the meaning and origin of buoyancy for the chimney flow. Let us
apply Bernoulli’s equation to a chimney flow and see how the buoyant force
emerges. It will form the basis of plume flow.
Consider a vertical chimney with a horizontal intake at the bottom illus-
trated in Figure 7.2. Apply Equation 7.1 along the streamline from point 1 to
2. Then the values of the three terms, KE + PE + pressure work, are the same
at 1 and 2. As the flow starts at rest in a big room, its KE or velocity is zero in
the room at 1. If we take the datum for the elevation, z, at point 1, then z is zero
there. So at point 1, we only have the pressure term. We label it p1. At point 2,
we have a velocity and an elevation giving PE. We also have a pressure that we
label p2 different in value from p1. As this is a chimney, the temperature inside
(TH) is higher than the still air outside (TC). From experience, we know hot air
rises; we will now see why. Bernoulli’s equation can explain this motion.
Apply Equation 7.1 between 1 and 2, recognizing that the constant in
Equation 7.1 is the same at 1 and 2:
rHV22
p1 = + rH gH + p2 (7.2)
2
2
Streamline
H
TC
TH
1
Streamline
FIGURE 7.2
A streamline through a chimney.
Fire Plumes 217
The difference between the pressure at 1 and 2 outside the chimney is due to
the weight of the cold, heavy, stationary air outside the chimney. The pres-
sures at 1 and 2 are the same inside and outside the chimney, respectively.
One can apply Equation 7.1 to the cold fluid at rest.
p1 - p2 = rC gH (7.3)
Combining Equations 7.2 and 7.3 to eliminate the pressures gives a result for
the motion of hot gases out of the chimney:
rHV22
= (rC - rH ) gH (7.4)
2
The term on the right-hand side is the buoyant force per unit volume. It could be
interpreted as the PE difference between the cold and hot air. This is buoy-
ancy. The difference in density has given rise to the velocity (V2) out of the
chimney.
An alternative means to express this answer for the outflow is to put it in
terms of temperatures instead of densities. If this chimney is at sea level, the
atmospheric pressure is 101.325 kPa (kilopascal) (or 14.696 psi), and at 20°C,
the density is 1.20 kg/m3. Then the pressure difference between 1 and 2 from
Equation 7.4 would be
V22
=2 (7.5)
((TH - TC )/ TC ) gH
218 Principles of Fire Behavior
The term in the denominator represents the buoyancy effect. The quantity
on the left-hand side of Equation 7.5 has no dimensions since it is equal to
a number 2. It is a “dimensionless number,” and it has the name Froude
(Fr) number. Physically, it can be considered as the ratio of momentum to
buoyant force. It is seen in this case for the chimney that Fr = 2.
Removing the walls from this chimney example can then be considered
as an approximation to a vertical plume. For vertical turbulent plumes, in a
static atmosphere, with and without flames, this Froude number is found to
be a constant of about 1.5 ± 0.1 at all heights.1 Recall that Bernoulli’s equation
holds for ideal frictionless flow and real plumes dissipate some energy by
friction. This can explain the difference between 1.5 and ideally 2. Still the
result of 1.5 compared to 2 suggests very little is lost due to friction in a buoy-
ant plume. Momentum appears to lose about 25% (2–1.5)/2, to friction at any
location. So for a turbulent fire plume Equation 7.5 applies with a constant
of 1.5.
Buoyant
force
Eddies
Air
entrainment
Flame
FIGURE 7.3
Buoyancy and fire plumes.
Fire Plumes 219
temperature, the buoyant force would become zero, causing the plume to
cease rising. This condition is responsible for cigarette smoke stratifying in
a room with a common slight rise in temperature as it moves up. Also the
plume from a forest fire will eventually even out in the atmosphere, and
move only horizontally with the wind, as do clouds of water vapor. If buoy-
ancy is the only force responsible for the motion of the plume, we expect its
Froude number to be about 1.5. However, the character of the flow is very
different if the initial velocity of the hot gases or the initial velocity of the
fuel is large. Such a flow can arise from a high-pressure tank. In this case,
the initial “jet” velocity controls the flow, not the buoyancy. In quantitative
terms, this will occur if the initial Froude number is greater than 1.5. A jet
can be distinguished from a hot plume by how far it will travel horizontally
before rising due to its buoyancy. The greater the horizontal distance, the
stronger is the jet.
Combusting
rising eddy
Fuel
Air
FIGURE 7.4
Turbulent burning eddy.
FIGURE 7.5
A sequence of flame images over a 0.3 second period for a 0.3 m diameter fire. (After McCaffrey,
B.J., Purely buoyant diffusion flames: Some experimental results, NBSIR 79-1910, National
Bureau of Standards, Gaithersburg, MD, 1979.)
1.5
f = (7.6)
D
Fire Plumes 221
FIGURE 7.6
Photograph of a 10 m diameter liquid fire. (Courtesy of L.A. Gritzo, Sandia National
Laboratories, Albuquerque, NM.)
A 10 cm fire would shed eddies about five times per second, but a large wild-
land fire of 100 m would form a vortex every 10 seconds. Figure 7.6 shows
a photograph of a large liquid fuel fire (approximately 10 m diameter) that
illustrates the eddies. Note that the eddies are of size comparable to the diam-
eter, whereas the high-frequency turbulence has much finer length scales. This
photograph also illustrates the engulfment of the flame by black soot carried
by these eddies to the colder fringes of the flame where the soot does not burn.
on a floor. We will discuss this later. Line fires and wall fires have somewhat
different quantitative characteristics but are qualitatively similar in behavior
of pool fires. We also will address principally turbulent fires, with no wind
effects, dominated by buoyant effects. However, let us first consider a range
of conditions to give a quantitative perspective.
Laminar Turbulent
0 Exit velocity, Ve
FIGURE 7.7
Flame lengths for gaseous jets issuing from a pipe of fixed diameter. (From Hottel, H.C. and
Hawthorne, W.R., Diffusion in laminar flame jets, in: Third Symposium on Combustion and Flames
and Explosion Phenomena, Williams & Wilkins, Baltimore, MD, 1949, pp. 254–266.)
Fire Plumes 223
Air entrainment
Lf
Fuel supplied
FIGURE 7.8
Air entrainment and flame length.
so the fuel reacts almost immediately when it encounters air. This is why
the entrainment of air controls the combustion process, and therefore the
height of the flame.
Let us examine the turbulent fuel jet of Figure 7.7. The fuel supplied must
completely react by the end of the flame and combine with the air entrained.
Let us see if we can explain why the flame stays at a fixed length. The rate of
air supplied (by mass) is equal to air density (ρa) times entrainment velocity
(Ve) times the area through which the air was entrained. This area can be
approximated as πDLf since the jet does not expand by much. Then propor-
tionally, we represent
where
ρa is the density of the surrounding air
D is the pipe exit flow diameter
Lf is the flame length
The mass rate of fuel supplied through the pipe is the density of the fuel
(ρf) times the velocity of the fuel supplied (Vf) times the area of the pipe exit
(πD2/4). In symbols, this is
p
f =
m r f Vf D2 (7.8)
4
224 Principles of Fire Behavior
raDL f Ve
µs
r f (p/4) D2Ve
or solving,
L f (r f )s
~ (7.9)
D ra
This result explains why the turbulent jet flame length becomes constant for
a given fuel (having density ρf and stoichiometric ratio s) at a given diam-
eter. Such turbulent jet flames commence at exit velocities much higher than
those due to purely buoyancy-induced flame velocities. Jet flames would
be relevant for ruptures of high-pressure gas lines. We now examine more
closely purely buoyant flames.
55 g/m 2 -s
Ve » » 3 cm/s
2000 g/m 3
Fire Plumes 225
Buoyant plume
FIGURE 7.9
Exchange of buoyant potential energy into kinetic energy of the fire plume.
(ra - r) gz
V2
r
2
2(ra - r) gz
V=
r
or in terms of temperatures,
2(T - Ta ) gz
V= (7.10)
Ta
226 Principles of Fire Behavior
where T/Ta = ρa/ρ, that is, the temperature is inversely dependent on den-
sity. Because the gravitational acceleration, g, is 9.81 m/s2, this velocity is
approximately 4.5 m/s for z = 1 m and (T – Ta)/Ta = 1. So, for our gasoline
fire example with a flame height of say 1 m, the fire plume velocity is more
than 100 times the vaporization velocity (i.e., 3 cm/s). This fire plume veloc-
ity controls the entrainment of air into the fire. By a process similar to that
leading to Equation 7.9, we can obtain a formula for the height of this buoyant
flame. We shall arrive at a formula that will illustrate the nature of the factors
that control flame height for a fire plume. Unlike the jet where the exiting
fuel velocity controls entrainment, here the plume velocity controls. So in
Equation 7.4, Ve is proportional to V of Equation 7.10. The fuel mass flow rate
(m f ) times the stoichiometric ratio of air to fuel is related to the mass flow rate
of air entrained up to the end of the flame. Writing this as a proportionality:
raDL f Ve
µs
mf
we can now solve for the flame height. But first recognize from Equation 7.10
that the maximum plume velocity and therefore the entrainment velocity
is proportional to gL f where Lf denotes the flame length, z. This assumes
the flame temperature is constant, and we shall prove this shortly. Now sub-
stituting and rearranging, we find that the ratio of flame height to fire base
diameter is proportional to
2/3
Lf æ fs ö
m
µç ÷
D çè ra gDD2 ÷ø
We can stop here, but it is useful to introduce the ratio of combustion energy
per unit mass (the heat of combustion, ∆Hc) to the thermal energy per unit
mass of air (cpaTa). Then we get
2/3
Lf æ ö 2/3
m f DH c æ scpaTa ö
µç ÷ ç DH ÷
D çè racpaTa gDD ÷ø2
è c ø
The second quantity scpaTa/ΔHc is a constant as the specific heat of air and its
temperature is fixed, and ∆Hc/s is the heat of combustion per unit mass of
air, a near constant of about 2.9–3.0 kJ/g for most hydrocarbons. The first
quantity is a very important factor that shows up in many fire formulas.
It represents the combustion energy release rate (HHR or Q) to the ther-
mal flow energy of the air. It is given the symbol Q* as first introduced by
Professor Edward Zukoski of the California Institute of Technology. Ed was
Fire Plumes 227
Q
Q* = (7.11)
racpaTa gDD2
where
ρa is the air density (1.2 kg/m3)
cpa is the air specific heat (1.0 kJ/kg-K)
Ta is the air temperature (usually at 20ºC or 293 K)
Q is the energy release rate of the fire (kW)
D is the pool diameter (m)
g is the gravitational acceleration (9.81 m/s2)
In these units
Q (kW)
Q* = (7.12)
1101[D (m)]5/2
Q*
Hydrogen
100
Pool Jet
fires flames
(Approx.)
Lf /D
10
1 (Range of data)
0.1
0.1 1 10 100 1000
Q*2/5
FIGURE 7.10
Flame length for a range of symmetric fire conditions in terms of Q*. (After McCaffrey, B.J.,
Flame height, Chap. 2-1, in: DiNenno, P.J., ed., SFPE Handbook of Fire Protection Engineering,
2nd edn., National Fire Protection Association, Quincy, MA, June, 1995.)
natural fires, 0.5 ≤ Q* < 100, a relatively simple formula (from Heskestad4)
gives a good estimate of the average flame height.
where
Q is in kilowatts
Lƒ and D are in meters
Recall that the flame height may fluctuate in time by a factor of 2 from its
minimum to its maximum height, as depicted in Figure 7.5, so Equation 7.14
represents an average flame height. The most uncertainty exists below Q* of
0.5. We shall see from the next section that Equation 7.14 favors the maximum
flame height. As the flame fluctuates, there is a region where combustion
Fire Plumes 229
z z
Noncombusting zone
TCL
.
Plume
(1 – Xr)Q
Ta
Height
Intermittent
Lf Z = Lf
Combusting
Flame
D 300 800
Fire plume energy TCL (°C)
FIGURE 7.11
Fire plume energetics.
230 Principles of Fire Behavior
Q = mc
p (T - Ta ) (kW) (7.15)
where
cp is the specific heat of the plume gases
m is the mass flow rate of the plume gases
The mass flow rate in the plume is nearly equal to the air entrainment rate,
as the amount of fuel supplied is relatively small. We can write, in detail, the
energy released due to the combustion process as
Q = m
f DH c (1 - X r ) (kW) (7.16)
where
m f is the mass rate of fuel reacted up to height, z, g/s;
ΔHc is the heat of combustion, (kJ/g)
It has been stated that more air than stoichiometrically required is entrained
over the flame. In other words, the turbulent mixing does not allow the
available fuel to readily react with the entrained air. Let us say n-times stoi-
chiometric air is entrained and is needed to complete this fuel-lean combus-
tion. We can therefore write that the mass air entrainment rate is
= nsm
m f (7.17)
where
s is the stoichiometric mass air-to-fuel ratio
n is the multiple of stoichiometric air required due to inefficient mixing
By equating Equations 7.15 and 7.16 and substituting Equation 7.17, it follows
that the temperature rise in the fire plume is
DH c (1 - X r )
T - Ta = (7.18)
cp ns
ΔHc/s is approximately constant (2.9 kJ/g air) for most all hydrocar-
bon fuels, cp ≈ 10 –3 kJ/g-K for air, and it is experimentally found that n is
Fire Plumes 231
approximately 9.6.1 The average turbulent flame temperature rise along the
centerline of a fire plume is approximately (for air initially at 20°C)
This result demonstrates that the temperature within the combusting zone
is not dependent on fuel type except for variations in Xr. We saw that Xr can
range from 0.15 to 0.60 for different fuels and may also depend on the scale
of the pool fire (Figure 3.10 and Tables 3.3 and 3.4). Large pool fires or very
sooty fuels may have the tendency to shroud the luminous flame in cooler
black soot as seen in Figure 7.6. This shroud of soot can block the outgoing
flame radiation, making Xr smaller and T larger. This result has been found
for large pool fires and indicates a maximum possible fire plume turbulent
temperature of nearly 1500°C.
How about the temperature along the plume centerline as we move above
the flame. Continued entrainment of air will drop the temperature. It is not
surprising that this temperature rise depends on Q*. But here Q* is based on
the dimension z, the height along the plume, rather than the base diameter.
Although there is a small effect of the base diameter, we will ignore it here.
We represent this behavior as
T - Ta z
~ function (7.20)
Ta (Q / racpaTa g )2/5
900
800
700
600
500
400
.
Q (kW)
300 14.4
21.7
33.0
TCL – Ta (°C)
44.9
200 57.5
80
60
50
0.008 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.05 0.06 0.08 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5
.
z/Q2/5 (m/kW2/5)
FIGURE 7.12
Centerline fire plume temperatures. (After McCaffrey, B.J., Purely buoyant diffusion flames: Some
experimental results, NBSIR 79-1910, National Bureau of Standards, Gaithersburg, MD, 1979.)
Although Figure 7.12 only contains data from one fuel (methane), other
experimental results for hydrocarbon fuels have shown the approximate
universality of the graph. However, as the pool fire diameter increases,
sooting can reduce Xr causing maximum centerline turbulent flame temper-
atures as high as 1200°C or more. Except for this higher plateau in the flame
region of Figure 7.12 as the fire gets larger in diameter, the rest of the correla-
tion still applies. More important, for hydrocarbon fuels, the turbulent flame
temperature is independent of fuel and can generally be taken as approxi-
mately 800°C for moderate fire sizes. Again, this 800°C rise is not corrected
for radiation error, and more accurately it is more like 1000°C. But commonly
thermocouple data are not corrected in fire experiments.
Gasoline and wood fires should show no temperature differences at the flame
tip, but their flames lengths may be significantly different. These flames have
a similarity. They can be stretched and squeezed, but their temperature dis-
tributions are the same relative to the combusting and noncombusting zones.
TCL
Ta = 25°C . Lf
Q
D=1m
FIGURE 7.13
Example computing the average flame height and temperature at that location.
previously used in Chapter 6. The four fuels are wood, polystyrene, heptane,
and gasoline. See Figure 7.13 as an illustration of the example.
Using Equation 7.14,
Wood:
Polystyrene:
Heptane:
Gasoline:
The temperature is found from Figure 7.12. Although flame radiation var-
ies for the fuels, the graph does not account for the effect of Xr. This is not
perfectly correct, but we do not have better results to work with here. More
sophisticated analyses would not change our results from the graph. So let
us proceed. The following fire plume temperatures at z = Lf on the centerline
are obtained by computing the horizontal axis of the graph and obtaining
the temperature rise from the vertical axis.
Fuel T(°C)
Wood 740
Polystyrene 400
Heptane 330
Gasoline 340
Fuel Air
Tf
Tf
1500
Tf (°C)
1000
500
FIGURE 7.14
Measuring flame temperatures.
236 Principles of Fire Behavior
not respond fast enough in the fluctuating flame so the true maximum
and minimum temperatures may not even be realized. The mean time or
average temperature is what would be reported in Figure 7.14 for a turbu-
lent flame. The 800°C represents a time-average temperature. If we were
capable of “riding” on the fluctuating flame, we would measure tempera-
tures in excess of 1300°C and closer to the laminar flame temperatures.
The thermal threat of the turbulent flame is represented by the time-average
temperature. That is the temperature an object within or exposed to the
turbulent flame would sense from the turbulent flame. So the time-average
temperature is very important and is a measure of the damage potential
of turbulent flame.
Lf
= C f Q*n - b (7.21)
D
n
Lf æ Q ö
= C¢f ç 5/2 ÷ - b (7.22)
D èD ø
Table 7.1 gives the values for Cf, C′f, and n; and Figure 7.15 describes the con-
figurations. Figure 7.16 gives a graph for all the configurations. The ceiling
case should be used when the pool flame is computed as being above the
ceiling height.
Fire Plumes 237
TABLE 7.1
Flame Length Parameters for Equations 7.21 and 7.22
Configuration Lf D N Cf C'f a b
Pool Height Diameter 2/5 3.8 0.23 1.02
1/2
æ 4Q ö
Array Height çç ÷÷ 2/5 3.8 0.23 1.02
è pQ¢¢ ø
Fire in corner Height Side of square 2/3 Continuous 3.0 0.028 0
Maximum 4.3 0.040 0
Fire against Height Side of square 2/3 Continuous 2.2 0.021 0
wall Maximum 3.5 0.033 0
Fire on wall Height Width 2/3 4.9 0.046 0
Ceiling flame Radius Diameter of 2/5 1.6 0.015 0
pool fire
a C′f in units according to kW and m.
Lf
Lf
Lf
D D D D D D
D
FIGURE 7.15
Flame configurations.
100
In corner
max.
cont.
Pool and array
10 Against wall
max.
cont.
Ceiling
Lf /D
Wall
0.1
10 100
Q (kW)2/5/D (m)
FIGURE 7.16
Flame lengths for various configurations (see Figure 7.15).
its jump in height. A large cylinder, cut in half along vertical lines, and dis-
placed slightly around a centered liquid pool fire, admits a circulating flow
to cause a whirl.
Another atmospheric fire phenomenon is a fireball. This is often seen in
movies after a car careens off a cliff or following an “explosion.” In actuality,
the car incident is mostly Hollywood. The fireball occurs due to a sudden
release of gaseous or aerosol fuel that is ignited. The core of fuel cannot burn
all at once; it burns on its edges due to turbulent diffusion. The increase in
temperature of the combustion process gives buoyancy, and this carries the
raw fuel and burning fuel upward like a burning sphere. Buoyancy distorts
the sphere, and turbulence sets in. Just as the flame ends in a plume when
the fuel burns out, the fireball stops in the same way. As it rises, it gets big-
ger and higher; then it is gone. The maximum diameter, its height, and its
burning time can all be computed. They are based on the original volume
of fuel released. This usually happens when there is a crash or breakage of
a tank of gaseous or liquid fuel. The fireballs at the WTC towers on 911 are
indicative. Fay and Lewis10 give simple formulas for the fireball in terms of
the original fuel volume. The fuel volume (Vf) should be computed from the
mass of fuel released divided by it density at the temperature and pressure
of the air.
Height of fireball:
Maximum diameter:
Burn time:
These simple formulas were derived from theory and laboratory experiments.
They work quite well in large-scale events as they are based on sound physics.
7.9 Summary
Buoyancy plays a significant role in natural fire plumes. Buoyancy is a force
on the fluid due to gravity and a density or temperature difference. A fire
plume is driven by it buoyancy, and a jet flame is driven by the container’s
exit velocity of the fuel. Turbulent jet flames reach a fixed length according to
their pipe diameter. Fire plumes reach a flame height based on the Zukoski
number, Q*. The Zukoski number is the ratio of combustion energy to flow
energy in the plume. Turbulent flame temperatures are lower than their
laminar counterparts and commonly do not exceed 800°C in moderate size
pool fires as measured by thermocouples. But this temperature can increase
with fire size, achieving a theoretical maximum rise in air of about 1450°C.
These temperatures primarily depend on the radiative fractional loss of the
fuel. Because temperatures decrease very rapidly after combustion due to air
entrainment, flame height is a critical measure of hazard. Objects above the
turbulent flame are not likely to ignite; flame contact is generally required
except for remote ignition by radiant heat of very large fires. Formulas were
presented, and their origin was guided by the theory of fluids, mainly fol-
lowing that of Bernoulli. Flame height formulas for various configurations
were presented, along with formulas for fireball phenomena.
Review Questions
1. For a 500 kW flame compute the flame height if its base is 10 cm and its
diameter is 100 cm.
2. A ceiling detector will alarm at a gas temperature of 150°C. For a fire
directly under it, at 3 m distance, find the smallest energy release rate fire
source that can cause the alarm.
240 Principles of Fire Behavior
True or False
1. Although a turbulent flame temperature is roughly 800°C, the temper-
ature at the fluctuating flame tip is no more than 350°C.
2. Eddies or vortexes are rotating regions of flow.
3. Gasoline fires are much hotter than wood fires.
4. The velocity of gasoline vapors leaving the surface of a liquid pool fire
originates at 3 m/s or more.
5. Theoretically, a buoyant plume can rise forever in a cold atmosphere.
6. A fire whirl is a ride in an amusement park.
7. A fireball can occur if a dump of gaseous fuel is suddenly ignited.
8. Buoyancy can only occur in a container such as a balloon.
9. A Froude number for a plume is about 1.5.
10. The parameter Q* has some strange units.
Activities
All these experiments need to be done in a safe laboratory site and with
attention to fire spread and its extinguishment.
1. Observe buoyant plumes in the atmosphere from smoke stacks, fires, or
other sources. Note their nature, eddy characteristics, and how they are
affected by wind.
2. Make a cylindrical shape about 2 ft in diameter and 2 ft high, and cut
it vertically to make two equal parts. Put a small pan (about 2–3 in.
in diameter), ignite it, and surround the flame with the two cylin-
der pieces, displaced slightly to form two vertical gaps. As the air is
drawn into the gaps to be entrained into the fire plume it will create a
fire whirl.
3. In a laboratory setting under a hood, ignite a small pan of heptane or
similar flashpoint liquid fuel. Use a pan no larger than 10 in. in diameter.
Observe the fluctuations of the flame, its necking in at its base, and the
eddy vortices.
Fire Plumes 241
4. Fill a balloon with natural gas or methane. Attach a string to the bal-
loon. Wet the string with a flammable liquid to form a wick. Tie the bal-
loon to safe point and ignite the string. As the flame moves to the balloon
and bursts it, a fireball will occur.
5. Use a square pan about 2 in. on a side. Ignite it in an open space, then
against a wall, then in a corner. Observe the flame height and check if it
follows the formulas.
References
1. B. J. McCaffrey, Purely buoyant diffusion flames: Some experimental results,
NBSIR 79-1910 (Gaithersburg, MD: National Bureau of Standards, 1979).
2. H. C. Hottel and W. R. Hawthorne, Diffusion in laminar flame jets, in Third
Symposium on Combustion and Flames and Explosion Phenomena (Baltimore, MD:
Williams & Wilkins, 1949), pp. 254–266.
3. B. J. McCaffrey, Flame height, Chap. 2-1 in SFPE Handbook of Fire Protection
Engineering, 2nd edn., edited by P. J. DiNenno (Quincy, MA: National Fire
Protection Association, June 1995).
4. G. Heskestad, Luminous heights of turbulent diffusion flames, Fire Safety
Journal, 5 (1983), 103–108.
5. G. Heskestad, Flame heights of fuel arrays with combustion in depth, in
Proceedings of the Fifth International Symposium on Fire Safety Science (1997),
pp. 427–438.
6. Y. Hasemi and T. Tokunaga, Flame geometry effects on the buoyant plumes
from turbulent diffusion flames, Combustion Science and Technology, 40 (1984),
1–17.
7. T. Ahmad and G. M. Faeth, Turbulent wall fires, Proceedings of the Combustion
Institute, 17 (1978), 1149–1162.
8. H. Ding, An integral model for turbulent flame radial lengths under a ceiling,
Master of Science, Department of Fire Protection Engineering, University of
Maryland, College Park, MD, 2010.
9. K. Kuwana, S. Morishita, R. Dobashi, K. H. Chuah, and K. Saito, The Burning
rate’s effect on the flame length of weak fire whirls, Proceedings of the Combustion
Institute, 33 (2011), 2425–2432.
10. J. A. Fay and D. H. Lewis, Unsteady burning of unconfined fuel vapor clouds,
Proceedings of the Combustion Institute, 16 (1976), 1397–1405.
8
Combustion Products
Learning Objectives
Upon completion of this chapter, you should be able to
8.1 Introduction
We have seen that the mass burning rate is a significant quantity that results
from the burning rate flux (m ¢¢) and the area (A) involved in burning due to
ignition and spread: m =m ¢¢A. From this burning rate (m ), we can derive all
the products that result from the fire’s chemical reaction. We have seen that
energy release rate (Q ) is derived as m DH c, where DH c is the heat of com-
bustion. Q controls the smoke temperature and the surrounding heat flux.
It causes an immediate effect on its surroundings. All of the other products of
the fire’s chemical reaction are frozen in the smoke emanated in the buoyant
plume leaving the fire. (Smoke here is defined as the gases and particulates
that flow in stream from the flame.) As with Q proportional to m by DH c,
the rates of production of the other products are proportional to m accord-
ing to the fire’s chemical reaction. This proportionality is called the yield for
each product species. These products of combustion involve carbon dioxide
and water vapor for the complete burning of hydrocarbon fuels; however, other
products are possible due to incomplete combustion or due to the presence of
243
244 Principles of Fire Behavior
other elements, besides carbon, hydrogen, and oxygen, in more complex fuels.
These incomplete combustion products can have a variety of harmful effects
on people, on commodities, and on equipment. Usually, the harm or damage
is related to the concentration of combustion product and its exposure over
time. In this chapter, we present quantitative criteria for several products of
combustion. An elementary background in chemistry is required.
( 4) ( 4)(0.79)
CH 4 + (0.21 O 2 + 0.79N 2 ) ® CO 2 + 2H 2O + N2
0.42 0.42
For complete or ideal combustion, the products, by definition, are the most
stable compounds: CO2 (carbon dioxide) and H2O (water). At combustion
temperatures, these species are gases, although the water could condense
if it finds a cool surface. The coefficients of each term in the chemical equa-
tion have been deduced so that atoms are not destroyed (e.g., 1 C atom and
4 H atoms in CH4). From this balance of atoms (or mass), we can compute for
every 16 g of CH4 (recall that 1 mol of CH4 has a mass of 16 g, 12 g for C and
1 g for each H) that we must have (4)/0.42[0.21(32) + 0.79(28)] or 274.7 g of air.
(Note that 1 g of air has about 0.23 g of O2 and 0.77 g of N2.) These propor-
tions insure that all of the methane and oxygen are completely consumed
in the reaction. The ratio of this mass of air to mass of fuel is called the
(ideal) stoichiometric air-to-fuel mass ratio (s), that is,
274.7 g air
s= = 17.2 g air/g fuel
16 g CH 4
by the time the smoke leaves the flame. In all cases, the nitrogen in the air is
passive and remains constant. However, it will be heated as a result of the
chemical reaction’s energy release.
Typical fuels involved in fire processes are hydrocarbons, that is, they are
composed of hydrogen (H) and carbon (C). Other fuels may also include oxy-
gen (O), nitrogen (N), chlorine (Cl), fluorine (F), and bromine (Br). The resul-
tant combustion products depend on the process, as illustrated in Figure 8.1.
In an ideal complete reaction, the N, Cl, F, and Br would yield their respec-
tive gases. However, in any fire process, the reaction is not complete and the
resultant gases are normally hydrogen cyanide (HCN), hydrogen chloride
(HCl), hydrogen fluoride (HF), and hydrogen bromide (HBr), respectively.
In addition, incomplete combustion leads to carbon monoxide (CO) in place
of carbon dioxide (CO2), soot (principally carbon), and many hydrocarbons
(HCs) as a result of the thermal decomposition of the original fuel. Gaseous
hydrogen can also be found in incomplete combustion processes. Figure 8.1
shows the various fire processes and the associated products of combustion.
It is very important to recognize the particular fire process because the prod-
ucts of combustion depend on the process as well as on the fuel. Smoldering
requires very little air to maintain. Its combustion is incomplete resulting in
a significant yield of CO.
Initially, there is sufficient air available in a room fire to support flaming
combustion. If fire occurs in a closed room, the oxygen in the air will be
expended and the process becomes underventilated. A small opening to the
A Flame
H, Hydrogen
F Overventilated : CO2, H2O, some CO, soot
HCN, HCl, HF, HBr
O, Oxygen
A
A
F, Fluorine F Smoldering : Same as above, but
predominately CO
Br, Bromine
Heat
Evaporation, : Same as above, but
F
Pyrolysis more HC compounds
FIGURE 8.1
Typical products of combustion in fire.
246 Principles of Fire Behavior
room will bring in some air, but if the fuel generated is too great, the fire will
remain underventilated. Extinction will generally occur when the oxygen
feeding the fire is about 11% or less (less for higher room temperatures).
The parameter that quantitatively represents the over- and underventila-
tion states is called the equivalence ratio, Φ, defined as the mass ratio of fuel
(gas) available to air available times the stoichiometric ratio, s.
That is, if Φ > 1, the fire is underventilated. For Φ > 1, these decomposition
products are not burned to completion. For Φ < 1, there is sufficient air and
the process will be complete: This case is said to be overventilated. All fires
start with Φ < 1 and with continued growth can reach Φ > 1 states. The
chemistry of these processes is complex, and consequently, empirical data
must be used to quantify the nature of the combustion products for each
fuel. These predictions by fundamental modeling are difficult and still the
subject of much research.
8.3 Yields
As the heat of combustion gives us the energy release per unit mass of fuel
burned, yields give us the mass production of each product species per unit
mass of fuel burned. Just as the heat of combustion for a fire reaction is not
the complete ideal value and must be measured, so too is the yield of a spe-
cies. Calorimetry devices serve to measure both the actual heat of combus-
tion and the yields. For example, the yield of CO is defined as
mCO
y CO = (8.2)
m
where mCO is the mass of CO produced and m is the mass of fuel burned.
Alternatively, we could consider the rates of mass, that is, y CO = m CO /m
,
where m is the rate of burning and m CO is the rate of CO mass produced.
It is generally accepted that the yields are fairly constant for a given fuel as
long as Φ < 1. But as the fire condition becomes underventilated, the yields
change.
Tewarson1 of FMGlobal has nearly single-handedly established a wealth
of consistent data on the yields of various fuels. Although mainly derived
from relatively small-scale tests but over a realistic range of oxygen and heat-
ing for fire, it is generally accepted that these results apply to realistic fire
TABLE 8.1
Fuel Properties as a Function of Ventilation
Conditions Overventilated Conditions Underventilated
Combustion Products
Fuel yCO2 (g/g) yCO (g/g) ysoot (g/g) DH c (kJ/g) DH c ,ideal (kJ/g) D m (m2/g) yCO (g/g) yH2 (g/g) yHCl (g/g)
Gases
Propane 2.85 0.005 0.024 43.7 46.4 0.155 0.229 0.0110 0
Acetylene 2.60 0.042 0.096 36.7 48.2 0.315 NAa NA 0
Liquids
Ethyl alcohol 1.77 0.001 0.008 25.6 26.8 NA 0.219 0.0098 0
Heptane 2.85 0.010 0.037 41.2 44.6 0.190 NA NA 0
Solids
Wood (red oak, pine) 1.27 0.004 0.015 12.4 17.7 0.037 0.138 0.0024 0
Polymethyl methacrylate (PMMA) 2.12 0.010 0.022 24.2 25.2 0.109 0.189 0.0032 0
Polystyrene (PS) 2.33 0.060 0.164 27.0 39.2 0.335 NA NA 0
Nylon 2.06 0.038 0.075 27.1 30.8 0.230 NA NA 0
Polyurethane (PU) flexible foam 1.51 0.031 0.227 19.0 27.2 0.326 NA NA 0
Polyvinyl chloride (PVC) 0.46 0.063 0.172 5.70 16.4 0.400 0.360 NA 0.4
Source: Based on data from Tewarson, A., Generation of heat and chemical compounds in fires, Chap. 3-4, in: DiNenno, P.J., ed., SFPE Handbook of
Fire Protection Engineering, 2nd edn., National Fire Protection Association, Quincy, MA, June 1995.
a NA, not available.
247
248 Principles of Fire Behavior
conditions. Table 8.1 lists a sample of his data for representative fuel classes:
gases, liquids, and solids. The yields are shown for CO2, CO, and soot along
with the measured heat of combustion, DH c. These are experimentally
derived values representative of over- and underventilated fire process. The DH c
is less than its ideal value that would occur for the ideal complete reaction,
as indicated in Table 8.1. The table also gives the yields of hydrogen (H2) and
hydrogen chloride (HCl) for PVC plastic containing chlorine. The quantity
Dm relates to visibility, and we will come back to it later in the chapter.
In most cases, the yields (or negative yields, as in the consumption of
oxygen) are slightly less than their ideal chemical reaction values for CO2,
H2O, and O2. The yields associated with the products of incomplete combus-
tion (e.g., CO, soot) are relatively small. But as we shall see, these are the cul-
prits that do the damage. Carbon monoxide can kill, HCl can corrode metal,
and soot can damage.
Some typical underventilated values of yields for CO and H2 are listed in
Table 8.1, but their precise values depend on Φ. For Φ < 1, the overventilated
values in Table 8.1 apply. Figure 8.2 displays how the underventilated yields
vary with Φ. They are represented as a ratio of the yield to its overventilated
1000
CO: Nylon
CO: Wood
10
O2
0.1
CO2
0.01
0.1 1 10 100
Equivalence ratio, Φ
FIGURE 8.2
Effect of underventilation on yields for many materials—approximate representation of data.
(After Tewarson, A., Generation of heat and chemical compounds in fires, Chap. 3-4, in: DiNenno,
P.J., ed., SFPE Handbook of Fire Protection Engineering, 2nd edn., National Fire Protection Association,
Quincy, MA, June 1995.)
Combustion Products 249
value. This graph comes from Tewarson1 and is very valuable. For exam-
ple, it can explain how carbon monoxide is increased as the fire becomes
underventilated (a state sometimes called ventilation limited in compartment
fires). Also, the results show that CO yields depend on fuel, but the yields
(±) of O2, soot, and CO2 are essentially fuel independent when plotted as
yunderventilated /y overventilated versus Φ.
Example 8.1
Let us consider an example. In Chapter 6, we computed the burning flux
of wood and polystyrene (PS) as 11 and 38 g/m2-s. Suppose we have the
same size fire for each fuel: say 2000 kW. Since (from Equation 6.2)
Q = m
¢¢ADH c
Q
A=
¢¢DH c
m
For wood
2000 kW
A= = 15.2 m 2
(11 g/m 2 -s)(12 kJ/g)
and for PS
2000 kW
A= = 1.9 m 2
(38 g/m 2 -s)(27 kJ/g)
Fire in open air: overventilated. For a fire in the open air (free burning and
overventilated as ample air is available) or in a large room with sufficient
open windows, the overventilation yields apply. The production rate of
CO is then computed by
m ¢¢A,
CO = y CO m (8.3)
or for wood
and for PS
DH c,ideal
s» (8.4)
3 kJ/g air
17.7
s= = 5.9 g air/g wood
3
and for PS
39.2
s= = 13.1 g air/g PS
3
and
From Figure 8.2 and the overventilated values from Table 8.1, we can esti-
mate that for wood at Φ = 1.97: (Table 8.1 gives the overventilated yield
as 0.004, and Figure 8.2 reads approximately y underventilated/y overventilated ~ 50.)
The amount of CO produced has only doubled for the PS but has increased
by 50 times for the wood for this particular room fire condition. This example
Combustion Products 251
should illustrate that CO production depends on the fuel as well as the air
supply. For the wood CO yield of 0.2, this state would give a CO production
rate of 33.4 g/s provided the burning rate of the wood can be maintained at
11 g/m2-s at this underventilated state. Similarly, the production rate of the
PS is 8.7 g/s for this unventilated case. The wood fire in the underventilated
state has become more hazardous than the PS with this higher production
rate of CO. Notice a lot more wood is burning here than PS.
Finally, it should be pointed out that smoldering, especially the notorious
fire scenario of a cotton or polyurethane foam mattress or sofa, produces CO
yields of as high as 0.2–0.3. These yield levels are comparable to the under-
ventilation values in flaming for fuels. But the production rate in smolder
is much less than generally that of underventilated fires. This is why they
take a long time to do harm. A growing fire going through flashover to a
ventilation-limited state can suddenly produce toxic smoke.
8.4 Concentrations
Yields measure what is produced at the fire source. The principal hazard of
fire is the composition and associated concentrations of harmful species in
the smoke. By smoke, we mean the gas stream that flows away from the fire
(as illustrated in Figure 8.3) continuing to mix with air and with having no
further chemical reactions. The amount of mixing with air determines the
concentration of a particular species yielded in the flame. Associated with
each species yield, we have a corresponding concentration at different points
.
msmoke
Air Air
Fuel
FIGURE 8.3
Illustration of smoke movement from a fire.
252 Principles of Fire Behavior
in the smoke. Moreover, associated with the energy yield, DH c we have the
concentration-like variable, temperature at each point in the smoke. The spe-
cies concentration will decay as air is entrained into the smoke. Some species,
like temperature, decay as well due to losses of mass as the smoke encoun-
ters clean, cold surfaces. For example, soot is deposited, and HCl (gas) can
condense on surfaces. This surface transfer is increased as the local smoke
velocity increases; that is why heavy depositions of soot are seen around
door cracks as the smoke squirts through at high velocity. In addition, soot is
transported by both a concentration and temperature difference. The latter
is called thermophoresis and mainly responsible for soot deposition early in
a fire onto cold surfaces. Objects adjacent to a flame can have these deposits
subsequently burn off.
Concentration can be expressed in several ways. Mass concentration is
defined as
species y species m
m
Yspecies = = g species/g sm
moke (8.5)
smoke
m m smoke
where m smoke is the mass flow rate of the smoke. Usually, concentrations are
represented as volume fractions, that is, the volume occupied by the spe-
cies at normal atmospheric temperature and pressure to the corresponding
smoke volume. For example, if we could extract an individual species and
let it expand in normal atmospheric pressure, then its volume compared to
the volume resulting from extracting the entire smoke mixture is volume
fraction. This volume fraction can be estimated as
Example 8.2
In the previous example for production of CO from the PS fire, the flow
rate of the smoke flow leaving the room must balance the fuel and air
smoke = 500 g air entering + (38 g/m2-s)(1.9 m2) fuel sup-
flow rate, so that m
plied ≈ 572 g/s.
Therefore, from Equations 8.3 and 8.5, for the underventilated case
(1.5%)(29)
X CO, under = = 1.56%
(28)
4.3 g CO/s
YCO, over = = 0.0075 or 0.75%
572 g/s
and
(0.75%)(29)
X CO, over = = 0.78%.
(12 + 16)
species y species m
m y species m (s/m
a)
m
Yspecies = = =
smoke
m m smoke (ma +m )(s/m a)
æ F ö
Yspecies = y species ç ÷. (8.7)
è s+F ø
Here, Φ is based on air and fuel supplied, Equation 8.1, and the stoichio-
metric ratio, s, of the fuel. So for a given fuel, there is a one-to-one corre-
spondence between yield and concentration at a given equivalence ratio.
As the equivalence ratio increases toward 1 and more, the concentration
increases sharply. As the hazard is related to concentration and exposure
time, survivability diminishes.
254 Principles of Fire Behavior
8.5 Hazards
Each concentration of species can present a specific hazard. The hazard can
be to humans, to equipment, and to property. Here, we consider only the
hazard to humans. However, essentially in each case, the hazard is measured
by the duration of the concentration exposed. Below a threshold concentra-
tion, nothing is damaged. Here, we use concentration in a general sense.
It can include temperature, the reduction in oxygen (vitiation, 0.21 — X O2 ), as
well as specific harmful combustion product concentrations such as carbon
monoxide, XCO.
Combustion products such as soot and odor-bearing hydrocarbons can
destroy significant quantities of goods, even when the actual fire damage
by heat is small. Soot ladened with HCl or other acid gases (e.g., HBr, HF)
can deposit on equipment. If not cleaned, this acidity can cause considerable
damage later through corrosion. Such effects on goods and equipment, we
do not pursue further.
We draw from the review by Purser2 to examine toxicity effects.
ppm
HCN CO
8000
7000
6000
CO
5000
4000
300 3000
200 2000
HCN
100 1000
10 20 30 min
Time to loss of consciousness
FIGURE 8.4
Time to unconsciousness in primates by exposures to CO or HCN. (After Purser, D.A.,
Toxicity assessment of combustion products, Sect. 8, Chap. 2, in: DiNenno, P.J., ed., SFPE
Handbook of Fire Protection Engineering, 2nd edn., National Fire Protection Association,
Quincy, MA, June 1995.)
TABLE 8.2
Effects of O2 Loss in Blood
Loss due to Decrease Loss due to Increase in
in Oxygen Carbon Monoxide
Concentration Concentration
O2Hb (%) X O2 (%) COHb (%) X CO (%) Effect
90–100 15–21 0–10 <0.008 None
80–90 12–15 10–20 0.008–0.015 Fatigue
60–80 8–12 20–40 0.015–0.04 Dizziness, nausea, possible paralysis
50–60 6–8 40–50 0.04–0.06 Prostration, asphyxiation, collapse
30–50 3–6 50–70 0.06–0.3 Unconscious in minutes, death
0–30 0–3 70–100 >0.3 Unconscious in seconds, death likely
Source: Based on data from Purser, D.A., Toxicity assessment of combustion products, Sect. 8,
Chap. 2, in: DiNenno, P.J., ed., SFPE Handbook of Fire Protection Engineering, 2nd edn.,
National Fire Protection Association, Quincy, MA, June 1995.
256 Principles of Fire Behavior
TABLE 8.3
RMV (Liters/Minute) for a 70 kg Man
RMV Activity
8.5 Resting
25 Light work
50 Heavy work, slow running
Source: Based on data from Purser, D.A., Toxicity assessment of com-
bustion products, Sect. 8, Chap. 2, in: DiNenno, P.J., ed., SFPE
Handbook of Fire Protection Engineering, 2nd edn., National Fire
Protection Association, Quincy, MA, June 1995.
where
t is the exposure time in minutes
XCO is the volumetric CO concentration in %
RMV is the respiration minute volume or inhalation rate in liters/min
Table 8.3 gives typical RMV values. The significance of Equation 8.8 is that
the damage property (COHb) depends on the exposure quantity (XCOt) and
the respiration rate (RMV). Not only does activity effect RMV, but so does the
exposure to CO2, a plentiful combustion product. Table 8.4 shows the effects
of CO2, both on RMV and on narcosis. An increase in CO2 uptake increases
the respiration rate. So as a fire produces more CO and CO2, the hazard to
humans and animals increase.
In a fire smoke environment with a hydrocarbon fuel, the atmosphere can
contain CO2, reduced O2, and CO. All three accumulate to induce narcosis
due to reducing oxygen in the body, hypoxia. If atomic nitrogen (N) is con-
tained in the fuel, HCN will be produced and it too adds to the narcosis. It
is believed that commonly CO is the predominant cause of death due to fire
smoke, but HCN can be a significant contributor. By the time CO2 and O2
become hazardous, the CO and HCN effects have done their damage.
TABLE 8.4
Effects of CO2 on Humans at Normal Atmospheric Pressure
and O2 Concentration
CO2 Concentration
in Inhaled Air (%) Effect
0.04 Negligible, level in normal air
0.5 Safe limit, prolonged exposure
1.8–2.0 30%–50% increase in ventilation rate
2.5–3.0 100% increase in ventilation rate
4.0 300% increase in ventilation rate
5.0 Dizziness, poisoning symptoms, >30 minutes
7.0–9.0 Unconscious, in 15 minutes
10.0–30.0 Unconscious, in <10 minutes, followed by death
Source: Purser, D.A., Toxicity assessment of combustion products,
Sect. 8, Chap. 2, in: DiNenno, P.J., ed., SFPE Handbook of Fire
Protection Engineering, 2nd edn., National Fire Protection
Association, Quincy, MA, June 1995.
incapacitating dose for each. Dose is the accumulation of the species in the
body over time. The fractional dose is the actual dose divided by its cor-
responding incapacitating dose. For example, very approximately from
Figure 8.4, at 10 minutes the incapacitating dose of HCN is about (130 ppm
× 10 minutes) and for CO about (2700 ppm × 10 minutes). So we might take
the approximate incapacitating dose as about 0.13%-min for HCN and 2.7%-
min for CO. Suppose in a fire exposure for an individual, the accumulated
doses were 0.026%-min for HCN and 2.16%-min for CO. The fractional doses
for each would be 0.20 for HCN and 0.80 for CO. Adding to 1 means that the
two combine to incapacitate the individual exposed. Adding to more than 1
definitely means incapacitation and possible death.
The process is more complicated than this example. There are factors to
consider: (1) variations in incapacitating doses for individuals, (2) the accuracy
of the model, and (3) other biological and toxicological complexities. Purser2
ably describes many of these factors.
If the extinction coefficient is 1 m−1 and the path length is 2 m, the intensity
of the light will be reduced about 13.5% of its original value.
Sometimes this equation is presented in the fire smoke literature as based
on the power of 10, and the optical density per unit path length is used
instead of the extinction coefficient.
The ability to see through smoke is called visibility, Lv, and is related to κs.
Figure 8.5 shows the relationship between these variables. Lv is the maxi-
mum distance an object can be seen and recognized through the smoke.
The extinction coefficient is related to a property called the mass optical
density (Dm). The mass optical density is typically measured and reported
in the fire literature. It represents the extinction of visible light due to solid
and liquid particulates in the smoke. This property has been tabulated
in Table 8.1. The extinction coefficient depends on the concentration of the
l
Light, lo l, Detector
κs
.
V, Smoke
Object
.
Fuel m
FIGURE 8.5
Smoke attenuation and visibility.
Combustion Products 259
smoke particulates and can be computed for a given burning rate (m ) and
smoke volumetric flow rate V . It is related through these variables to the
mass optical density for a case of flowing smoke as
m
mD
ks = , (8.10)
V
or for a static case where m is the mass of fuel burned in a closed volume, V
mDm
ks = . (8.11)
V
For each value of κs, there is a corresponding visibility, which is given in
Figure 8.6 as approximately
Cv
Lv =
Do (8.12)
where Do is the optical density per unit path length and is an alternative
parameter to the extinction coefficient. In fact, κ s = 2.3 Do and Cv ranges from
1 to 4 m3/g depending on the illumination of the object. The range of results
10
5
Lv, Visibility (m)
(Range of data)
1.0
0.5
0.2
0.1
0.02 0.05 0.1 0.2 0.5 1 2 5 10
Do, optical density per path length of smoke (m–1)
FIGURE 8.6
Smoke visibility in terms of optical density per path length. (After Quintiere, J.G., Fire Mater.,
6(3, 4), 145, 1982.)
260 Principles of Fire Behavior
shown in Figure 8.6 was developed from various experiments using people
to sight objects through smoke from different fires. The results vary due to
human interpretation and on the way the sighted object was illuminated.
Example 8.3
Let us consider an extension to our previous example for the PS in the
underventilated room fire. Assume the smoke has cooled to normal air
temperatures so that the density (ρ) of the cool gas mixture is approxi-
mately 1.0 kg/m3.
For the PS fuel burning underventilated in the room
The PS, the volumetric flow rate is
Table 8.1 only gives Dm for the overventilated case as Dm = 0.34 m2/g.
As the extinction coefficient is related to soot concentration, we take
Dm y soot
=
Dm , over - ventilated y soot , over - ventilated
For PS at Φ = 1.9, approximating the soot yield ratio in Figure 8.2 as 1.5,
and using Table 8.1, we find for the underventilated fire,
and
This wood smoke is somewhat clearer than the PS case, but visibility is
still poor. However, these were big fires of 2000 kW.
Suppose the wood fire was at 200 kW, and the air flow into the room is
still at 500 g/s. This is an overventilated case. Then for this case we have
1/10th the area burning,
and
Irritating acid gases can have significant effects on people and their ability
to navigate through such smoke. Jin4 reports that for irritating smoke the
drop off in visibility is nearly precipitously low at an optical density per
path length of about 0. 2 m−1. This is in contrast to smoke (likely without
acid gases) shown in Figure 8.6. Also he reports that walking speed can
decrease from 1 to 0.5 m/s when walking in clear air to smoke. With irri-
tating smoke, this decrease occurs at an optical density per path length
of about 0.17 m−1 but at about 0.35 m−1 for nonirritating smoke. In general,
he reports that people familiar with a building need a visibility of 4 m
(Do ~ 0.8 m−1) for safe egress, and 13 m (Do ~ 0.1 m−1) for those in unfamiliar
surroundings. These criteria were based on emotional and physical fac-
tors for individuals whom he tested in smoke egress experiments. Factors
affecting egress through smoke included irritation to eyes and throat, fear
as smoke density increased, and general anxiety as vision reduced, as well
as the ability to clearly see.
q ¢¢ = h(Tsmoke - Tskin )
q ¢¢
Tsmoke = + Tskin
h
Solving,
æ 4 kW/m 2 ö
=ç 2 -3 ÷ + 45°C
è 10 W/m -°C ´ 10 kW/W ø
= 445°C.
If the left-hand side is not zero, we have an imbalance, and the core tem-
perature can go up (or down), indicating the start of heat stress. Table 8.5
TABLE 8.5
Tolerance Times under Heat Stress Conditions
Exposure Temperature, °C RH, % Tolerance Time
49 10 ~10 days
49 50 ~2 hours
49 100 ~10 minutes
100 0–100 ~10 minutes
Source: Purser, D.A., Toxicity assessment of combustion products, Sect. 8, Chap. 2, in: DiNenno,
P.J., ed., SFPE Handbook of Fire Protection Engineering, 2nd edn., National Fire Protection
Association, Quincy, MA, June 1995.
Combustion Products 263
lists some tolerance limits of people while at rest exposed to high tempera-
tures. Notice that the relative humidity, RH, has an effect on the evaporation
of perspiration, and therefore affects the tolerance time.
8.6 Summary
Smoke is the flow of products and entrained air away from the fire.
Concentrations of combustion products can be computed from their yields.
Yield is the fraction of combustion product produced per mass of fuel sup-
plied. These yields depend on the fuel and on the fire condition: flaming condi-
tions of over- or underventilation, smoldering, or heating. The equivalence
ratio is a measure of fire ventilation and is crucial in controlling the yields of
species and their concentrations in smoke. Concentration is the fraction of
the species product in the smoke. The effect of species concentrations over
time is known as dose. Dose, the product of concentration and time, can be
a direct measure of harm or damage. For narcotic gases, the concept of frac-
tional dose is a model for the combined effects of species. Various criteria are
available to quantify the level of harm. A summary of the primary effects to
humans from combustion products is listed as follows:
Product Effect
Temperature Heat stress, burns
CO2 Increase in respiration
Soot, tars Visibility
O2, CO, HCN Loss of oxygen supply to blood
HCl, HF, HBr Sensory irritant
Review Questions
1. A smoldering fire occurs in a closed room 40 m3 in volume. The smoke
remains in the room and maintains an average density of 0.9 kg/m3. It
is known for this case that the smoldering is steady at 1 g/s. It produces
yield 0.2 g of carbon monoxide per g of fuel smoldered.
a. Compute the mass of smoke gas in the room.
b. Compute the mass of CO produced after 1 hour.
c. Compute the mass (fraction) concentration of CO in the room after
1 hour.
264 Principles of Fire Behavior
d. For a person resting, compute the COHb (%) using Equation 8.7 and
Table 8.3. Note: The mass fraction (Y) of CO is nearly identical to its
volume fraction (X), as CO has a molecular weight of 28 and air is
about 29.
e. In a 40 m3 room the mass optical density (Dm) of the smoke is 0.33 m2/g
(from Table 8.1). For the 1 g/s smoldering fire, estimate the smoke vis-
ibility in the room at 1 hour, assuming smoke is well mixed through-
out the room. Use Equation 8.11 and Figure 8.6 for your estimation.
2. Will acetylene produce more soot than propane? Explain the basis of
your answer.
3. Compute the equivalence ratio for nylon using Table 8.1 if its burning rate
is 10 g/s and the air supply to the fire is 600 g/s. Is it underventilated?
True or False
Activities
1. Examine fire incident statistics and draw from your experience to assess
the time span involved in lethal smoldering fires.
2. Why are rats or mice used in smoke toxicity testing to assess the hazard
to humans? Do their results directly apply to humans? You will need to
research this answer.
3. Examine why CO is a recognized fire hazard to the average person, but
HCN is not.
Combustion Products 265
References
1. A. Tewarson, Generation of heat and chemical compounds in fires, Chap. 3-4 in
SFPE Handbook of Fire Protection Engineering, 2nd edn., edited by P. J. DiNenno
(Quincy, MA: National Fire Protection Association, June 1995).
2. D. A. Purser, Toxicity assessment of combustion products, Sect. 8, Chap. 2 in
SFPE Handbook of Fire Protection Engineering, 2nd edn., edited by P. J. DiNenno
(Quincy, MA: National Fire Protection Association, June 1995).
3. J. G. Quintiere, Smoke measurements: An assessment of correlations between
laboratory and full-scale experiments, Fire and Materials, 6, 3 and 4 (1982):
145–160.
4. T. Jin, Visibility and human behavior in fire smoke, Chap. 2-4 in SFPE Handbook
of Fire Protection Engineering, 4th edn., edited by P. J. DiNenno (Quincy, MA:
National Fire Protection Association, 2008).
9
Compartment Fires
Learning Objectives
Upon completion of this chapter, you should be able to
9.1 Introduction
Fire in a compartment involves the containment of smoke and the potential
for the fire to spread beyond the compartment. Small fires can transport
smoke over great distances. Large fires can be affected by the compartment:
enhanced due to thermal feedback (increased heat transfer) and dimin-
ished due to oxygen vitiation (decreased air flow to the fire). The motion of
smoke and air in these fires is mainly due to buoyant effects as a result of
the increased temperatures. Typically, the forced conditioned air supply in
a building is secondary to this buoyant flow. We examine these effects and
introduce some simplified, but very useful, formulas for assessing smoke
temperatures and flow rates. We will also take a close look at the phenom-
enon of flashover: The transition from an object burning in a room to the
fire suddenly growing to it biggest possible size. Smoldering fires for most
of this chapter are not deeply addressed. They will be briefly discussed at
the end of the chapter.
267
268 Principles of Fire Behavior
Fully
Flashover
developed Cooling
Development
phase
Temperature
Effect on structure
Effect on people
Effect on operations
Time
FIGURE 9.1
Stages of fire in a compartment.
Compartment Fires 269
(a)
Onset of flashover
1000 kW
CO ~ 0.03%–3%
Visibility ~ 3–70 cm
(b)
Fully developed
ventilation, limited
4500 kW
CO ~ 2%–7%
Visibility ~ 0.1–10 cm
(c)
FIGURE 9.2
Typical conditions for furniture items burning in a 10 × 10 × 8 ft high room with a 3.2 × 6.4 ft
high doorway. CO is concentration of carbon monoxide. (a) Developing fire, (b) onset of flash-
over, and (c) fully developed fire.
270 Principles of Fire Behavior
9.2.2 Flashover
Flashover marks a dramatic increase in fire conditions due to the confine-
ment of a room. Flashover applies to this period of change. It can be caused
by several situations:
1. The rapid ignition, burning rate, and flame spread of materials due
to increasing heat flux arising from the heated room. This is depicted
in Figure 9.2b. This event is commonly called flashover. Note that at
the onset of flashover, the equivalence ratio is well below 1; the fire
is overventilated.
2. The accumulation of fuel-rich gases and their sudden exposure to air
with ignition. This is commonly called backdraft by the fire service
and others but can be regarded as a type of flashover. As a premixed
flame can move rapidly through the gas, this event can release a lot of
energy in a short time. As a result, the pressure in the compartment
can increase, causing a large pulse of flame and possible structural and
glass failures.
(e.g., First Interstate Bank fire, Los Angeles, May 1988), is likely to be
fuel controlled. If insufficient air is only available to the room, the fire
is ventilation limited. A ventilation-limited fire can be defined as one in
which the smoke leaving the room has a concentration of 0% oxygen—all
of the oxygen is reacted within the room. When the ventilation-limited
condition occurs, the production of CO, smoke, and energy are at their
highest values. More fuel will be generated by heat in the room than can
be burned inside. Its equivalence ratio is greater than or equal to 1. This
case is depicted in Figure 9.2c. All of the fuel is involved to its maxi-
mum potential. For a ventilation-limited fire, the room’s energy release
rate is established by the available air supply rate. Most compartments
and buildings become ventilation limited at this fully developed stage,
as there is always enough fuel in typical furnished rooms compared to
ventilation.
Note that in Figure 9.2, typical ranges of values for CO, smoke visibility,
and equivalence ratio were computed for various fuels contained in that
particular room. The firepower was selected to match the stage of the fire,
with a 500°C criterion used for the onset of flashover.
The fully developed state marks the point where the structure becomes
vulnerable. Heat flux conditions in the room can reach as high as
270 kW/m2. This corresponds to a smoke temperature of 1200°C that may
occur in large compartment fires. However, Cox1 reports that in a tunnel fire
(Summit tunnel fire, England, December 1984), the incidence of a melted steel
rail and fused brick occurred. This is shown in the photograph in Figure 9.3.
FIGURE 9.3
Melted steel rail in the Summit Tunnel fire. (From Cox, G., Private communications, 2010.)
272 Principles of Fire Behavior
He indicates that fused brickwork could occur at about 1250°C and steel
could melt at about 1400°C–1500°C. Both of these effects are shown in the
photograph. Such fire conditions would have had extremely high heat fluxes.
There has not been sufficient experimentation in large building fires to indi-
cate such heating conditions as the tunnel, but one cannot rule this out.
Flaming
ignition Flashover
25
70,000 O2 CO 1800 1800
Temperature (°F)
20 60,000
HCN (ppm)
Oxygen (%)
1400 1400
CO (ppm)
50,000 T
15
40,000 1000 1000
10 30,000
20,000 HCN 600 600
5
10,000 200 200
16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36
Time (min)
FIGURE 9.4
Furnished room fire initiated by a smoldering upholstered chair. (From Hartzell, G.,
Combustion products and their effects on life safety, Sect. 3, Chap. 1 in: Cote, A.E. and Linville,
J.L., eds., Fire Protection Handbook, 17th edn., National Fire Protection Association, Quincy, MA,
1991, pp. 3.3–3.14.)
Dp = (ra - r) gH (9.1)
where
ρa is the air (cold) density
ρ is the smoke of fire (hot) density
g is the gravitational acceleration, 9.81 m/s2
H is a vertical height (between positions 1 and 2)
274 Principles of Fire Behavior
One newton (N) is the same as 1 kg-m2/s, and 1 Joule (J) is 1 kg-m3/s or
1 N-m; therefore,
These equal terms are equivalent units of measure although their names are
different. A newton and a kilogram are related through Newton’s Second Law
of Motion: Force = Mass × Acceleration.
From equating the potential energy to the kinetic energy as shown in
Chapter 7, the resultant velocity due to pressure caused buoyancy is
2(ra - r) gH
V= . (9.2)
r
From Equations 9.1 and 9.2, we can obtain approximate formulas to explain
the flows associated with fire.
H raV 2
DpFan = f (9.3)
D 2
æ T ö
Dpb = ra ç 1 - a ÷ gH (9.4)
è Tø
Compartment Fires 275
(2) (2)
Δ P = P1 – P2
H H
Ta Ta Ta T
D D
(1) (1)
FIGURE 9.5
Ideal fan and buoyant flows in a duct.
This follows from Equation 9.1 where temperature has replaced the density
difference.
A representative fan supply flow is 1 m/s in a duct diameter, D, of 0.3 m for
air at 27°C with a density of 1.2 kg/m3. The corresponding friction factor for
this flow is 0.03. (Some advanced fluid mechanics of pipe flow is needed to
obtain the friction factor.) Then, the pressure needed to drive this duct flow
is computed from Equation 9.3 as
æ 27 + 273 K ö
Dpb = 1.2 kg/m 2 ç 1 - n N/m 2 .
÷ ´ 9.81 N/kg ´ H (m) = 5.9H (m) in
è 327 + 273 K ø
The smoke pressure greatly exceeds the fan pressure over the same
height, H. The fan pressure would approximately equal the buoyancy
pressure for duct temperature of 28.5°C, only 1.5°C above outside air. It is
clear that, under fire conditions, buoyant flows are likely to dominate
fan-generated duct flows. Coupling the fire induced and duct ventilation
flows is not simple. But as fire grows, it can be expected that smoke can
flow into intake ducts.
276 Principles of Fire Behavior
(d) (e) (f )
FIGURE 9.6
Sequence of developing fire flows in a room: (a) plume rise, (b) ceiling jet forms, (c) start of
layer, (d) layer descends, (e) layer reaches vent, and (f) bidirectional flow.
should be placed within the ceiling jet. The flow below it is relatively tranquil.
Detectors should be located within the jet, as they need a reasonable velocity
to respond.
Once the ceiling jet hits the confining walls, the momentum of the flow
wants to drive it back down, but buoyancy keeps it up. For rooms that are
wider than tall, buoyancy always wins. The flow then tries to return to the
plume. As only some of it can be re-entrained, it layers in a circulating fash-
ion. This serves to mix the forming layer beneath the jet. The bottom of the
hot layer interface is stably stratified with the cooler air below. This interface
is fairly sharp and is only blurred by diffusion. The interface oscillates much
like shallow ocean waves. It continues to descend.
At the point when the layer reaches the vent, it will fall below it. The smoke
layer can continue to drop as the temperature increases. (Cooling would
cause the layer to rise.) Up to this point, the pressure of the fire has resulted
in flow completely out of the room. But at some point, the layer settles
down, and flow must enter the compartment through the lower portion of
the vent. By conservation of mass, the outflow cannot continue indefinitely.
The resulting bidirectional flow is most common in established compartment
fires. For ordinary size open windows or doors, this room developing flow
stage occurs relatively quick. Thereafter, the flow is both in and out of the
room. As the fire becomes larger, the resultant fully developed room fire can
have a layer interface several inches above the floor.
278 Principles of Fire Behavior
Figure 9.7 gives a more detailed description of the pressure difference and
vent flows during the smoke filling process. The energy release by the fire
onset causes a pressure rise, and it remains higher than the surrounding air.
When the bidirectional flow occurs, the pressure at the lower region of the
compartment has now become lower than the surroundings. This sucks the
air into the room. The layer position at the vent in bidirectional flow is higher
than that in the room, as seen in Figure 9.7c. The vent layer interface is called
HL
P
H Ho
P +
Pa
Pa
Pressure
(a)
HL P
Pa
+
Pressure
(b)
+
Pa P
HN
HL P –
Pressure
(c)
FIGURE 9.7
Flow and pressure dynamics in a room with a vent. (a) Layer descending: cold flow leaves the
vent. (b) Hot flow begins to the vent. (c) Layer interface below the vent and cold flow enters
from the surroundings.
Compartment Fires 279
Smoke flow
Neutral plane
Entrainment
Smoke layer
FIGURE 9.8
Fire-induced flows in a room.
the neutral plane (HN). The pressure difference at the neutral plane is zero.
This height, for a single door opening, can vary from about 1/2 to 1/3 of the
doorway height as the fire gets bigger.
Recirculation within the smoke region in the room drives the tempera-
tures (and concentrations) to become nearly uniform in the vertical direction.
Laterally, heat loss can cause decreases in temperature moving away from the
fire. But for moderate and small size compartments, the concept of a uniform
property smoke layer has emerged as a suitable approximation to the process
for describing a room fire. The process is shown qualitatively in Figure 9.8 and
quantitatively in Figure 9.9. In the latter, the uniformity is shown for the wall
temperatures as well, and the lower layer below the smoke is also fairly uni-
form. In fact, the wall temperatures exceed the gas temperatures in the lower
layer due to radiant heat transfer from the smoke to the lower walls. Notice
too that the gas temperatures in the lower layer are above the incoming air
(at 25°C) in Figure 9.9 due to mixing as the air enters the vent and descends
into the room. This mixing effect can be inferred from Figure 9.7c as air enters
above the height of the layer in the room and must entrain some smoke as
it plunges to the floor. It forms a floor jet that seeks out the fire. This mixing
effect is responsible for bringing vitiated (lower in oxygen) air to the fire. That
vitiation will compete with increasing temperatures to control the fire.
2.00
Two-layer
Data fit
1.75
Gas temp.
Wall temp.
1.50
Height (m)
1.25
1.00
0.75
0.50
0.25
0.00
0 40 80 120 160 180 200
Temperature (ºC)
FIGURE 9.9
Room temperatures with a wall vent at a steady state. (After Quintiere, J.G. et al., Fire Sci.
Technol., 4(1), 1, 1984.)
FIGURE 9.10
Smoke filling a leaky space.
with respect to the surroundings, and consequently draws air in. This air
can revitalize the fire, and the pressure now goes positive again pushing
gases out. The process can be repeated and can appear as if the fire is breath-
ing. Firefighters know this sign and avoid venting such “breathing” enclo-
sures. The room can be filled with unburned fuel, and a sudden rush of air
can lead to backdraft.
The filling process can take many minutes to occur. It can be significant in
the fire development. For a smoldering fire, the smoldering can persist well
after filling, as it requires very little oxygen to maintain the reaction. During
this period, it becomes deadly to occupants. In flaming fires, the flames can
be extinguished and then lead to smoldering. This may later lead back to
flaming if an air supply is found.
In a large space, it may take a long time for filling. I once examined a fire that
occurred in a small storage room open on to a large clothing store with a high
ceiling. As the store was closed for inventory processing, the workers were
unaware of the fire until they smelled it. They smelled it when the smoke layer
exited from the storage room, filled the main store, and the layer descended
to their noses. A small fire may produce nearly invisible smoke, but odor is
surprisingly detected at low levels. I think many have experienced the odor of
wood burning at ground level far from a fire, with no sight of smoke.
the basic conservation equations, attempting to model all features of the fire
and smoke from first principles. Such a comprehensive computer model is
commonly referred to as a CFD model (e.g., stands for computational fluid
dynamics, but they do much more). The zone model approach is fast, but
the CFD approach has supplanted it as computers have gotten bigger and
faster. Here, we will mainly be qualitative and simple in our view of building
smoke dynamics.
9.4.3.1 Corridors
Figure 9.11 shows steady flow from a room into a corridor that has an exit
vent. A stratified smoke layer whose interface height depends on the size of
the exit opening is formed in the corridor. The smaller the exit opening, the
lower is the interface (see Figure 1.5). Within the corridor, distinct hot and
cold layers form as the smoke stratifies. However, the flow pattern is more
complex as shown in Figure 9.11 (or Figure 1.6). Mixing occurs as the flow
enters the corridor and the room. A ceiling jet occurs as well as a cold floor
jet. In between, the cold and hot layers recirculate. These patterns were deter-
mined by flow trace observations as well as by measurements.
If the corridor has no exit vent, it will fill, much like a single compartment,
as smoke emerges from a room. If the flow is gradual, we have the process
shown in Figure 9.12a, and in the photographs in Figure 9.13a through d.
These photographs taken in a closed corridor for a small fire in an adjoining
room were visualized with artificial smoke. They clearly show the descent of
a smoke layer interface. However, the cold walls introduce a secondary flow.
In Figure 9.13d, the smoke begins to dribble down the cooler walls as the
layer interface approaches the floor. This is buoyancy in reverse; cooler fluid
moves down in this case.
Another possible flow pattern in the corridor is shown in Figure 9.12b.
There, a sudden high velocity release of smoke expands into the corridor
due to either a rapidly increasing fire or the sudden opening of the room
door. The initial momentum, or kinetic energy, of the smoke can cause a
wave front propagation that can turn back on itself. Such a flow would fill
the corridor by a lateral motion, compared to the more tranquil filling by
WE
YE
XCS
XCV
YD
XR
FIGURE 9.11
Fire-induced flows in a room and corridor.
Compartment Fires 283
(a)
(b)
FIGURE 9.12
Smoke filling a closed corridor (a) slowly and (b) impulsively.
Doorway
Incipient
smoke flow
(a) (b)
FIGURE 9.13
Smoke filling a closed corridor from a room fire on the right. (a) Incipient smoke impinging on
the left wall of the corridor. (b) Smoke spreading along the corridor ceiling. (Continued)
284 Principles of Fire Behavior
(c) (d)
layering. The velocity of this front can be estimated by Equation 9.2, with H
given as the corridor height. It could be several meters per second.
I once investigated a high-rise fire that had two interconnecting floors of
plan office space occupied by a law firm. The floors were connected by an
open stairway, but the elevator lobby entrances were locked and monitored
by infrared security stations. The offices were unoccupied by people at the
time of the fire. When a fire in an exterior perimeter office broke the windows
and went to flashover, its wood door to the plan office space failed at the
hinges and fell. The momentum of the smoke from the room carried it along
the top upper floor and then down the internal stairway. The infrared motion
detectors at the elevator lobbies alarmed at about 30 seconds apart indicating
this smoke flow occurred.
Mixing
Plume
FIGURE 9.14
Smoke filling a shaft.
shaft depends on vents and leakage in the shaft. With no venting, the leakage
could bring air in and smoke out.
Figure 9.15 shows the flow processes in a building having been filled with
smoke. The hot shaft carries the smoke to the upper floors, and smoke leaks
out above the neutral plane of the building. The neutral plane is where the
pressure difference between inside and outside of the building is zero. Its
location will depend on the venting from the building. For the simple case
of a closed building of height HB with leakage through the skin, and at a
uniform inside temperature (T) compared to outside (Ta), the neutral plane
(HN) is found by
HN 1
= (9.5)
H B 1 + (T/Ta )1/3
This would be the case of a heated building on a cold day. For summer con-
ditions with a warmer outside temperature, and conditioned cool air inside,
the flow would enter the building through the top skin and exit below the
neutral plane. The location of this neutral plane would follow Equation 9.5
with the temperature ratio reversed, Ta / T. The summer and winter condi-
tions of a tall building present a stack effect that causes flows even with no
fire. The neutral plane would be about half the building’s height for such
temperature conditions.
This stack effect flow pattern due to the air heating and cooling conditions
of a building would mitigate any fire flows. The fire would introduce a more
complex flow. The fire floor would have its own neutral plane when it domi-
nates the building’s stack effect, as shown in Figure 9.15. Also wind can affect
the building smoke dynamics, particularly by altering the pressures around
286 Principles of Fire Behavior
HB
Ta
HN
+
– Fire floor neutral plane
FIGURE 9.15
Simplified dynamics of smoke filling a building.
-3/2
HL æ 2 ö
= ç 1 + aQ *1/3 t ÷ .
H è 3 ø
The formula is just for presentation purposes. Q* here is based on the height,
not the diameter as in Chapter 7; the term τ is a dimensionless filling time
with α as an empirical constant varying from about 0.19 to 0.21 depending
on entrainment.
In a more practical form for the equation, we write the time for filling as
æ æ H ö2/3 ö S (m 2 )
t fill (s) = 24 ç ç ÷ - 1÷ (9.6)
ç è HL ø ÷ H (m)2/3 Q (kW)1/3
è ø
where
Q is the firepower
S is the surface area of the room floor
(In the development of Equation 9.6, the radiation loss fraction from the fire
was taken as 0.3, and its variation will not introduce any large differences.)
The results are meant to be approximate, and other leakage configurations
at just the bottom or distributed over the height of the room will change
the results. But this formula will give in general a good order of magnitude
estimate with about 50% accuracy at worst. Also the formula is for a fixed
firepower, not a growing fire that is more common. To account for different
fire sizes, Figure 9.16 is introduced to facilitate estimations from Equation 9.6.
The times are computed for two smoke layer interface depth ratios (HL/H)
for a 50 m2 room floor area. The depth ratio of 0.5 is indicative of filling to a
vent such as an open door or window. The depth of 0.2 is getting close to the
floor, and due to the cold wall downward flows, the smoke might be consid-
ered effectively very near the floor. The very small fire powers are indicative
of smoldering fires (less than 1 kW), and fill times to near the floor are more
than 10 minutes. In contrast, a fire power of over 100 kW drops the layer to a
vent location in about a minute or less for the room height of 3 m.
288 Principles of Fire Behavior
40
35 Floor area, S = 50 m2
Radiation fraction = 0.3
30
Time to fill to depth (min)
25
H=6 m
20 H=3 m
15
Depth, HL/H = 0.2
10 H=6 m
H=3 m
5
Depth, HL/H = 0.5
0
0.1 1 10 100 1000
Firepower (kW)
FIGURE 9.16
Time for smoke filling to various depth in a room heights 3 and 6 m with a floor area of 50 m2.
FIGURE 9.17
Photo sequence of smoldering chair smoke filling a closed room.
290 Principles of Fire Behavior
1.8
Chair: data
Theory 1.6
1.4
1.2
CO concentration (%)
2.5 1.0
Height of hot layer from floor (m)
2.0 0.8
1.5 0.6
1.0 0.4
Ideal
source
0.5 height 0.2
0 0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120
Time (min)
FIGURE 9.18
Dynamics of smoldering chair fire in a closed room. (After Quintiere, J.G. et al., Fire Mater.,
6(3 and 4), 99, 1982.)
is indicated as t* (and “*” on the curves). The smoldering source on the chair
was placed at 0.4 m above the floor; the CO is sensed at a height of 1.2 m,
representative of a sitting position. The time for the smoke layer to first reach
1.2 m above the floor is indicated by to in Figure 9.19. For residential room size
spaces, incapacitation occurs within 1 hour, but for house size spaces, it may
take up to 2 hours. These times are consistent with actual smoldering fire inci-
dent data. But often the fire will not remain as smoldering, and a transition
to flaming can occur in similar times as those indicated for incapacitation.
This transition to flaming can accelerate the increase in CO content of the
smoke. Such a transition is not currently predictable; it strongly depends on
aeration and flow velocity at the smolder region. Both processes, flaming and
continued smoldering, can be deadly to occupants in these times of 1–2 hours.
Smolder continuously yields low levels of CO over a long period, but a ven-
tilation-limited fire can lead to CO concentrations of 2%–7% in a short time
following flashover. The latter can cause incapacitation in less than 2 minutes.
Compartment Fires 291
S = 10 m2 16 m2
25 m2
S = Floor area
0.40 HC
50 m2
H *
L
0.35 y = H/HC
HC = 2.0 m
S (m2) to (min) t* (min)
L = 0.4 m
0.30 * 10 9 48
16 12 53
CO concentration (%)
* 25 17 60
0.25 50 26 72
100 40 86
* 200 61 107
0.20 100 m2
* 200 m2
0.15
*
0.10
0 20 40 60 80 100 120
Time (min)
FIGURE 9.19
The increase of carbon monoxide for smoldering chair fire in rooms of different sizes. (After
Quintiere, J.G. et al., Fire Mater., 6(3 and 4), 99, 1982.)
where
Ao is in square meters
Ho is in meters
292 Principles of Fire Behavior
.7 Smoke layer
temperatures:
At 794°C
m
.6
mu
axi
lm
.5
tica
At 243°C
ore
The
.4
ma (kg/s)
At 151°C
.
.3
.2
.1
0
1.0 2.0
Ao√Ho (m5/2)
FIGURE 9.20
Airflow rates through door openings for wood and plastic crib fires. (From Quintiere, J.G. and
McCaffrey, B.J., The burning of wood and plastic cribs in an enclosure, Vol. I, NBSIR 80-2054,
National Bureau of Standards, Gaithersburg, MD, September 1980, p. 49.)
Compartment Fires 293
Ho
Hw
FIGURE 9.21
Notation for mass flow rate through a window or door, Equation 9.8.
m kg/s
= 0.52 5/2 e -Cy éë1 + 0.6(1 + (Cy )2 )(1 - e -3 Hw /Ho )2 ùû (9.8)
Ao H o m
where
2/3 1/2
æW ö æ Ta ö
y=ç o ÷ ç T -T ÷
è Ho ø è a ø
C = 0.55 for a centered floor pool fire, 0.85 near a wall, l in a corner or for
a crib.
Let us consider a graphical representation of a special case for this formula.
Take Wo/Ho as 0.5, Hw/Ho as 0 for a door, and 0.5 for a window, and consider
a centered pool fire with C = 0.55. For normal surrounding air temperature,
Ta = 293 K, and representing T – Ta as ▵T, this special case is given as
æ 5.93 ö
m kg/s -ç 1/2 ÷
= 0.52 5/2 e è DT ø
Ao H o m
é æ æ 5.93 ö2 ö ù
´ ê1 + 0.6 ç 1 + ç ÷ ÷ ´ (0 for a door, and 0.604 for the window )ú .
êë ç è DT ø ÷
1/2
è ø ûú
294 Principles of Fire Behavior
1.5
For a centered pool fire
For a vent with Wo/Ho = 0.5 ∆T = 800°C
For a window sill, Hw/Ho = 0.5
Vent mass flow rate (kg/s)
1 Door ∆T = 250°C
Window
0.5 ∆T = 150°C
0
0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3
AH1/2
o (m )
5/2
FIGURE 9.22
Flow rates through door and window vents for a centered pool fire.
It is plotted in Figure 9.22. Notice that for the same dimensional of height
and width, the window vent gives a higher flow rate because the smoke
layer is at or below the sill. The pressure difference is higher for the
window than the door. If the constant for a crib fire were used, the flow
would be less than that of a pool fire on the floor due to the differences in
entrainment.
Change the factor C in Equation 9.8 to 1 for a crib and a use doorway and
see how well the data of Figure 9.20 match.
These formulae give an estimate of the mass flow of air into a win-
dow or door vent. Multiple doors and windows, and ceiling or floor vent
will complicate the process. These can only be appropriately computed
by a more involved analysis. For wall vents and a fire on the floor, the
additivity of the flows through each vent is a reasonable assumption. For
more complex vent configurations, a simple formula computation can be
prohibited.
In particular, the case of single roof vent without any additional vent
below or a singular ground opening to an underground basement fire can-
not be predicted by the earlier formulas. The flow is more complicated and
not driven solely by pressure differences. In these “ceiling” vent cases, the
flow can be bidirectional or oscillatory. A single ceiling vent would have a
much less flow rate than a wall vent of the same size. It can be as small as
1/10th the same size wall vent.
Compartment Fires 295
These fire-induced flows provide the air supply to the fire. The flow rate
has an upper limit for wall vents by Equation 9.7, and a single ceiling vent
of the same size would be much smaller. While the flow of air and smoke
is governed by pressure differences, the fire supplies fuel gases by heat
transfer, and this process is independent of the air supply. When there is
not enough air, the fire becomes ventilation limited. A ceiling vent is repre-
sentative of the flow that would supply air to a basement or ship fire. Such
limited air supply can make these fires burn longer and more incompletely
and toxic. In such cases of low air supply, the burning rate within the fire
space is controlled by the air flow rate. Essentially, all the oxygen in the air
is used, and excess fuel escapes in the smoke. The volume of flames inside
is limited by air flow, and so then too is the heat transfer to produce the fuel
gases. Therefore, the burning rate within and the fuel gas production rate is
limited by the air flow.
Beyond the flame volume, the temperature of the smoke controls the heat
transfer within the compartment. Heat transfer is significant in driving the
fire growth rate. Smoke temperature will depend on air supply and how
much fuel can burn. Let us examine predictive formulae for the smoke
temperature.
1/3
æ Q 2 ö
DT (°C) = CT ç ÷ (9.9)
è ( hA)( Ao H o ) ø
where
CT is 6.85 for centered fires, about 12.4 for a corner fire, and about 16.5 for
room linings
Ao is in square meters
Ho is in meters
A is the interior surface area in square meters
h is a heat loss coefficient taken as the larger of
æ krc kö (kW)
h = Maximum of çç or ÷÷ in 2
è t l ø ( m - °C )
where
kρc is the interior construction thermal inertia (kW/(m 2 -°C))2 -s
k is thermal conductivity
l is the interior construction thickness in meters
t is time in seconds
Table 9.1 gives typical values of k and kρc for common construction
materials.
As seen the temperature rise depends on fire size, ventilation factor, and
heat transfer to the compartment construction. As with plume temperature,
this equation also could have been put in dimensionless terms using a Q*
based on the ventilation factor. It is sometimes given in those terms, but here
TABLE 9.1
Typical Construction Thermal Properties
Thermal Inertia, kρc Thermal Conductivity,
((kW/m 2-K)2-s) k (W/m-K)
Insulation board 0.09 0.041
Wood 0.30 0.15
Gypsum board 0.60 0.5
Concrete 2.0 1
Steel 150 50
Compartment Fires 297
it is given in specific dimensions to facilitate its use. The equation gives the
average temperature of the smoke exiting the compartment. It was gener-
ally based on the exit maximum temperature in developing its correlations.
Higher point-wise temperatures will occur in the room. The equation was
developed for room-centered fires by analyzing many different tests. Others
have investigated other fire configurations, such as a fire in a corner, or with
wall and ceiling linings burning.8 The differences among the configurations
are due to differences in the rate of entrainment into the fire configurations.
Also the equation can be used for multiple wall vents by summing the Ao H o
values and can be used for different construction materials by summing the
hA values for the various wall, ceiling, and floor elements.
Example 9.1:
Consider a room 4 × 4 × 3 m high with a simple vent 1 × 2 m high.
The construction is essentially gypsum plaster with properties given in
Table 9.1. The fire is constant at 500 kW. Assume the gypsum is very
thick. Compute the temperature rise of the smoke at 100 s.
Ao = 2 m 2
Ao H o = 2 2 m 5/2
A = 2( 4 ´ 4) + 4( 4 ´ 3) - 2 = 78 m 2
krc 0.60
h= = = 0.0775 kW/m 2 -K
t 100
1/3
é 500 2 ù
DT = 6.85 ê ú = 167°C
ë (0.0775)(78)(2 2 ) û
There is a restriction on the use of Equation 9.9 in that there must be suf-
ficient air for its use. When there is insufficient air the firepower must be
computed by burning all the oxygen in the incoming air flow rate. We will
come back to this shortly.
9.5.5 Flashover
In Section 9.2.2, flashover was defined as a sudden increase in the firepower,
and it has a beginning and end. Many have used temperature in the com-
partment as an indicator of the onset of flashover. Commonly a temperature
rise of 500°C is a selected criterion. Radiation from the smoke layer is the
principal driver of fire growth in a room. The blackbody radiant heat flux
arising from this temperature (500°C + 25°C air temperature) is 23 kW/m 2
298 Principles of Fire Behavior
(from σT4). At this heating level, we can expect some items to ignite, flame
spread to increase, and burning rate to be enhanced. The onset of this
increase in fire growth (trifecta) could be perceived as the onset of flashover.
Thus, if we use a ΔT = 500°C to indicate flashover potential, Equation 9.9
would give us the conditions required for flashover to start. Substituting
and solving for Q
3/2
é (500) ù 1/2
Q FO = ê é( hA)( Ao H o )ù for a room-centereed fire. (9.10)
ë 6.85 úû ë û
Example 9.2:
For the room of Example 9.1, presuming flashover at near 100 seconds,
we can estimate the firepower needed to cause flashover:
1/2
QFO = 624 éë(0.0775)(78)(2 2 )ùû = 2580 kW.
Almost all common fuels produce approximately 3 kJ/g of air (or 13 kJ/g
of oxygen consumed in the air). If all the oxygen is consumed we have a
ventilation-limited fire and the maximum possible energy release rate within
the room is then
Q max = m
a ,max (kg/s) ´ 3000 kJ/kg. (9.11)
We see that this energy release is greater than the value to initiate flashover.
This difference between flashover and ventilation-limited energy is true in
general for compartment fires. Typically flashover occurs and then the fire
has the potential to become ventilation limited. However, for a small vent,
the fire may never grow to a flashover state. A ventilation-limited fire could
be sustained, or the fire could self-extinguish. This form of fire can lead to a
backdraft if the ventilation is abruptly increased.
Example 9.3
It is useful to consider the combination of Equations 9.9 through 9.11.
Let us take a special case for illustration. Consider a room 7 × 7 m
and 2.4 m in height. Let it be lined with gypsum board, and select, for
illustration, a time of 6 minutes in the fire. Then, hA = (0.60/360)1/2 ×
165.2 = 6.74 kW/K. For this value, Equation 9.9 can give the firepower
for a given ventilation factor. The results are plotted in Figure 9.23.
This graph shows lines of constant temperature rise, with one as the
flashover benchmark. The dashed line gives the maximum possible
firepower due to the fire becoming ventilation limited as computed
from Equation 9.11. A typical room door might have a ventilation fac-
tor of about 2.5 m5/2. This would indicate a flashover condition of about
2500 kW as computed from Equation 9.10. With enough fuel in the room,
the fire would jump to a ventilation-limited state of just under 4000 kW.
The temperature rise at that point could be computed to be about 670°C.
This graph shows the firepower in the room, but the fuel generation rate
after the fire becomes ventilation limited can produce excess fuel that
burns outside the room.
300 Principles of Fire Behavior
8000
4000 ∆T = 500°C
3000
2000
∆T = 200°C
1000
0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6
AoHo1/2 (m5/2)
FIGURE 9.23
Firepower for fuel-controlled and ventilation-limited conditions, an example.
Example 9.4
Consider a continuation of Example 9.1 (4 × 4 × 3 m high, and 1 × 2 m
high wall vent). But now the fuel is allowed to burn according to the fire
conditions. Assume an average heat of gasification (L) of 3 kJ/g for the
room contents. Consider a heat flux of 75 kW/m2 caused by the smoke
in the fire’s fully developed state. Consider this fuel distributed over the
floor area A = 16 m2. Then from Equation 6.1 the generated gaseous fuel
rate is computed as
75 kW/m 2
=
m ´ 16 m 2 = 400 g/s.
3 kJ/g
Compartment Fires 301
If the average heat of combustion, ΔHc, is taken as 20 kJ/g, then the cor-
responding fire size (Equation 6.3) is
From the ventilation factor of 2.83 m5/2, Equation 9.11 gave a ventilation-
limited fire of about 4400 kW within the room. The remaining energy
release rate, 8.0 − 4.4 = 3.6 MW, must potentially burn outside of the room.
This dramatic increase in the firepower shows the consequences of
flashover leading to a ventilation-limited fully developed fire. If instead
of just considering fuel distributed over the floor we had said the enclo-
sure was completely lined with fuel, for example, combustible interior
finish, then the entire enclosure surface area (minus the vent opening,
2 m2) gives A = 78 m2. Subsequently, we compute the corresponding fuel
generation rate m = 1950 g/s and the fire size Q = 39 MW.
The hazard of combustible interior finish, even thin ones, is clearly demon-
strated. Figure 9.24 shows the possible fire growth behavior of this room fire
example. The fully developed fire state depends on the nature and extent of
the fuel available to burn. Flashover begins at about 2.6 MW, it ends with a
ventilation-limited fire at 4.4 MW, and the fire can produce fuel that continues
to burn outside the room with a total output of 8–39 MW. The latter is for lining
materials that fully expose their surface area to the heat of the fire in the room.
39 MW linings
Burning outside
compartment
8.0 MW floor-based
Firepower, MW
2.6 MW flashover
Time
FIGURE 9.24
Fire growth of example fire scenario.
302 Principles of Fire Behavior
These differences in total fire output show the effect of heat transfer; however,
the decrease in oxygen feeding the fire will mitigate these estimates and reduce
them. Here, we have selected a heat flux of 75 kW/m2 indicative of the smoke
layer heating. The flame also causes additional heating, and it is affected by
oxygen. Vitiation reduces the flame temperatures and as a result the burning
rate. The decrease in oxygen feeding the fire is due to the vent mixing into the
lower layer as shown in Figure 9.11. Let us see how to include this effect.
Yox , l q External
m ¢¢F , o AF , b
F =m + (9.12)
Yox , o L
where
Yox,l is the oxygen mass concentration in the lower layer supplied to the
flame
Yox,o is the oxygen mass concentration normal air at 0.233
AF,b is the surface are covered by flame
m ¢¢F , o is the burning flux in normal air
q External is the radiant heat transfer rate from the compartment
To exercise this formula many things have to be known: The radiant heat,
how much gets through the flame, the oxygen feeding the fire, and the type
of fuel. A complete model of the compartment fire must be used to integrate
all of these effects. This was done in the work of Utiskul,9 and we will shortly
show some of those results to illustrate quantitative effects.
A significant aspect of ventilation-limited fires is that flames do not cover all of
the fuel heating. The area of fuel covered by the flame (AF,b) is less than the total
exposed area of the fuel. It can be estimated by knowing the stoichiometric air-
to-fuel ratio (s = ΔH/(3 kJ/g-air)) and the supply rate of air to the compartment:
air
m æ Y q ¢¢ ö
AF , b = çm ¢¢F , o ox , l + Ext , b ÷ (9.13)
s è Yox , o L ø
with q¢¢Ext , b the compartment radiation heat flux to the flaming surface.
Essentially this equation is derived by equating flaming firepower over the
area, AF,b, (from Equation 9.12) with the maximum possible firepower due to
air supply (Equation 9.11).
1000
Pool, crib
Steady well ventilated
, Steady underventilated
Unsteady underventilated
, From [17,20]
100
Fuel mass loss rate (g/s-m2)
10
0.1
10 100 1,000 10,000
AoHo0.5ρog0.5/AF (g/s-m2)
FIGURE 9.25
Fuel mass flux as a function of ventilation to fuel area ratio for pool and crib fires. (From Utiskul,
Y., Theoretical and experimental study on fully-developed compartment fires, PhD thesis,
Department of Fire Protection Engineering, University of Maryland, College Park, MD, 2008.)
FIGURE 9.26
Compartment fire experiments. (From Utiskul, Y., Theoretical and experimental study on
fully-developed compartment fires, PhD thesis, Department of Fire Protection Engineering,
University of Maryland, College Park, MD, 2008.)
Compartment Fires 305
100
Crib, pool Large scale (×4)
, Small-scale experiments 2|1
As/AF = 46
, Prediction Free burn
large pool
2|1
Small scale
As/AF = 46
Fuel mass loss flux (g/s-m2)
Free burn
small pool
3|2
Ext | 3
3|2
Large scale (×4)
Free burn
As/AF = 12
large crib
Ext | 3
Ext | 3
1
10 100 1,000 10,000 100,000
AoHo0.5ρ o g0.5/AF (g/s-m2)
FIGURE 9.27
Effect of fuel type and scale in fully developed fires. (From Utiskul, Y., Theoretical and experi-
mental study on fully-developed compartment fires, PhD thesis, Department of Fire Protection
Engineering, University of Maryland, College Park, MD, 2008.)
Figure 9.27 as well as those in Equation 9.25. The theoretical result has not been
fully validated but its trends have credibility. So it can serve as a good illustra-
tion of variable behavior and scale effects. As ro g Ao H o /AF increases the
fully developed fire state moves from a ventilation-limited to a fuel-controlled
state. As the fuel exposed area becomes very small relative to the enclosure
size, the fire approaches a free burning fire in the open. Here, there is a reverse
in the scale effect between cribs and pools. As the scale increases for a crib,
its thicker sticks burn at a slower rate per unit area compared to small scale
(m ¢¢ µ thickness-1/2.) In contrast, the larger-scale pool fire can achieve a higher
free burn mass flux than its smaller-scale turbulent counterpart.
As ro g Ao H o /AF decreases from its highest value, the fire conditions
moves through several stages in the following order:
The theoretical curves are labeled with these regime boundaries. The bound-
aries depend on scale and are different for the wood cribs and heptane pool
fires, as each requires different stoichiometric values: heptane, 13.7 g air/g
fuel; and for wood about 4 g air/g fuel. Extinction is based on the flame tem-
perature falling below its critical value needed for burning. The oscillating
region occurs for relatively small vents. Oscillation occurs due to vitiated
oxygen that drives the flame to extinction, followed by a subsequent cooling
effect that lowers the compartment pressure causing a new inflow of fresh
air. The new air revitalizes the fire, and the process repeats—sometimes con-
tinuing until all of the fuel is depleted. A photograph showing this sequence
is displayed for a crib fire in Figure 9.28. A more dramatic effect is depicted in
Figure 9.29 for pools distributed over the floor of the compartment in under-
ventilated burning. The flames begin by covering all of the fuel as there is
initially enough oxygen. As the oxygen is reduced, the flaming is reduced
and flames move toward the vent. The flames seek the air. As the flaming
fuel is depleted, the flames would then move back to the remaining fuel.
This condition is commonly responsible for deep damage, in extinguished
(a)
FIGURE 9.28
Oscillatory burning for a crib fire in a compartment: (a) configuration; (b, d, f) growing; (c, e, g)
dying. (From Utiskul, Y., Theoretical and experimental study on fully-developed compartment
fires, PhD thesis, Department of Fire Protection Engineering, University of Maryland, College
Park, MD, 2008.)
Compartment Fires 307
00:00:02.55
(a) (b)
00:00:20.18 00:00:22.06
(c) (d)
00:00:29.05
(e) (f )
FIGURE 9.29
Early fire growth in underventilated burning of heptane pools showing reduced flaming as initial
oxygen is reduced and flames move to the vent. (a) Heptane pan layout. (b) Full area burning.
(c) Burning at ~60% AF. (d) Burning at ~40% AF. (e) Burning at ~20% AF. (f) Ventilation limited burning.
(From Utiskul, Y., Theoretical and experimental study on fully-developed compartment fires, PhD
thesis, Department of Fire Protection Engineering, University of Maryland, College Park, MD, 2008.)
house fires, occurring near the vents as well as at the origin of the fire. Past
investigative principles suggested this to be two fires and arson as the cause!
TABLE 9.2
Fuel Load in Mass Per Unit of Floor Area
Fuel Load (Per Floor Area) Standard
Occupancy Mean Value (kg/m 2) Deviation (kg/m 2)
School classroom 40.5 16.9
Apartment house bed room 44.6 10.7
Apartment house living room 34.7 23.2
Apartment house storage room 55.5 32.6
Office room 39.2 34.7
Office library 146 68
Office meeting room 6.4 1.4
Hotel guest room 10.6 1.6
Hotel banquet room 3.3 1.2
Athletic area 2.5 2.3
Source: Natori, A., Fire Sci. Technol., 27(3), 310, 2008.
be safe, the burning time should be less than the rating time for a struc-
tural element in simplest terms. In other words, the fire should burn out
before the structure is damaged. The available fuel burnable mass has been
associated with the occupancy of a building, and fuel load surveys have
been carried out to characterize occupancies. Each particular occupancy
has variations, and we will express these in terms of a mean value and a
standard deviation. Natori10 presents such information based on fuel load
surveys conducted between 1973 and 1996. These come from Japanese lit-
erature but are indicative of global characteristics. The results are given in
Table 9.2. It is seen that in some cases, the standard deviation is significant
compared to the mean, showing a wide possible range for an occupancy.
These data are crucial in the design of safe structures for fire. Formulas
from fire dynamics can give the temperatures and the burning rate. The
occupancy fuel load then will allow computation of the duration of the fully
developed fire. We have seen that the fully developed fire is usually venti-
lation limited and the fuel mass loss rate is determined by the ventilation
factor. So fuel quantity and ventilation openings are key in determining the
duration of a compartment fire.
https://www.cfitrainer.net/Training_Programs/Postflashover_Fires.aspx.
An examination of these data and video records vividly show the behavior
of fire as it moves through its stages. It clearly shows the onset of flashover
and the start of the ventilation-limited fire. It shows the movement of flames
from the origin to eventually the doorway. A review of the data and stills of
the videos will try to illustrate these effects.
A schematic of the bedroom where the fire occurs is shown in Figure 9.30.
The significant instrumentation for this discussion is described as follows:
• Thermocouple tree TC-B: running from the floor (B-0) to the ceiling
(B-8), in 1 ft increments
• Heat flux meters: THF-A (total), RHR-A (radiation only), THF-B
(total), THF-C (total), all at 1.22 m from floor
• Oxygen: GS-A (at 0.19 m above floor), GS-B (as 2.22 m above floor),
GS-C (at 0.15 m above floor), GS-D (at 1.16 m above floor)
The fire is started in a plastic waste basket, filled with paper, that is between
the bed and the chair. The clock recording data is begun before ignition
occurs at 0:19 (minutes:seconds). By 1:00 the sides of the bed and chair are
ignited (Figure 9.31a).
At about 2:30, the temperatures at the room center near the ceiling begin to rise
sharply (see Figure 9.32). This was preceded by the onset of accelerating flame
T T
THF-B THF-C
THF-A GS-D
R
T&R
RHF-A GS-B (high)
GS-A (low)
TC-A
CO-A
TC-B Smoke-A
TC-D Vel-Top
GS-C TC-C Vel-Middle x
Vel-Bottom
y
FIGURE 9.30
Bedroom schematic showing furnishings and instrumentation. (From ATF Fire Laboratory.)
310 Principles of Fire Behavior
spread over the top of the bed and the back of the chair (Figure 9.31b through
d). At 2:15, a blackened top-left corner of the chair-back indicates the start of
the spread. This flame spread began at about 2:15, accelerated, and ended cov-
ering most of the chair at about 3:02. In Figure 9.32, the beginning and end of
the rapid rise in gas temperatures nearly coincide with the onset of this rapid
spread and its end, occurring between about 2:15 to 2:30 and 3:00, respectively.
This marks the beginning and end of flashover, a 30-second duration.
Notice that before the onset flashover, the heat flux meter on the wall adja-
cent to the fire origin (THF-A) achieves a heat flux of 200 kW/m2 (Figure 9.33).
It sees a thick impinging flame igniting basket flame merging with flames
on the side of the chair, as shown in Figure 9.31b. This heat flux is due to con-
vection and radiation from the flame. In contrast at the same time, the heat
flux away from the origin, halfway up on the rear wall (THF-B) has a much
lower value. This sensor “sees” the upper smoke layer with about a 50% view
angle. This is nearly the same view angle to the upper smoke layer as a heat
flux meter on the floor away from the origin would see. Hence, THF-B on
the wall is approximately indicative of a floor heat flux away from the ori-
gin. At the onset of flashover (2:15–2:30), it primarily reads radiation at about
20 kW/m2. At the end of flashover, it attains over 100 kW/m2 (~3:00). These are
(a) (b)
(c) (d)
FIGURE 9.31
Sequence of events in bedroom fire development. (a) ~ 1:00 Ignition of the sides of the chair and
bed. (b) 2:15 Onset of rapid flame spread on the chair back. (c) 3:00 Flame has spread completely
over top of bed. (d) 3:02 Flame has spread completely over chair back. (Continued )
Compartment Fires 311
(f )
(e)
(g) (h)
typical values just before and just after flashover. That is why 20 kW/m2 is a
common benchmark for computing flashover.
It is also instructive to examine the oxygen concentration in the smoke
layer (GS-B, Figure 9.34) at the beginning and end of flashover. At about 2:30,
it is about 0.12 (12%), then begins to drop precipitously to zero (ventilation
limited) at 3:00. At this time, the oxygen levels (Figure 9.34) near the floor
(GS-A and C) are still near pure air levels of 21%.
Also during flashover, the smoke layer interface in the room drops from
about 1 m to about 40 cm and then continues to drop as the compartment
gets hotter. By 2:58 (Figure 9.31e), it is now at 20 cm and remains there. Notice
that the neutral plane in the doorway is higher at about 1 m.
312 Principles of Fire Behavior
End FO
TC-B7
TC-B6
TC-B5
800 TC-B4 1472
Onset of flashover
TC-B3
Temperature (°C)
Temperature (F)
TC-B2
TC-B1
600 TC-B0 1112
Suppression
200 392
0 32
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Time (min)
FIGURE 9.32
Temperature vertical array at the center of the room. (From ATF Fire Laboratory.)
250
All located on walls THF-A THF-C
at 1.22 m above floor (origin) (rear)
200
THF-B
Heat flux (kW/m2)
(nightstand)
150
Flames moves to door
FO
100
Flames moves from origin
50
Suppression
RHF-A
0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Time (min)
FIGURE 9.33
Heat flux sensors: THF-A (total), RHR-A (radiation only), THF-B (total), THF-C (total) all at
1.22 m from floor. (From ATF Fire Laboratory.)
Compartment Fires 313
0.25
B 2.22 m
0.2 (rear high)
A 0.19 m
(rear low
C 0.15 m
Oxygen (mole fraction)
(front)
0.15
)
D 1.16 m
0.1 (rear)
End FO
Start VL
0.05
Suppression
0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Time (min)
FIGURE 9.34
Oxygen concentrations: GS-A (at 0.19 m above floor), GS-B (as 2.22 m above floor), GS-C
(at 0.15 m above floor), GS-D (at 1.16 m above floor). (From ATF Fire Laboratory.)
Clearly these illustrations and data show that flashover is a process of rapid
fire growth brought on by increases in heat flux from the smoke layer over
the bed and chair back in this case. This sends the smoke layer down toward
the floor, temperatures in the smoke layer sharply rise, and its oxygen drops.
For this fire, the end of flashover is marked by a ventilation-limited state of
zero oxygen in the smoke. If less fuel were in the room, it could have ended in
a fuel-controlled fire with all of the combustible material covered by flames.
During the ventilation-limited fire, the flames do not cover all of the fuel.
Indeed, Figure 9.31f at about 3:44 the flames move away from the origin
toward the right rear wall (as facing from the doorway). A confirmation of
this flame movement is indicated by the drop in the heat flux near the origin
(THF-B) as the flames move away, and an increase in the wall heat flux closer
to the right rear (THF-C) as flames are felt (Figure 9.33). Also the oxygen level
at the origin near the floor (GS-A) starts to drop at about 3:44 and by 4:00 is
about 2%. This indicates that the inflow of air is hardly reaching this left cor-
ner. The flow of air is now directed to the right side of the back wall where
there is flame. (See the increase of oxygen at GS-D in Figure 9.34.) There is
not much to burn in this region, mostly carpeting. Consequently, by 4:35 the
flames move again from the right rear area to the door, and flames emerge
from the door (Figures9.31g and h). At this time (4:35), the flames engage the
thermocouple array TC-B, and as the carpeting is now burning there, their
temperatures over the entire vertical array become nearly uniform.
314 Principles of Fire Behavior
Some have called the event of the emerging door flame, flashover, as there
is an obvious presentation of flames to suggest all the room is now burning.
This is false according to the concept that flashover is an instability that leads
the fire to a ventilation-limited or fully developed fuel-controlled state. Only a
portion of the room has flames; now, primarily near and in the doorway. This
is corroborated by no flames shown from the view looking at the right rear
floor (Figure 9.31g), only smoke. Also, the center temperatures (TC-B) become
uniform and all start to drop shortly after 4:35 and continue until after 5:00.
Unusual oxygen sensor behavior indicates maxima after the flames move
away from the origin. As flames move to the right rear, the incoming flow is
entrained there and the oxygen (GS-D) at the back wall increases to about
13%, then drop again as the flames move forward to the doorway. This effect
of turbulent flames impinging on the right rear gypsum wall could result in
a clean burn. Such a pattern is caused by the soot being burned off the wall
and remaining in that state. The subsequent oxygen drop in GS-D indicates
that the flames leave this area.
The most unusual behavior is the rise in oxygen for GS-A at the origin
near the floor. After 4:00, it increases to about 18% at 5:00, while in this same
location, the oxygen is still 0% in the smoke layer (GS-B). This unusual effect
might be explained by a sharp increase in airflow rate from much higher
temperatures near the doorway due to the burning carpet. The increase in
airflow could cause a high-velocity floor jet of fresh air with enough momen-
tum to reach the rear, especially by the path under the bed. If oxygen reaches
this origin area and there is still remaining fuel, flames can reappear there. It
appears that they did reappear as exhibited by the heat flux sensors (THF-B
and C) increasing after about 5 minutes. As seen, complex behavior can
occur after flashover and a ventilation-limited state is achieved.
The ventilation-limited state clearly needs more study. It increases the
production of incomplete and toxic combustion products. The duration of
the fire, significant to the safety of structures in fire, depends on the air sup-
ply. The flames within the compartment move to essentially seek oxygen.
The deposition of soot on plaster walls depends on the presence of oxygen-
rich turbulent flames. Eventually the flames emerge from vents with a flour-
ish. This dramatic event is not “flashover.” Hopefully, the portrayal of this
bedroom fire has enlightened an understanding of the processes in room fire
development through flashover to its fully developed state.
9.7 Summary
Fire grows in a room in stages: first, a nearly free-burning stage without any
influence from the room; then flashover can occur; followed by the fully
developed state, which is likely to be ventilation limited for typical furnished
Compartment Fires 315
rooms. After extinction of flames, smoldering can persist and this is a cooling
stage. Flashover is an instability between heat released by combustion and
energy losses. It manifests its occurrence by rapid fire growth due to increas-
ing heat flux from the upper smoke layer. A sudden increase in room tem-
peratures marks the onset of flashover. A leveling off of these temperatures
marks the end of flashover and the start of the fully developed fire. Oxygen
depletion in the lower layer causes the fire to diminish and, in cases of poor
ventilation, possibly extinguish. A level of zero oxygen concentration in the
exiting smoke defines the ventilation-controlled fire. Combustion in this state
is controlled by the airflow rate. In this state of insufficient air, the flames in
the room will fill only a portion of the room and will move to the vents where
air is entering. As flames exit the room, some might call this “flashover” but it
is not. If oxygen does not drop to zero in the smoke, the fully developed fire is
fuel controlled and all the fuel in the room can support flames.
Small pressures drive the flows associated with fires in rooms. In multistory
buildings, normal air-conditioning for heating and cooling, as well as fire
effects, leads to a stack effect that controls buoyancy for the entire building.
Without a dominant stack effect, the fire-induced flows can exceed pressures
due to air conditioning ducts and disrupt those duct flows. The flow processes
in a room fire begin with plume rise to the ceiling, a formation of a ceiling jet
about 1/10th of the room height, then a stratified layer forms and descends.
In a closed compartment, it can nearly reach the floor. Otherwise, an open
wall vent will lead to a bidirectional flow with air in and smoke out. The flow
system can approximately be considered as an upper smoke layer and a cooler
lower layer with fairly uniform temperatures and gas concentrations in each.
Formulae exist for estimating smoke filling, smoke layer temperature, and
vent flow rates. These show how to estimate the firepower needed for flash-
over and ventilation-limited conditions.
Review Questions
1. For your classroom estimate the energy release rate needed to initiate
flashover. Assume the door is open. What kind of fuel package might this
represent?
2. What fire size (kW) will cause a 300°C smoke layer temperature in your
room with the door half open? What is the maximum radiant heat flux
associated with smoke of 300°C?
3. If your room reaches flashover and becomes fully developed reaching
800°C, what is the maximum air flow rate through your fully opened
door? If all the windows break, what is the additional air flow rate? What
fire size can be supported by these total air flow rates? Is there sufficient
fuel in the room to do it?
316 Principles of Fire Behavior
True or False
Activities
In a laboratory with safe operating and extinguishing systems, conduct
some room fire experiments. Build a small compartment between 1 and 2 ft
in height. Allow for various window and door openings. Use small pool or
crib fires. Measure the temperature at the exit. Conduct various experiments
to reveal the stages of fire. Take care in ignition, and never leave liquid fuel
sitting in the compartment for a long time before ignition.
Compartment Fires 317
References
1. G. Cox, Private communications, BRE, Watford, UK, 2010.
2. G. Hartzell, Combustion products and their effects on life safety, Sect. 3,
Chap. 1 in Fire Protection Handbook, 17th edn., edited by A. E. Cote and J. L.
Linville (Quincy, MA: National Fire Protection Association, 1991), pp. 3.3–3.14.
3. J. G. Quintiere, K. Steckler, and D. Corley, An assessment of fire induced flows
in compartments, Fire Science and Technology, 4, 1 (1984): 1–14.
4. E. E. Zukoski, T. Kubota, and B. M. Cetegen, Entrainment in fire plumes, Fire
Safety Journal, 3 (1980): 107–121.
5. J. G. Quintiere, M. Birky, F. Macdonald, and G. Smith, An analysis of smolder-
ing fires in closed compartments and their hazard due to carbon monoxide,
Fire and Materials, 6, 3 and 4 (1982): 99–110.
6. J. G. Quintiere and B. J. McCaffrey, The Burning of Wood and Plastic Cribs in
an Enclosure, Vol. I, NBSIR 80-2054 (Gaithersburg, MD: National Bureau of
Standards, September 1980), p. 49.
7. J. G. Quintiere and L. Wang, A general formula for the prediction of vent flows,
Fire Safety Journal, 44, 5 (2009): 789–792.
8. J. G. Quintiere, Fundamentals of Fire Phenomena (John Wiley & Sons Ltd.,
Chichester, UK, May 2006), p. 359.
9. Y. Utiskul, Theoretical and experimental study on fully-developed compart-
ment fires, PhD thesis, Department of Fire Protection Engineering, University
of Maryland, College Park, MD, 2008.
10. A. Natori, Research regarding analysis of the target safety standard for fire
resistance design and its mode of expression—Estimation for the safety stan-
dard targeted by the verification method for fire resistance performance,
Fire Science and Technology, 27, 3 (2008): 310–489.
10
Design, Investigation, and Case Studies
Learning Objectives
Upon completion of this chapter, you should be able to
10.1 Introduction
Having completed the previous chapters, it should be clear that methods
exist for estimating the size of a fire and its growth, Q (t), and for estimat-
ing its damage effects from heat and smoke. Also, it should be clear that
this process is complex, and we have only considered simplified methods
for estimating aspects of fire growth. Nevertheless, it is possible to step
through a fire scenario using our equations with good results and reason-
able accuracy. Most fire phenomena have uncertainties due to circumstances
not completely known (e.g., the extent of a door opening, the proximity of
one item to another). Even if we know all of these factors, our computations
are not perfect, varying in accuracy by as much as ±50%, but usually much
better. Yet these approximate analyses can still be very useful, even with
these limitations. They serve to provide guidance in design and direction
in fire investigation. Both of these applications do not require high preci-
sion. If time is the important factor being considered in a fire phenomenon,
it might be estimated in seconds, minutes, or hours. That level of accuracy
should be enough to make conclusions. This level of accuracy is not exclusive
319
320 Principles of Fire Behavior
to fire but to all forms of investigation and design. The analysis must give a
means to make informed decisions.
The use of science in fire is increasing. In fire safety design, the perfor-
mance-based design is gaining widespread acceptance around the world.
This approach is an alternative to a plank-by-plank following of detailed
regulations. The performance-based approach considers the safety issues
associated with the specific fire challenge and renders a design to achieve
a quantitative engineering performance. In fire investigation, U.S. Supreme
Court decisions (Daubert and Kumo Tire) have mandated that expert tes-
timony has a scientific basis. This does not mean that science alone must
serve as the investigator, but that opinions must have followed a scientific
method. The facts must be gathered and analyzed, and hypotheses accord-
ingly evaluated for consistency. The analyses must include relevant testing
or computations to support an opinion in court. Usually, the question asked
of an expert is “… to a reasonable degree of scientific certainty what is your
opinion?”
In this chapter, we will consider the science-based aspects of fire safety
design and fire investigation. In fire safety design, a specific fire is not obvious
and many scenarios and their probability must be considered. In fire investi-
gation, we may have some evidence or hypothesis of the fire. An important
aspect of design and investigation is the justification of the relevant fire
scenarios and the probabilities of their occurrence. In investigation, we might
use our calculations to clearly eliminate or accept a certain event and its time
of occurrence. In design, we might rule out a hazard from worst-case fire con-
siderations. We will discuss these two applications more.
To illustrate the applications to design and investigations, some case
studies will be introduced. In addition, a discussion of the use of computer
models will be presented. Such models are part of our new technology and
many people become versed in their use. Some are easy to use, and others
require computer skills. Hopefully this book has provided background to
appreciate the ingredients of computer models. A bit more will be said about
this later, but the user of any model—equation or computer—must under-
stand its relevance and limitations. Misapplied, both can be misleading and
misunderstood.
We have not addressed all of these aspects in our discussion of fire behavior.
The SFPE handbook can give a good overview on ways to predict aspects of
these subjects. Egress and human behavior in fire is a subject just as impor-
tant as the growth of fire but is not studied as much. Detection depends on
the technology of the detector, but in investigation nonintended fire detec-
tors may be significant. For example, faults in electric wires can be used to
orient the source of the initial fire. This is known as “arc mapping” in which
beads on copper wires from electrical shorts caused by the fire can show
322 Principles of Fire Behavior
lers
d
nk
ama
Adding spri
ge ti
Egress time
me
Time
Addi
n g com
partm
entat
Fire ion
damag
e tim
e
0
0
∙
Time after ignition (or firegrowth, Q)
FIGURE 10.1
Fire damage time compared to egress time, for a particular fire scenario.
Design, Investigation, and Case Studies 323
Sprinkler protection alone is not a sure way to mitigate fire growth. It can fail
from poor maintenance and control, and even by design.
slightly different results for smoke movement and temperature. These com-
putations were initiated following the MGM fire of November 21, 1980, in
Las Vegas, Nevada. At the time, computers could not easily or quickly com-
pute the 65-story MCM building. So these calculations for only five stories
were performed. Their inferences were never used for analyzing that fire or
learning from its consequences. Most people (85) died on the upper floors
of the MGM as smoke traveled up the vertical shafts. The calculations of
Figure 10.2 show that the case of a vent in the center shaft does not affect
smoke temperature very much but does impact the smoke depth on the
Smoke Smoke
308 808
2.28 0.58 0.24
303
0.22 0.22 0.49 0.61 0.43 0.43 0.49 0.49 0.65 0.80 0.73 0.74
0.23 0.29 0.20 0.49
0.18 0.09
0.31 0.06
0.31 0.31 0.31 0.33 0.34 0.34 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.16 0.16 0.17
0.33 0.06
0.34 0.34 0.33 0.34 0.34 0.06 0.07 0.16 0.16 0.17
Smoke Smoke
316 301 317 302
3.68 0.45
1.02
0.24
303 307 308 304 303 307 309 305
0.10 0.60 0.56 1.21
0.80 0.89 1.36 1.27 1.23 1.85 1.88 1.33
0.70 0.72 1.29 0.71
0.08 0.10 0.81 0.04 0.59
882 307 307
0.63 0.08 0.05 0.41 0.29 0.31
0.63 0.63 0.71 0.81 0.76 0.76 0.42 0.51
0.30 0.19
0.72 0.56
0.72 0.72 0.83 0.83 0.83 0.57 0.57 0.87 0.87 0.87
Smoke Smoke
320 303 323 306
0.11
3.95 189
0.42
303 306 311 314 309 306 306 315 317 312
0.73 0.74 0.83 0.86 1.50 1.37 1.35 1.34 203 204 204
0.08 1.51 1.49 1.33
0.06 0.02 0.02 0.04
0.05 0.03
304 305 301 305 310 313 307
0.85 0.12 0.20 0.58 0.04 0.27 0.37 0.50 1.05 0.98 0.80
0.85 0.85
0.97 0.76 0.55 0.03 0.22 0.23
0.04
FIGURE 10.2
Smoke movement computations. (From Tanaka, T., A model of multiroom fire spread, NBSIR
83-2718, National Bureau of Standards, Gaithersburg, MD, August 1983.)
Design, Investigation, and Case Studies 325
780s
19 110F
12 18
26 28
11
10
20 21 22 23 25
33 78F
8
27
13 14 15 16 17 24
32 44F
4
1
Upper layer flow
35
G.L. 31 1F
30
29
34
FIGURE 10.3
Analysis of smoke movement in the World Trade Center fire, 1993. (From Yamaguchi, J. et al., A
study on predicting smoke transport in a high-rise building [in Japanese], in: Proceedings of the Annual
Meeting, Japanese Association for Fire Science and Engineering [JAFSE], Tokyo, Japan, May 1995.)
Design, Investigation, and Case Studies 327
FIGURE 10.4
Harold “Bud” Nelson analyzing the Dupont Plaza fire on the scene.
330 Principles of Fire Behavior
scene and witness data, and we were impressed that we could make this
contribution to a real fire.
I can only relate my emotions to the movie, the Flight of the Phoenix (1965)
in which after a plane crash in the Sahara one survivor says he is an airplane
designer and guides them to build a new plane from the parts. On takeoff,
they learn that he had only made model airplanes. That is the analogy to
Bud and my backgrounds in the laboratory of fire science compared to a
real scene fire investigation. Something resonated between the ATF agents
on the scene and us. It provided a catalyst to interactions with the ATF fire
investigators. Scientists and investigators could learn something from each
other. This spirit is making both stronger. The National Association of Fire
Investigators has sponsored recent scientific meetings, papers on scientific
aspects of fire investigation are appearing in scientific journals, and the
International Association of Arson Investigators has a website for knowl-
edge-based learning: CFItrainer.net.
My next involvement with the ATF came in a course we presented to them
at the University of Maryland in 1992. Bud Nelson was part of that course.
It was a challenge to see if we, as scientists, could present useful information
to investigators. Example 3, presented as follows, was a challenge question to
see if science could support the evidence of a case being considered by ATF
at the time. Later courses with the ATF shaped the first edition of this book.
Water Water
Furnace heater heater
Furnace
(a) (b)
FIGURE 10.5
The laundry basket fire and copper pipe joint. (a) Clothing fire and (b) added gasoline fire.
where we have assumed a fire diameter of 0.7 m. This flame height, 1.2 m,
represents probably an upper limit for a laundry basket fire. But we see that
its flames cannot reach the pipe at the ceiling (Figure 10.5a). On the other
hand, if an accelerant—say gasoline—were added to the laundry basket,
then we have (from Chapter 6) a higher burning rate:
or
Q = 925 kW
and
Lf = 0.23(925)2/5 – 1.02(0.7)
or
Lf = 2.82 m
This flame would strike the ceiling and easily bathe the copper pipe joint.
Its temperatures would be sufficient to melt the solder (Figure 10.5b).
It should be clear from this example that some choices had to be made
on the nature and size of these fires. These assumptions may differ among
analysts, but in the end an ordinary laundry basket, even if somehow acci-
dentally ignited, is not very likely to be capable of producing a flame to melt
the solder at the joint. Even without any direct chemical evidence of an accel-
erant, such an analysis would strongly indicate its presence.
The foregoing example arose in the first training course given to fire inves-
tigators in the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, and Firearms (BATF) program.
Agent William J. Petraitis posed the problem after he and Allegheny County
investigator Thomas Hitchings had conducted tests on laundry baskets with
and without accelerants. They were looking for telltale fire signatures that
might occur. The flame height is the key indicator here. The example proved
useful to illustrate the application of the science in this ATF course to a real
case. It showed the agents that a calculation could add more evidence to
their findings done by tests alone. However, once formulas might lead in a
particular direction, if possible, tests should be done for confirmation and
demonstrative purposes.
#7
#6
Door
#5 Mezzanine
machine
#4 room
#2
150΄
ue Y
Truss #1
Ocean avenue
N
FIGURE 10.6
Waldbaum supermarket, Brooklyn, New York, 1978.
had been modified with a rain roof added at the peak. This construction
formed a double layer roof at the peak. Also the new construction required
a splayed roof section to meet the new roof of the extension. This construc-
tion formed another double roof triangular section along the north wall as
shown in Figure 10.7. Due to the ongoing construction and the addition of
new columns along the wall to the extension, construction voids existed
along this wall to the hidden space between the old and new roof.
On the day of the fire, construction work began at 7 a.m. and the store
opened for business at 8 a.m. Flames were first seen at 8:30 a.m. along the
interface between the ceiling and extension wall of the mezzanine men’s
room and the machine room. The fire eventually spread into the loft
between truss sections 4 and 6, and collapsed truss 5 at approximately
9:15 a.m. The collapse caused 12 firefighters working on the roof to fall into
the flames. Six were killed.
A man was tried and convicted in 1978 of setting this fire. His confession
stated that he and two others set the fire near dawn (approximately 6 a.m.) by
making holes in the roof and using newspaper and lighter fluid to initiate the
334 Principles of Fire Behavior
Roof
Loft
Store extension
4 or 5 3'' × 12'' Truss member under
Mezzanine construction
FIGURE 10.7
Splayed roof extension and structural support trusses.
fire below. This confession was later questioned and discounted in a retrial
that was held in 1994.
A consistent fire scenario matching the timing of these events was never
fully presented. The original fire investigators could not agree on a cause and
later suggested that the cause of the fire may have been of electrical origin.
However, there was no electrical power in the ceiling area where flames were
first seen. Also a workman in the loft, at the onset of the flames to the mezza-
nine, saw no evidence of fire in the loft. The prosecutors sought advice on how
to explain an alleged fire could start at about 6 a.m. but not seen until 8:30 a.m.
I was asked to assist William J. Petraitis, special agent of the BATF in the
investigation of this fire, 16 years after it occurred. Agent Petraitis discovered
the splayed roof extension, shown in Figure 10.7, and reasoned the fire had to
have begun in that space. We then examined the hypothesis of the fire begin-
ning there at approximately 6 a.m. to see if it could be consistent with the
other known events. A fire scenario was developed, and calculations were
examined to support the plausibility of the events and their timing. All of the
analysis is not presented here, but the main results are described. The analy-
ses were performed using the material in this book along with information
from the scientific literature. The fire scenario involved issues of ignition to
flaming, extinction, smoldering, reignition to flaming, and the burning of
wood members to the point of collapse. Here is the proposed scenario sup-
ported by calculations.
Holes
Loft
Ignitor fuel
Store extension
under
Mezzanine construction
FIGURE 10.8
Flammable liquid-soaked newspapers inserted into roof holes.
paper through holes in the new roof extension along with a liquid accelerant.
The splayed roof extension built over the existing roof forms a void space
between the two roofs. The new roof is supported by rafters. The fire is set in
channels of the wood rafters that extend between the primary wood trusses
4 and 5. Gaps under the rafters allow air to flow into the fire, but the space
is mainly enclosed with temporary partitions at the wall adjacent to the new
building extension. The accelerant-soaked paper probably caused a fire of
100–500 kW in one or more rafter channels, involving no more than 1 m2.
This fire condition is depicted in Figure 10.9.
Loft
Flaming regions
Store extension
under
Mezzanine construction
FIGURE 10.9
Ignition at approximately 6 a.m.
336 Principles of Fire Behavior
Under expected heat fluxes of 40–50 kW/m2, the wood members would
ignite in 30 seconds to 1 minute and begin to contribute roughly an addi-
tional 500 kW. The accelerant newspaper fire would burn out in 1–2 minutes.
The wood fire could progress to roughly 1000 kW, but then it would become
limited in further growth by smoke filling this confined space and consum-
ing its oxygen.
Unsustained smoldering
Sustained smoldering
Store extension
under
Mezzanine construction
FIGURE 10.10
Smoldering combustion at approximately 6:05 a.m.
Design, Investigation, and Case Studies 337
Flame extension
into loft
Store extension
under
construction
First sign of flames
Mezzanine
FIGURE 10.11
Flaming erupts in the roof cavity shortly before 8:30 a.m.
338 Principles of Fire Behavior
FIGURE 10.12
Fire on the roof of Waldbaum store before collapse. (From Hughes, B.J., Private communications
of statements and records, Office of the District Attorney, Kings County, Brooklyn, NY, 1994.)
confined space. The hole indicated by the white vapor plume is in the area of
the larger void space where fire was likely initiated, but smoldering was not
sustained there due to less severe heat transfer.
Truss 6
Firewall
Doorway
Truss 5
Truss 4
Firewall
Doorway
FIGURE 10.13
Fire growth in the loft at approximately 8:35 a.m.
10.3.3.5 Collapse of the Roof due to Truss Member Failure ~ 9:15 a.m.
If one assumes that the roof collapse is due to the failure of a truss member
as a result of fire degradation, the burn-through time of a member can be
estimated. A fully developed fire in the loft space occurs at about 8:40 to
8:45 a.m. This fire exposure would give the wood its maximum burning rate.
From Table 6.2, a mass burning rate per unit area of 11 g/m 2-s is selected
as typical for wood under these conditions. For a 3 in. thick truss member,
for an estimated density of about 500 kg/m3, a burn through (1½ in.) would
take about 29 minutes. Collapse occurred at about 9:15 a.m.
was not sustained in the splayed roof structure. But for a hole above, the fire
went from flaming to smoldering and back to flaming. The low rate of down-
ward flame spread kept the fire in the vicinity of the upper hole, but the more
rapid upward spread drove the fire into the loft with tremendous speed.
This scenario cannot be described or defended without a comprehen-
sive knowledge of fire behavior and available data to support the calcula-
tions. Smoldering research and data are rare but were critically needed in
this analysis. The background of this fire was provided by the Office of the
District Attorney, Kings County, Brooklyn, New York.8
Even if the student cannot perform or confirm all the calculations in this
analysis, the qualitative aspects should be generally supported by the subject
matter of this book and hopefully the student can accept them. First, the set
fires in the roof cavity go out without a sufficient supply of air, but in wood,
they can resort to smoldering. Smoldering in wood needs good heat transfer
to be sustained and that was realized in the narrow section of the new roof
cavity space. Then as smoldering burned through the wood roof into the loft,
new air brought the fire to flaming again. As these flames entered the under-
side of the loft roof, the fire spread quickly into the loft section. Flashover in
that section led to a powerful fire with high heat flux that attacked the beam
structure causing it to burn through and collapse. This is the basic scientific
description of this fire and explains a timeline that extended over several
hours.
• April 22, 23, 1993 Visit scene of the fire that occurred on April 19
• April 25, 1993 Visit FBI headquarters to obtain video and pho-
tographic data
• September 8, 1993 Report to AFT and DOJ
• February 1994 Testified in the criminal trial
• July 1995 Testified to Congressional panel
• July 2000 Testified in the civil trial
The scene after this fire was a burned out flattened pile of debris, ash, and
horribly, bodies too. Many Branch Davidians lost their lives, not in the fire
but by gunshot wounds intentionally inflicted. The nature of the scene is
depicted in Figure 10.14. It is clear from that scene that “fire pattern” analysis
suggested by fire experts for the Branch Davidians on the fire would not be
applicable. The key evidence of this fire was visually documented by both
the government and the news media as the compound burned. That evidence
and later testimony by surviving Davidians confirmed that the fire started at
several locations within the compound. The analysis of that evidence could
be amplified by scientific analysis. Some fire events could even be used as
FIGURE 10.14
The fire scene at the Branch Davidian compound after the fire. (From Waco Tribune-Herald,
Waco, TX, August 24, 1993.)
342 Principles of Fire Behavior
10.3.4.1.1 Background
My name is James Quintiere. I am a professor of Fire Protection
Engineering at the University of Maryland, College Park, MD. Before
coming to the university, I was a division chief in charge of fire research
at the Center for Fire Research of the National Institute for Standards
and Technology (NIST). I have 25 years of experience in fire research,
education, and in the science of fire growth. I am currently the chairman
of the International Association for Fire Safety Science, a world organiza-
tion of scientists and engineers for the promotion of fire research and its
beneficial applications.
Shortly after the fire of the Branch Davidian compound at Waco, Texas,
on April 19, 1993, I was asked to contribute to the fire investigation. In doing
so, I enlisted the support of Dr. Fred Mowrer, also of the Department of Fire
Protection Engineering, University of Maryland. We visited the Waco fire
site during April 22, 1993. At that time, we joined the team under Paul Gray
Design, Investigation, and Case Studies 343
FIGURE 10.15
Scale model depicting the state of the building before the siege.
The principal source of data to establish the inception of the fires and
their locations is the FLIR video. Based on the calibrated clock of the FLIR,
the other video and photographic records could be correlated, and a com-
prehensive visual record of this fire could be established. From this visual
data, I was able to determine the point of origin of the fires, the growth
rates, and estimates of the fire energy output rates at critical transition
points in their development. I also drew conclusions of the nature of the
ignition sources, the role of the tear gas, the effect of the wind, and the sur-
vivability time of the occupants. I will summarize these conclusions and
how they were determined. In addition to this statement, I would like our
official report and a video I made for the criminal trial to be submitted for
the record of this hearing. If you wish, I can review the video as well.
10.3.4.1.3 Ignitions
At least three separate fires began in the compound on April 19, 1993.
Fire 1: The first began at 12:07:42 p.m. CDT in the front of the second floor
right tower. This is believed to have been a bedroom. We can expect the
furnishings to be indicative of a crowded bedroom. I counted about seven
mattress box springs remains in the fire debris at this general location,
presumably from this and adjoining rooms.
The precise time of the onset of this fire can be determined because of the
characteristics of the FLIR camera. The FLIR camera records the intensity of
light and heat radiation in the wavelength range of 8–12 μm. This is in contrast
to what our eye sees, which is in the range of 0.4–0.7 μm. As a result, the FLIR
operated on auto-ranging, which would set the center of its black and white
shading, or gray scale to the ground temperature (say roughly, 81°F). Then it
set its range 40° above and below this mid-temperature. As an object in the
field of view emitted more radiation due to a temperature increase, the object
would appear more white on the IR video. For an 81°F midrange temperature,
this would mean that a change from gray to white color would indicate a tem-
perature increase to 120°F or higher. Reflected sunlight could also cause white
images, and the FLIR could penetrate smoke; but as the smoke became hotter
and thicker, it would see it as white smoke. The FLIR sensor would become
saturated at 194°F, above which the image would not be distinguishable.
Consequently, the FLIR could detect, by a color change to white, temperatures
as low as approximately 160°F (±30° due to auto-ranging). And, it could see
through much of the early light smoke of the fire that would obscure the build-
ing by normal viewing. The FLIR is the definitive key to the detection of these
fires about to start in the building configuration as shown in Figure 10.16.
The image of the temperature rise of the first fire is seen in Figure 10.17,
in the second floor south corner bedroom. The first sign of this temperature
rise was seen at 12:07:42 in the front side of this room. The image in this
photograph occurred 9 seconds later and is due to the transport of hot gases
within the room.
Design, Investigation, and Case Studies 345
FIGURE 10.16
Schematic of building following demolition action before the fire.
Reflection—
not a fire
9 seconds after
start of
first fire.
Shown in
second window
FIGURE 10.17
FLIR image 9 seconds after fire is seen in the second floor south bedroom. A white heat image
is seen at the corner of the window.
346 Principles of Fire Behavior
In a similar manner, the other fire starts were determined. It appears that
they all began on the perimeter of the building.
Fire 2: The second fire began in the dining room on the first floor level,
approximately 1 minute after the first fire, at 12:08:48 p.m. CDT. This is seen
on the FLIR video by a hot plume rising from the rear of the dining room. On
surveying the fire debris, I counted 20 burned stacked chairs in this general
location within the dining room.
Fire 3: Nearly one minute after the dining room fire began, the third
fire is seen in the chapel window on the right side of the building at
12:09:45 p.m. CDT. This is shown in Figure 10.18. The dining room fire
is also visible, and the bedroom fire has now affected adjoining rooms,
adjacent, and above.
Less than a minute later, a related or separate fire is seen to occur in the
debris area behind the chapel at 12:10:23 p.m. CDT, as shown in Figure 10.19.
This fire could have been connected to the previous chapel fire. The time
difference between the two fire observations is comparable to the time asso-
ciated with flame spread on a liquid fuel poured between the two points.
Figure 10.20 shows an aerial view at about the time of the possible fourth
fire start. By comparing this figure to the previous figure, it can be seen
3rd fire,
chapel
FIGURE 10.18
FLIR image showing hot (white) region at the first floor chapel window indicating the start of
the third fire.
Design, Investigation, and Case Studies 347
FIGURE 10.19
FLIR image showing possible fourth fire start in debris area behind the chapel.
FIGURE 10.20
Normal photograph showing smoke obscuration of the compound.
348 Principles of Fire Behavior
that the visible smoke is much more evident than in the FLIR image of
Figure 10.19. This figure shows the advantage of the FLIR in being able to see
through this smoke.
10.3.4.1.4 Flashover
Following ignition of these fires, the next significant event is flashover,
which marks the transition point of a discrete fire in a room to a fully
developed fire in which flames now fill the room and emerge from the
windows. It is rapid and can take place in seconds. It occurs after the
room is sufficiently heated. It marks the difference between survivable
and nonsurvivable conditions in that room. These events can be seen,
directly and indirectly, from the video records. The first is seen directly
for Fire 1 as shown as window flames appear in the split screen images of
Figure 10.21.
Flashover occurs at 12:09:42, 2 minutes after the start of that fire.
Calculations show that this fire growth rate for the initial burning item
would be rated as “fast” according to NFPA standard 72E. Its energy release
rate would be about 2 MW at flashover, compared to an estimated 50 kW that
was necessary for detection by the FLIR. The detectable fire is like a 1 ft2
spill of gasoline, compared to a 10 ft2 gasoline fire at flashover.
Fires 2 and 3, in larger rooms, grow much more rapidly than the bedroom
fire. Flashover occurs in about 2.5 minutes for the dining room (12:11:07)
and in 4 minutes for the chapel (12:13:49). Figure 10.22 shows the effect of
flashover for the chapel by black smoke that suddenly emerges from the
front opening in the building. This smoke, pouring into the 25 mph wind,
is due to the overpressure caused by the sudden increase of energy associ-
ated with flashover in the chapel.
FIGURE 10.21
Split screen showing a comparison between a FLIR image and a normal video image at 12:09:42.
Design, Investigation, and Case Studies 349
FIGURE 10.22
Black smoke is pushed out of the front (right) opening as a result of flashover in the chapel.
10.3.4.1.7 Wind
Wind effects did have a profound effect on the external fire spread over the
compound. An approximate 25 mph wind from the south caused the fire
plume to be bent approximately 65° from the vertical when the fire fully
involved the compound. It is estimated that the fire was expending 3600 MW
at this time with an observed length of approximately 240 ft.
Wind effects did not appear to have had a significant effect on the fire
growth within the compound, as seen in Fire 1 where flames and smoke
emerge periodically from the right tower windows into the wind. This
effect could have been as a result of closed doors or windows on the down-
wind side of the compound. The tank-made openings on the front of the
compound could have had some effect on fire growth over the first floor,
but more significantly could have provided air to areas of refuge for some
of the occupants.
10.3.4.1.8 Survivability
It is estimated that the occupants would have had sufficient warning of the
fire to enable them to escape, for at least up to 5 minutes from its incep-
tion, and up to nearly 20 minutes in some more protected locations. This is
dramatically indicated by one occupant who jumps from the second floor
12 minutes after the start of the fire. Although smoke would have impaired
visibility, exits were within 30 ft of most occupants, with additional openings
made by the battering tanks.
Carbon monoxide in the smoke would have been the primary threat to
the occupants. However, preliminary autopsy reports made available to me
indicated that only 5 of 31 victims with recorded CO levels had lethal levels
of carbon monoxide (CO). The remaining 26 victims, with recorded CO data,
Design, Investigation, and Case Studies 351
stopped breathing before lethal CO levels were attained. If these data are
correct, at least 26 victims did not die due to the fire. The autopsy report
goes on to indicate that, in at least 27 of the victims, the cause of death could
be attributed to gunshot wounds.
10.3.4.3.1 Fireball
At about 19 minutes from the onset of the first fire, while the compound was
nearly completely covered in flames, a large fireball was seen, as shown in
Figure 10.23.
352 Principles of Fire Behavior
FIGURE 10.23
Fireball occurring in the midst of Branch Davidian fire.
From the video records and from length scale estimates, the corresponding
results were estimated:
10.3.5 Patterns
Patterns in fire investigations have long been an indicator for drawing
conclusions. This pattern analysis for fire investigation begs a scientific
basis. Yet relatively little research has been exercised. Many have come to
realize that such indicators as the spalling of concrete or the deep char-
ring near an open door do not necessarily mean arson and an accelerant.
The student should recall that many liquid fuels, in particular gasoline,
have low boiling points. At those temperatures, a wood floor would be
protected, while the liquid is still burning. Of course, some type of pat-
tern may emerge, but this needs some research to make any discrimi-
nations. The damage of spalling in concrete is due to water trapped in
the concrete and stresses caused by boiling and also by thermal stresses
alone. These stresses break the concrete sometimes in a violent fash-
ion. They are caused by the high heat flux in rooms that go to flashover.
Design, Investigation, and Case Studies 355
20 stacked chairs
Fire 1
Fire 3
PS jars in cartons
15 ft high
Fire 2
Ultrafast Fast Medium Slow
Gasoline
FIGURE 10.24
Fire growth rates in terms of time to reach 1 MW by a t-squared rate.
FIGURE 10.25
Bedroom fire leaving a clean mark on the wall at fire origin.
Design, Investigation, and Case Studies 357
FIGURE 10.26
Clock hand image due to soot deposition in a fire began at 11:20 and died at 11:25.
intervene. The kitchen would have less damage than the living room and
the intervening dining room. But the kitchen had the most damage, and
that could only occur by a fire originating there. Its only source of ven-
tilation was the rest of the apartment, and as the fire became ventilation
limited, the flames would move from the kitchen through the apartment
to the openings.
The extreme disparity in opinions by these investigators is troubling.
One relied on a gasoline signature and claimed flashover never occurred.
The other was unable to articulate that the kitchen damage was due to
ventilation effects on fire behavior. An underlying question is whether a
chemical signature of a liquid accelerant always indicates arson.
63.5 m 13 14 15
0
16
10 11
17
63.5 m
24 m
12
11
42 m
FIGURE 10.27
Plan view of typical floor and structural design (number labels: 10—office, 11, 12—lifts, 13—
perimeter frame, 14—bar joists, 15—secondary joists, 17—core columns). (From World Trade
Center building performance study, Federal Emergency Management Agency, FEMA 403,
2002; Quintiere, J.G. et al., Fire Safety J., 37, 2002.)
Now, let us examine some aspects of this event in terms of formulas dis-
cussed herein, and factual information supported from References,19,20 and in
general from the FEMA13 and NIST reports.15
Something unusual happened in the life of the WTC towers. The required
insulation on the steel truss rods of the trusses of about 1 in. in diameter
(27.7 mm) was changed. How this happened never came out in the NIST
investigation, but it is known that the required thickness was changed in
the mid-1990s, nearly 30 years after the towers were built. This change was
implemented as floors became available due to changing tenants. The change
made was to increase the original specification of ½–1½ in. of thickness for
the spray-on insulation. Apparently this was changed on examining recently
tested structures representative of the WTC trusses. Why such testing on the
actual structural elements was not done in the design of such an unusual
building is unknown.
The NYNJ Port Authority (PA), responsible for the WTC, did inspections of
the sprayed on insulation. Their reporting to NIST indicated that the original
½ in. specified was about ¾ in. applied, and the 1½ in. was more like 2¼ in.
applied. NIST used the applied levels in their calculations. I used ¾ in. in
mine but stuck with 1½ on the change, as I found it difficult to believe that
a spray-on company would add so much more. The PA specified amount
would result in a 4 in. diameter, while the applied PA amount would have a
diameter of 5½ in. No photographic evidence of the newly applied insulation
was ever presented in the NIST report.
Here is the punch line to all of this. The Marsh McLennan floors in WTC 1
had the newly applied insulation to the trusses. The fire area of the South
tower (WTC 2) had the original insulation. It is simple to wonder if WTC 2 had
¾ in. and WTC 1 had 1½ in., then WTC 1 might fall in twice the time. Well,
WTC 2 fell in 56 minutes and WTC 1 fell at 102 minutes. Indeed, I will leave
you with the results computed in Reference19 using formulas for to predict the
time the steel rod of the truss would achieve a failure point of 600°C with the
different amounts of insulation. The formula accounts for conduction through
the insulation with all of that heat to uniformly raise the temperature of the
steel. The fire temperature is nearly the temperature of the outer insulation,
as the heat resistance of the insulation dominates the heat transfer from the
fire to steel. The calculation specified the fire temperature at 800°C, likely low
for this fire. A heavy core column was also included, and the effect of losing
the insulation was examined. Table 10.1 gives a summary of the results for the
different truss rod insulation thicknesses and also a core column.
It can be seen from Table 10.1 that the computed times for the trusses at
the fire floors of WTC 1 and 2 give times consistent with the collapse of the
buildings. The calculations support the fire as the cause of the collapse. The
failure of one rod is manifested as the sagging of the trusses over the floor.
The connections at their ends cannot tolerate this new loading configuration
with the steel in a fire-weakened state. As the connections fail, the floors
begin to fall in total or in part. In the Glanz and Lipton book,16 they cite
observations of “sudden smoke puffs” out of the fire floors up to 10 minutes
before total collapse of the buildings. I interpret this as local floor failures.
As one or two floors fell on to the next, the connections at the truss ends were
Design, Investigation, and Case Studies 365
TABLE 10.1
Heating Times for Structural Elements
Insulation
Thickness Time to Reach Time to Reach
600oC with 600oC with No
Element mm in. Insulation (min) Insulation (min)
27.7 mm steel rod 12.7 ½ 55 8
27.7 mm steel rod 19.1 ¾ 73 8
27.7 mm steel rod 38.1 1½ 111 8
55.8 cm box column with 28.6 11 8 1640 75
7.6 cm thick steel
Source: Quintiere, J.Q., A predicted timeline of failure for the WTC towers, in: Proceedings
of the 10th International Conference on Interflam 2004, Interscience Communication,
London, U.K., 2004, pp. 1009–1022.
not strong enough to carry the weight even for unaffected fire connections.
A domino effect resulted.
My intent here has been twofold: first to cast doubt on the NIST findings,
and second to demonstrate that formulas developed from fire research can
produce information even in a complex event as the WTC fires on 9/11.
friction in the boundary near the surface of the foil. Then that pressure
distribution is used to compute the friction at the boundary.
Such system models are used in many fields, and they give an overview
based on the component phenomena that can be mathematically expressed.
They form commonly ordinary differential equations in time. Quantities in
each zone or boundary are computed as a function of time. The computing
process requires the speed and storage capacity of a computer. As its compu-
tations only deal with time, it can be a fairly fast process. In addition, such a
system model can be extended beyond rooms in a building. One application,
illustrated in Figure 5.10, shows how the fire plumes and emitting firebrands
from burning wooden houses can be synthesized to model fire spread in a
conflagration. In Japan, such an approach has been used to assess the risk of
fire to people and buildings in fire following earthquake. A dramatic appli-
cation has been to model the fire and its effect on people seeking refuge
following the Great Kanto earthquake and fire of 1923.22 A conception of the
model is shown in Figure 10.28. The model considers the growth rate of the
fire over the houses, the effect of radiation, and convection heat transfer to
people moving to areas of lower hazard potential and refuge sites. Statistical
factors are also considered in the model.
The accuracy of the model simulation is indicated by its prediction for
the number of people reaching the various refuge sites compared to those
estimated by a survey taken in 1923. These results are shown in Table 10.2.
It should be noted that most of those reaching the Hifukusyo Ato site were
killed by the large fire whirl (see Chapter 1).
Zone models are only as good as the system of equations coupled together.
Again, the user must look under the hood to understand such a model.
The model led by Tanaka2 is popular in Japan but does not have a wide distri-
bution. A CD disc comes with the original reference that explains the model and
Fire plume
qR̋ exposure
Thermal radiation
Evacuation site
FIGURE 10.28
Model concept for the effect of fire, following earthquake, on people in evacuation to refuge
sites. (From Nishino, T. et al., A study on the estimation of the evacuation behaviors of Tokyo
city residents in the Kanto earthquake fire, in: Proceedings of the Ninth International Symposium
on Fire Safety Science, 2008, pp. 453–464)
368
TABLE 10.2
Number of People Reaching the Refuge Sites in the Kanto Fire
Number of Fukagawa Imperial Yasukuni
Evacuated Person Ueno Park Asakusa Park Landfill Hifukusyo Ato Seicho Park Palace Park Shiba Park Park
Simulation 174,100 70,880 52,020 40,290 20,010 215,430 56,020 26,660
Survey3,4,9,10 500,000 70,000 50,000 40,000 20,000 300,000 50,000 50,000
Source: Nishino, T. et al., A study on the estimation of the evacuation behaviors of Tokyo city residents in the Kanto earthquake fire, in: Proceedings of the
Ninth International Symposium on Fire Safety Science, 2008, pp. 453–464.
Principles of Fire Behavior
Design, Investigation, and Case Studies 369
allows for its use. A more readily available zone model developed by Colleen A.
Wade, called BRANZFIRE, can be downloaded at http://www.branz.co.nz/
cms_display.php?sn=74&st=1&pg=9456. It is a well-supported code.
FIGURE 10.29
FDS prediction of a 1-meter-diameter methane turbulent flame. (From McGrattan, K. et al.,
Int. J. Comp. Fluid Dyn., July 2011.)
of time as shown in Figure 10.29. The model captures the dynamics of the
turbulent flame and its oscillatory nature very well. On average, its predicted
flame height agrees well with the formula in Chapter 7, and that formula cor-
relates a wide range of experimental data.
Another field model under development is FIREFOAM by FMGlobal.
Its goal is to predict commodity fires in warehouse settings and their sup-
pression by sprinklers. Its progress to date has been very impressive.
Modeling of fire by computer is essential to get all of the combined effects
of fire. Smoke flow through a building can be modeled, fire growth aspects
can be considered, and toxic and thermal effects on people evacuating
over time are possible. But all of this must be done with understanding
and validation. The user cannot just be skilled at using the computer. This
book has attempted to give some understanding of fire and its effects to a
student with limited mathematical and scientific training. Today, people
with those limitations are likely to be more endowed with computer skills.
To them I say, learn and know what you are using when considering
fire models.
10.5 Summary
A consideration of fire modeling in applications to fire safety design and fire
investigation has been discussed. Generally, fire safety is dealt with by reg-
ulations, and equivalency principles allow an alternative with engineer-
ing analysis. Performance-based design is being used as an alternative to
regulatory specified rules. In a performance-based method, formulas and
computer models seek to achieve a safe design based on a quantitative
Design, Investigation, and Case Studies 371
Review Questions
1. What is performance-based design?
2. Do models need to be verified and validated? What does this mean?
3. What is a zone model? What is a field model?
4. How did the example of the fire in the laundry basket indicate arson?
5. How was the fire from the bombing of the WTC in 1993 different from
the fires in 2001?
6. Do fires leave patterns that have meaning?
Activities
1. Consider one or two examples from your fire experience to analyze. Have
the class discuss these and work up calculations to quantify features of
the fire scenario.
2. Identify computer models sold or made available to the fire community
such as FDS and BRI-2. Investigate their contents. Discuss.
372 Principles of Fire Behavior
References
1. T. Tanaka, A model of multiroom fire spread, NBSIR 83-2718 (Gaithersburg,
MD: National Bureau of Standards, August 1983).
2. T. Tanaka and S. Yamada, BRI2002: Two layer zone smoke transport model,
Fire Science and Technology, 23, 1 (2004): 1–44.
3. J. Yamaguchi, T. Fujita, T. Tanaka, and T. Waka-matsu, A study on predicting
smoke transport in a high-rise building (in Japanese), in Proceedings of the Annual
Meeting (Japanese Association for Fire Science and Engineering [JAFSE], Tokyo,
Japan, May 1995).
4. SFPE Engineering Guide to Performance-Based Fire Protection, 2nd edn. (Society of
Fire Protection Engineers, Bethesda, MD, 2007).
5. Verification and Validation of Selected Fire Models for Nuclear Power Plant
Applications (NUREG-1824), Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Washington,
DC (2007).
6. H. E. Nelson, Engineering analysis of the early stages of fire development—The
fire at the Dupont Plaza Hotel and Casino—December 31, 1986, NBSIR 87-3560
(National Institute of Standards and Technology, May 1987).
7. T. J. Ohlemiller, Smoldering propagation on solid wood, in Proceedings of
the Third International Symposium on Fire Safety Science, edited by G. Cox and
B. Langford (London, U.K.: Elsevier Applied Science, 1991), pp. 565–574.
8. B. J. Hughes, Private communications of statements and records, Office of the
District Attorney, Kings County, Brooklyn, NY, 1994.
9. J. G. Quintiere, Estimating fire growth on compartment interior finish materials,
Honors Lecture, SFPE Engineering Seminars, Society of Fire Protection Engineers,
Spring Meeting, San Francisco, CA, May 1994.
10. J. C. Danforth, Interim Report to the Deputy Attorney General Concerning
The 1993 Confrontation at the Mt. Carmel Complex, Waco, TX, July 21, 2000,
Pursuant To Order No. 2256-99 of The Attorney General Special Counsel.
11. J. G. Quintiere, Statement on Matter of the Branch Davidians near Waco, Texas
before the Subcommittee on Crime of the Committee on the Judiciary and
the Subcommittee on National Security, International Affairs and Criminal
Justice of the Committee on Governmental Reform and Oversight, House of
Representatives, First Session, 104th Congress, July 26, 1995.
Design, Investigation, and Case Studies 373
Learning Objectives
Upon completion of this section, you should be able to
A.1 Introduction
This appendix has been included to provide a brief review and introduction
to algebra. It is to help the student with algebraic symbols and operations.
In addition, it will illustrate how algebraic equations come about in science.
The ability to manipulate equations requires a basis in algebraic principles
and the ability to use consistent units for physical quantities. Hopefully,
this addition will give the student a better learning pathway to the material
in the text.
Science is the organization of knowledge into general laws and princi-
ples that apply over a broad range of conditions. For example, on the Earth,
rules may apply, but when traveling in space, they may be slightly different.
This deals with your frame of reference, geometrically and in time. Albert
Einstein showed time can be distorted, while Isaac Newton treated time as
invariant. In other words, we might shorten time (and aging) under high-
speed interplanetary travel, but on Earth we all age with the same time
standard. As we are addressing time mainly on Earth for fire considerations,
we do not have to concern ourselves with Einstein’s time stretches. However,
conditions on the Moon or Mars will subject fire to other gravities, and in an
orbiting vehicle no gravity is experienced. Scientists are now studying how
to expand the material in this book to those non-Earth-bound gravitational
conditions.
375
376 Appendix: Mathematics of Science
m = E/c2 = 1 J/c2 ~ 1 J/(3 × 108 m/s)2 = 1/(9 × 1016) = 1/9 × 10−16 = 1.11 × 10−17 kg
If this is not understandable, hopefully by the time you finish this chapter
it will be clearer. First we need an appreciation of mathematics in science;
then we need to learn how to manipulate equations into solutions.
In the representation of the speed of light, meters per second were used as
its measure. Others might prefer different units as 670,616,629 mph (mph is an
abbreviation for miles per hour). Ordinary people in the United States would
better relate to the mph units, but most scientists use the metric system, or
more precisely the Standard International (SI) system of units. Many coun-
tries, with the notable exception of the United States, use the SI units in com-
mon practice. Now here we see that scientific terms have units, and the units
are somewhat arbitrary and vary with tradition and country. But of course,
without equivalence between the various units of measure for the same
quantity, technological exchange would be impossible. So commerce must
rely on precise measurements of mass and energy, and laboratories around
Appendix: Mathematics of Science 377
the world ensure that we have standard scales of reference and exact conver-
sions between the various different units of measure.
the internal energy of the object. Thus, the internal energy of the object has
increased while its potential energy has dropped an equal amount.
In fire, the chemical reaction releases energy in the form of heat. What
actually happens in this chemical reaction is internal energy within the orig-
inal molecules is converted to a new form of energy (heat) as the chemical
reaction proceeds. The final internal energy of the molecules that form is less
by that amount of heat that was lost to the surroundings. The total energy
stays preserved and is redistributed as
The difference between the energy of the reactants and products is the
energy lost to the surroundings as heat. Thus, the sum of energies at the end
is the same as the energy at the beginning. This is an example of the conser-
vation of energy law. As no atoms were destroyed or converted into energy
in the chemical reaction, the mass is also conserved. Only by rescrambling
the atoms of the reactants into new product molecules has energy been
redistributed.
The conservation of energy is commonly called the “first law of thermody-
namics.” These laws for mass and energy cannot be proven; they are based
on scientific observations of which no exception has been found. Also energy
and mass are invented terms to express these concepts from observation and
measurement. Thus, we need to appreciate that science is the generalization
of observations into laws that govern the behavior of the universe. We can
relate mass to the quantity of matter (stuff), and all mass has energy that can
be recognized in various forms. For example, kinetic energy is defined as
mass times one-half of its velocity squared. A weight falling a certain dis-
tance is said to do work and the rate of doing work is commonly called power.
Water flowing over a dam can be converted from work to kinetic energy of
a water wheel that is now spun. But friction robs us of some of this water-
power generated by the wheel. By measuring these different forms of energy,
the conservation of energy has been validated. In this way, scientists have
built up the identification of many forms of energy and have shown that
energy is conserved when it is transformed to a new form.
F = ma (A.1)
TABLE A.1
Greek Alphabet Names, Uppercase/Lowercase
Α/α Alpha N/ν Nu
Β/β Beta Ξ/ξ Xi
Γ/γ Gamma Ο/ο Omicron
Δ/δ Delta Π/π Ρi
Ε/ε Epsilon Ρ/ρ Rho
Ζ/ζ Zeta Σ/σ Sigma
Η/η Eta Τ/τ Tau
Θ/θ Τheta Υ/υ Upsilon
Ι/τ Iota Φ/φ Phi
K/ĸ Kappa Χ/χ Chi
Λ/λ Lambda Ψ/ψ Psi
Μ/μ Mu Ω/ω Omega
380 Appendix: Mathematics of Science
or we might use 1 ft/s is 0.682 mph. Let us use these conversion factors to
change from 10 miles per hour per second to ft/s/s or ft/s2:
1 ft/s
60 mph ´
0.682 mph ft/s ft
= 14.67 or 2
6s s s
Note how (mph) as a unit measure cancels in the numerator and denominator,
and we are left with ft/s²—the units of acceleration.
Instead of numbers we could express acceleration in terms of the ratio of
velocity to time, or more precisely
Change of velocity
Acceleration =
Change of time
Dv (A.2)
a=
Dt
More precisely, Newton realized that the interval in time needed in the for-
mula should be very small if he was to compute the precise acceleration of
an object as it moves. As a consequence, he invented the calculus in which
Equation A.2 becomes the time derivative of v as Δt becomes very small.
The acceleration can be expressed as the instantaneous rate of change of
velocity over time. This book will stop short of the calculus, but one should
appreciate that there are higher forms of mathematics that enable more
complex and precise computations.
The three laws of nature, conservation of mass, energy, and momentum, can
be expressed for an isolated system as follows:
dm
1. = 0, since the mass does not change over time.
dt
dE
2. = 0, since energy does not change over time.
dt
dv
3. F = m , as now acceleration is expressed as the rate of change of
dt
velocity.
Then,
x
t=
v
or computing
230 miles
t= = 4.6 hour
50 miles/hour
miles
(miles/hour )
Appendix: Mathematics of Science 383
miles hour 1
× = × hour = hour (h)
miles hour 1
hour
A = x ´ x = 100 m 2
The symbol × means multiply, but here we are multiplying x by itself. Algebra
introduces a shorthand for this operation with x × x as x² which means
x squared or to the power 2. Here, the power 2 means multiply x by itself.
Let us carry this further. Extending this example to the calculation of
volume (V) of a cube have each side of length x
V = x³
is the formula. Now we have x , or this is called “x-cubed” or x to the power 3,
3
3
V = 3 x3 = x
384 Appendix: Mathematics of Science
The cube root has annihilated the cube operation on the x, and we return to
x alone.
Alternative, we can write this root operation as a fractional power 3 V = V 1/3.
The 1/3 power is equivalent to the root operation.
( x 3 )1/3 = x1 or V 1/3 = x
4 2.5 = 4 ´ 4 ´ 40.5 = 16 ´ 2 = 32
Perhaps that was relatively easy, as we could readily recognize the square
root of 4 as 2. If the power was 2.4 instead the answer is lower, and can be
found as 27.8576…. Our only recourse for obtaining this number is to use an
electronic calculator. These devices can now be purchased at low prices and
can even be downloaded free from the web. They are referred to as “scientific
calculators.” Figure A.1 is an example of such a calculator. It allows for many
algebraic operations.
The process of computing 42.4 is done by using the yx -key. In this case 4
is typed for y and 2.4 is inputted for x. Pressing the equal button gives the
answer. In this class you will need to perform operations like this, but in
sequence, such as 42.4/10.2. So getting familiar with a calculator is a must.
While the precise answer to 42.4/10.2 is 2.731…, it could well have been
approximated by using 42.5/10 giving 32/10 or 3.2. We know it should be
lower, and this approximation shows we are on the right track in using the
electronic calculator. It is always prudent to do such approximations when
performing a series of operations on the calculator. The student should be
aware that scientific calculators differ in their mechanics, so there is learning
process for each.
10x ex 2x
log ln lg2 HEX INFO
sin–1 cos–1 tan–1 e
INV sin cos tan π
x2
yx n! √ 1/x x++y
( ) Min MR M+
7 8 9 C AC
4 5 6 × ÷
1 2 3 + –
0 · EXP +/– =
FIGURE A.1
Typical scientific calculator.
x1 ´ x -1 = x1-1 = x 0 = 1
Thus, we see that the zero power for any quantity gives 1, and multiply-
ing like terms with powers can be simplified by adding the powers. For
example,
A = pr 2
386 Appendix: Mathematics of Science
e = 2.71828.
For the calculator shown in Figure A.1, e shares the same button for π and can
be accessed by pressing a shift key. These are special numbers you are likely
to see in the formulas found in fire science.
While π shows up in formulas related to circular effects, it is not obvious
why the e shows up. In science, there are many natural processes that, by the
conservation laws and the calculus, can be shown to occur with e to some
power involving length or time. The expression ex is called the “exponential
function of x,” meaning the number e is taken to the x-power. This function
occurs in a process where a quantity depends on its own rate of change.
For example, if the power produced in a fire depends on the rate of change of
that power, then with P standing for the firepower, it will behave as
P = Pe
i
Ct
(A.3)
where
Pi is the initial value of P
t is time
C is a constant
If C is negative, the power decreases in time. Of course this happens for fires
that die out. On the other hand, if C is positive, the power will continue to
increase indefinitely over time. Mathematically, this can only reach a very
large number at the end of time called “infinity.” Here, a mathematical solu-
tion gives an answer that is not physically meaningful. With C positive, the
fire will grow, but the formula does not take into account the availability of
air that will eventually limit this fire growth. We say P grows (or decays)
exponentially in time.
A.4.1.6 Logarithms
Consider the exponential decay process. We may wish to compute the time
it will take for the power to decay to one-half of its original value. This is
commonly called the “half-life.” We need an operation that can reverse the
Appendix: Mathematics of Science 387
power process on the number e. This inverse operation is called the “natural
logarithm” given by the symbol ln. The process is described as follows:
ln éë e Ct ùû = Ct (A.4)
æPö æ1ö
ln ç ÷ = ln ç ÷ = ln(e Ct ) = Ct
P
è iø è2ø
A.5 Graphs
Graphs are often employed as an alternative to interpreting formulas
through algebra. In fact, many formulas for fire calculations have resulted
from plots of data, and then a formula was developed directly from the
graphical fit to these data. So reading a graph is also one way of addressing
an equation. For example, a plot of P = Pie Ct , where Pi is taken at 100 kW and
C is taken as (−0.01 s−1), is given in Figure A.2.
In Figure A.2 a linear scale is used on each of the axes in which the incre-
ments on the axes are all equal. On the horizontal axis, the smallest increment
is 20 seconds (s). On the vertical axes, the smallest increment is 5 kW. The graph
also shows the half-life solution when the power has decreased to 50 kW. But
as the graph approaches zero below a power of about 5 kW, it is difficult to read
with any precision.
An alternative graphical presentation that allows more accuracy in read-
ing these low power results is to employ a graph with a logarithmic scale
388 Appendix: Mathematics of Science
100
80
P = 100e–0.01t
60
P (kW)
40
20
0
0 100 200 300 400 500
t (s)
FIGURE A.2
Linear-scale plot.
on both axes. This graph is shown in Figure A.3, and it greatly expands the
low-scale precision. In a logarithmic scale the major increments are broken
into decades, and within each decade there are increments inclusive of 1–10.
These increments within a decade are not equal in length. Therefore, extrap-
olation of results must be done with care.
A
s2 =
s1
Appendix: Mathematics of Science 389
100
10
P = 100e–0.01t
P (kW)
0.1
0.1 1 10 100 1000
t (s)
FIGURE A.3
Logarithmic-scale plot.
Let us maintain meter units, as you will find this more common in science.
We need to convert ft to m. Conversion tables are available to making these
changes and must be utilized. Table A.2 is a listing of conversion factors that
you might find most pertinent to the subject of this course. It emphasizes the
conversion of units to the Standard International (SI) system. That system is
most often used in science and the formulas of fire are mostly represented
relative to SI units. The SI unit for length is m. The other key units are mass
in kilograms (kg) and time in seconds (s). All of these units have shorthand
symbols for them as indicated. From Table A.2, 1 ft = 0.305 m as equivalent
lengths. This equivalence can be used to formulate an algebra for converting,
that is,
0.305 m
12.5 ft ´ = 3.81 m
1 ft
In this process, the conversion factor 0.305 was rounded off to three places
and the answer has been rounded off to three as well. This too is consistency.
Now the problem can be completed in consistent units of m. Substituting
into the equation gives
A 18.3 m 2
s2 = = = 4.80 m
s1 12.5 ft ´ 0.305 m
1 ft
390 Appendix: Mathematics of Science
TABLE A.2
Approximate Conversions from English to SI Units
Length
in. Inch 25.4 Millimeters mm
ft Feet 0.305 Meters m
yd Yards 0.914 Meters m
mi Miles 1.61 Kilometers km
Area
in.² Square inches 645.2 Square millimeters mm²
ft² Square feet 0.093 Square meters m²
yd² Square yard 0.836 Square meters m²
Volume
ft³ Cubic feet 0.028 Cubic meters m³
yd³ Cubic yards 0.765 Cubic meters m³
Mass
oz Ounces 28.35 Grams g
lb Pounds 0.454 Kilograms kg
Force and pressure
N Newton kg-m/s2 Alias
Pa Pascal N/m2 Alias
lbf Pound-force 4.45 newtons N
lbf/in² Pound-force per sq. inch 6.89 kilopascals kPa
Energy
J Joule N-m Alias
Btu British thermal units 1.055 kilojoules kJ
cal Calorie 4.187 joules J
Power
W Watt J/s Alias
hp Horsepower 0.746 kilowatt kW
Temperature
°F Fahrenheit (°F − 32)(5/9) °C
Celsius
K Kelvin °C + 273.15 Alias
Notice in the algebra of dealing with units that ft cancel, and the m2 cancels
with m to give the length in units of m.
L
= 3.87Q*2/5 - 1.02 (A.5)
D
As L/D is the ratio of two length dimensions, flame length to diameter, they
must both be in the same units. Also these same units will cancel, leaving no
units for L/D. The quantity L/D is called a dimensionless quantity or variable.
Of course the L and D each have units, and as they must be consistent, they
can both be in ft or both in m.
In Equation A.5, the left-hand side is dimensionless, and that means
the right-hand side must also be dimensionless. The numbers here have
no units, and the variable Q* (Q-star, some have given it the name, the
Zukoski number) must also be dimensionless. However, Q* is a quantity
composed of many factors, each having units. Often scientists compose
equations that are dimensionless with the intent that they are valid over
a wide range of conditions. Also the dimensionless nature of the equation
makes it more compact and reduces the number of variables. Here Q* is
392 Appendix: Mathematics of Science
composed of the several properties and the variable for the firepower,
Q in this fashion:
Q
Q* = (A.6)
rcpT gD5/2
1/2
kg kJ æ mö kJ kW
1.20 3
´ 1.00 ´ 293 K ´ ç 9.81 2 ÷ = 1101.2 5/2
or 5/2
m kg-K è s ø s-m m
Here we have recognized the alias: kW for kJ/s. Now if we express the
firepower in kW and the diameter in m, Q* will remain dimensionless and
consistent with L/D.
Often the same equation as (A.5) will be given in specific units. This follows
from substituting the air property and gravity term as 1101.2 kW/m5/2 into
Equation A.5 to obtain
2/5
L (m ) é Q (kW) ù
= éë0.235 m/kW 2/5 ùû ê 5/2 ú
- 1.02
D (m ) ë [D (m)] û
or
2/5
L (m) = ëé0.235 kW -2/5 ùû éëQ (kW)ùû - 1.02D (m) (A.7)
Appendix: Mathematics of Science 393
Equation A.7 is the dimensional form of Equation A.5 in the units of m and kW.
Here the units are all indicated, and even the number 0.235 has units, in
contrast to the numbers in the dimensionless equation (A.5).
When an equation is given as a formula, the units are very important.
If it is dimensionless to begin with, consistent units must be used for each
term. If it is dimensional, specific units must be used for the variables in the
equation and nothing other. In Equation A.7, the units of kW must be used
for the firepower and the units of m for diameter; then the flame length is
computed in m also. I was told of the use of Equation A.7 in a court case
where two experts got very different answers. The opposing expert used ft
for diameter and got a negative flame length. It may have scored points in
that expert’s testimony initially, but a lot of credibility was lost on rebuttal.
Units are very important. They must be used consistently, or the results of
the equation will be wrong. Take care.
A.7 Summary
Mathematics is required to solve the laws of science. The key laws of science
embrace
1. Conservation of mass
2. Conservation of energy
3. Conservation of momentum
These laws must hold for every natural process and can be expressed in
mathematical terms. Yet, even modern computers are not capable of solv-
ing all aspects and can only give approximate answers. Alternatively, sci-
ence has found specific solutions in terms of single algebraic equations. The
solution of these equations into precise numbers requires an understanding
of algebra and the appropriate manipulation of units. SI units are mostly
used in science, and conversion to these units is essential in applications.
The basic SI units, for purposes of fire science, involve mass in kg, length
in m, time in s, and K for temperature. Combinations of these units are suf-
ficient for describing all scientific variables and properties of fire. However,
it is practice to give shorthand alias names to the various combinations. This
occurs for force (N), energy (J), and power (W). In the computation of any
algebraic equation, it is essential that the units are consistent so that the units
on the right and the left side of the equation reduce to the same quantity. A
brief review of algebra was presented with emphasis on the use of powers
and roots. Exponential and logarithmic functions were discussed. A scien-
tific calculator is essential for performing these operations. Alternatively, it
394 Appendix: Mathematics of Science
Review Questions
1. What equation shows the equivalence of mass and energy?
2. What equation relates force and mass?
3. How can energy be recognized?
4. What are the basic SI units?
5. Can energy or mass of the universe ever be destroyed?
x 5/2 y 1/2e 2 x
6. Simplify .
y 2.3 x
7. Compute πe0.6.
8. Compute the height of a flame in inches from Equation A.7 for firepower
of 18,450 W and a diameter of 60 cm.
9. What force, in N, is required to hold 100 kg in Earth’s gravitational accel-
eration field of 9.81 m/s2?
10. Name several derived units in the SI system.
True or False
Activities
1. Buy or download an inexpensive scientific calculator and learn how to
perform simple algebraic operations.
2. Explore tables and conversion techniques found in books or on the
internet.
3. Explore the conservation laws and their history.
4. Review algebra.
5. Practice manipulating units in scientific equations.
Glossary
397
398 Glossary
Jet flame: Flame due to a high-velocity fuel supply; exceeds buoyancy effects.
Kelvin (K): Absolute Celsius temperature scale, ~273 + °C.
Laminar: Refers to orderly, unfluctuating fluid motion.
Line fires: Elongated relatively thin region fires on a horizontal fuel surface;
indicative of wildland fires.
Mass burning flux: Burning rate per unit area.
Mass concentration: Ratio of species mass to mixture mass; also referred to
as mass fraction.
Mass loss rate: The mass of fuel per unit time vaporized under fire heating
but not necessarily burned.
Mass optical density: Optical property related to the yield of particulates
in smoke.
Narcosis: Effect of inducing sleep.
Natural flow: Refers to air flow induced by buoyancy.
Neutral plane: The height above which smoke can flow out of a compart-
ment or building wall; the height of zero pressure difference across
a partition.
Newtons Second Law of Motion: Relates force on a body to its mass and
resulting acceleration.
Opposed flow: Refers to air flow in the direction opposite to the fire spread.
Overventilated: More than stoichiometric air is available.
Oxygen bomb: A device for measuring the maximum energy released in
combustion for a fuel.
Oxygen consumption calorimeter: Device to measure energy release rate
in fire by utilizing the approximate constancy of the heat of combus-
tion per unit mass of oxygen, ~13.1 kJ/g.
Oxyhemoglobin: Oxygen-bearing hemoglobin in blood.
Parts per million, ppm: Concentration based on 106 parts of the mixture.
Pattern analysis: The process of attempting to interpret patterns in the
debris of a fire.
Performance codes: Regulations providing for engineering analysis.
Performance-based design: Design process to meet specific engineering
objectives.
Piloted ignition: Ignition of a flammable fuel–air mixture by a hot spot,
electric arc, or small flame (pilot).
Pool fire: Fire involving a horizontal fuel surface, usually symmetrical.
Premixed flame: A flame in which fuel and air are mixed first before
combustion.
Prescribed burning: Intentional burning of forest terrain to improve
conditions.
Products: Chemical compounds produced by fire.
Pyrolysis: The process of heating fuel to cause decomposition to a gas.
Radiation: Heat transfer due to electromagnetic energy transfer, such as light.
Radicals: Short-lived unstable molecules, such as OH.
Rankine (°R): Absolute Fahrenheit temperature scale, ~460 + °F.
402 Glossary
405
406 Index
Charring, 62, 113, 169, 171, 173, 178, 354 stages, 268
Chemical equation, 244 cooling stage, 272
Chemical kinetics, 34–35, 37–38 developing fire, 269
Chemical reaction, 3–4, 34–38, 48, 50, 53, flashover, 270
56, 59, 64–66, 245, 248 fully developed, 270–272
CHF, see Critical heat flux polyurethane-cushioned chair,
Christmas Lectures, 43 272–273
Clean burn, 314, 356–357 Completeness, 244, 321
Combustion products; see also Natural Conduction
fire combustion steady, 78–80
concentrations, 251–252 thermal penetration time, 80–81
equivalence ratio, 246 Configuration factor, 88, 96
fuel lean/overventilated, 244–250, Configuration/view factor, 86–88, 95
253, 260–261, 270 Conflagration or mass fire, 10
fuel rich/underventilated, 244–252, Conservation laws
256, 260, 305–307 conservation of energy, 74, 77,
fuels, 245 377–378
hazards conservation of mass, 74, 77, 377
additive fractional incapacitation conservation of momentum, 378–380
doses, 256–257 laws of nature, 380–381
heat effects, 261–263 Convection, 81–84, 106, 115, 118, 120, 125,
irritant gases, 257 145, 148, 150, 155, 168, 208, 214,
narcotic gases, 254–256 310, 366–367
smoke visibility, 258–260 Convective heat transfer coefficient,
processes, 245 82–83, 96–97, 176, 208–209, 262
stoichiometric air-to-fuel mass Cooling stage, 268, 272, 315
ratio, 244 Cracking, 51, 54, 112
yields, 246–249 Critical heat flux (CHF), 114, 118–121,
Compartment fires 125–128, 131
fire growth, 301, 308–314 Crown fire, 148
fire-induced flows
duct fan pressures, 274–275
D
pressure level, 276
resultant velocity, 274 Deflagration, 61
single room analyses Detonation, 61
burning duration, 307–308 Developing fire, 269, 277
flashover, 297–298 Diffusion flames, 38–39; see also
fuel generation, 302–303 Premixed flames; Smoldering
fuel load, 307–308 anatomy, 48–54
smoke filling, 287 candle flame, 39–47
smoke temperature, 295–297 cigarette smoke plume, 41–42
smoldering, closed room, 288–291 gravity, 40–42
vent flows, 291–295 process, 39–40
ventilation-limited fire, 298–299 pyrolysis, 39
smoke flow shapes, 43
corridors, 282–284 turbulence, 40–42, 54–56
leaky compartment, 279–281 Dimensionless number, 218, 227, 274,
room, 276–279 287, 296
vertical shafts, 284–286 Dose, 257
Index 407
Flammable, 17, 63, 107, 109, 111 Heat transfer; see also Heat flux
Flashover, 270 conduction
compartment fires, 297–298 steady, 78–80
Mount Carmel Branch Davidian thermal penetration time,
Fire, 348 80–81
stages, 270 convection, 81–84
Flashpoint, 59, 107–108, 111, 139, 152, heat flow/chemical energy rate, 76
154, 166 law of heat conduction, 77
Fluid mechanics, 20, 82 radiation, 77, 84–92
Forced flow, 65, 137, 140 absorption coefficient, 86
FPETool, 329 blackbody, 85
Free burning, 249, 305 configuration/view factor,
FTC, see Federal Trade Commission 86–88
Fuel chemistry, 36 emissivity, 85
Fuel-controlled fire, 270, 313 frequency, 84
Fuel lean, 224, 230, 244 opaque surface, 85
Fuel lean/overventilated, 244–250, 253, pool size, 90–91
260–261, 270 soot particles, 85–86
Fuel rich, 244, 270, 329 to target from hot surface, 86–87
Fuel rich/underventilated, 244–252, 256, transparent surface, 85
260, 305–307 thermal energy, 75–76
Fully developed fire, 268–272, 277, Hemoglobin, 254
300–308, 314–315, 339, 348, 355, Hifukusho-ato district of Tokyo, 5
358, 362 Hot surface ignition, 109–110
Furniture calorimeter, 188, 193–197 HRP, see Heat release parameter
Humidity, 106, 263
Hyperthermia, 262
G
Glowing ignition, 112–114 I
Graphs, 387–389
IAFSS, see International Association for
Fire Safety Science
Ignition; see also Piloted ignition
H
evaporation in liquids, 104–106
Heat effects, 261–263 liquid fuels
Heat flux; see also Heat transfer autoignition, 104, 108–110
conduction, 80 piloted ignition, 104, 107–108
convection, 81–84 pure, 106–107
damage, 93–94 solid fuels
definition, 76 CHF, 112
from flames, 98 ignition temperature, 112–114
radiation, 85–86, 88–90, 92 physical thickness, 116
smoke polyethylene, 111
ceiling, 96–97 polymers, 111
fire source to cold object, 97 thick materials, 119–123
floor, 95 thin objects, 117–118
Heat of gasification, 168–169, 173 wood, 111–112
Heat release parameter (HRP), temperature, 112–114
182–184 time for flaming, 114–116
410 Index
Work, 74–75 Y
World Trade Center fire, 359
Yields, 246–249
afterthoughts, 365–366
fuel load, 362–363
Z
investigative efforts, 360–362
jet fuel, 362 Zone model, 366–369
steel structure, 363–365 Zukoski number, 227, 239